Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
MANUAL
TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTENTS
Title Section
General Information GI
GI
Ranger / Drifter G6 B1
WL, WL Turbo B2
Manual F2 B3
Lubrication System D
Cooling System E
G6 F1
WL, WL Turbo F2
cardiagn.com
Fuel and Emission
Control Systems
F2 CIS F3
F2 CARB F4
Clutch H
M15M–D
M15MX–D J1
Steering System N
Braking System P
Suspension R
Body S
Technical Data TD
Special Tools ST
ST
European specs.
JMZ UN1*620W 100001–
JMZ UN1*62WW 100001–
JMZ UN1*320W 100001–
JMZ UN1*32WW 100001–
JMZ UN8*720W 100001–
JMZ UN8*72WW 100001–
JMZ UN8*320W 100001–
JMZ UN8*32WW 100001–
cardiagn.com
MM7 UNYOW100 100001–
MM7 UNYOW1 WW 100001–
MM7 UN2*6*00 100001–
MM7 UN2*6*WW 100001–
MM7 UN3*6*00 100001–
MM7 UN3*6*WW 100001–
MM7 UN2*2*00 100001–
MM7 UN2*2*WW 100001–
General specs. (R.H.D.)
MM6 UNY02100 100001–
MM6 UNYOW100 100001–
RELATED MATERIALS
B Series Training Manual .......................................... 3333-10-99A
Engine Workshop Manual WL, WL Turbo ................ 1532-10-96C
Engine Workshop Manual G6 .................................... 1640-10-99A
Engine Workshop Manual F2 .................................... 1641-10-99A
Manual Transmission Workshop Manual
M15M-D M15MX-D .............................................................. 1645-10-99A
Manual Transmission Workshop Manual
R15M-D R15MX-D.................................................... 1642-10-99A
B Series Wiring Diagrams
(European, General specs. (L.H.D.)) ..................... 5449-10-99A
B Series Wiring Diagrams
(European, General specs. (R.H.D.)) .................... 5450-10-99A
CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
GENERAL INFORMATION
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-1 DYNAMOMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–10
RANGE OF TOPICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-1 INSTALLATION OF RADIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . GI–10
SERVICING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-1/2 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–11
SYMBOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-3 ELECTRICAL PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–11
ADVISORY MESSAGES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-3 CONNECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–11/13
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE . . . . . . GI-3/6 ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING
TEXT SEQUENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-6 TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–13
UNITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-7 JACKING POSITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–14
FUNDAMENTAL PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-8 VEHICLE LIFT (2 SUPPORTS) POSITIONS . . . GI–14
PROTECTION OF THE VEHICLE . . . . . . . . . . GI-8 SAFETY STAND POSITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–14
PREPARATION OF TOOLS AND TOWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–15
MEASURING EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-8 TOWING HOOKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–16
SPECIAL SERVICE TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-8 TIEDOWN HOOKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–16
DISCONNECTION OF THE NEGATIVE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER LOCATIONS . . . . . GI–16
BATTERY CABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-8 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER . . . . . . GI–16
REMOVAL OF PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-8 ENGINE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER . . . . . . . GI–16
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-8 NEW STANDARDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–17/19
INSPECTION DURING REMOVAL, ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–19
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-8 PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . .GI-20
ARRANGEMENT OF PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-8/9 PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION TABLE . . . . . . GI-20
cardiagn.com
CLEANING OF PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-9
REASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-9
ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI-9
RUBBER PARTS AND TUBING . . . . . . . . . . . GI–19
HOSE CLAMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–19
TORQUE FORMULAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–10
VISE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GI–10
SHOWS TIGHTENING
TORQUE
SPECIFICATIONS
CONTINUED
GI–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
Repair procedure
1. Most repair operations begin with an overview illustration. It identifies the components, shows how the parts fit
together, and describes visual part inspection. However, only the removal/installation procedures which need to
be performed methodically have written instructions.
2. Expendable parts, tightening torques, and symbols for oil, grease, and sealant are shown in the overview
illustration. In addition, symbols indicating parts which require the use of special service tools for
removal/installation are also shown.
3. The procedures are numbered and the part that is the main point of that procedure is shown in the illustration
with the corresponding number. Occasionally, there are important points or information concerning a procedure.
Refer to this information when servicing the related part.
SHOWS SERVICE
Procedure ITEM (S) Indicates any relevant
references which need to be
followed during installation.
“Removal/Installation”
Portion
cardiagn.com
Install the parts SHOWS APPLICATION
by performing POINTS OF GREASE, ETC.
Steps 1—3 in
reverse order SHOWS TIGHTENING
TORQUE
SPECIFICATIONS SHOWS EXPENDABLE PARTS
SHOWS DETAILS
SHOWS TIGHTENING
TORQUE UNITS
SHOWS THERE
ARE REFERRAL
NOTES FOR SERVICE
SHOWS SPECIAL
SERVICE TOOL (SST)
NO.
SHOWS REFERRAL
NOTES FOR
SERVICE
CONTINUED
GI–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
SYMBOLS
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
There are eight symbols indicating oil, grease, Basic Flow of Troubleshooting
sealant, and the use of SSTs. These symbols
show the points of applying or using such materials
during service.
Symbol Meaning Kind
SECTION F ONLY
Appropriate new
Apply oil engine oil or ACTUAL TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
gear oil
SECTION K
ONLY
Appropriate new
Apply brake fluid
brake fluid
Appropriate
Apply grease
grease
cardiagn.com
Appropriate SECTION F
Apply sealant
sealant ONLY
GI–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
cardiagn.com
Using the diagnostic index
The symptoms of the malfunctions are listed in the diagnostic index for system troubleshooting.
The exact malfunction symptoms can be selected using the details.
CONTINUED
GI–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
cardiagn.com
CHOOSE THE ACTUAL
SYMPTOM
ST
CONTINUED
GI–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
TROUBLESHOOTING
HINTS describes TROUBLE SYMPTOM
possible point of
malfunction.
cardiagn.com
failed part.
TEXT SEQUENCE
The text sequence is as indicated by the arrows shown below.
Example:
CONTINUED
GI–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
UNITS
cardiagn.com
N·m (Newton meter)
kgf·m (kilogram force per meter)
Torque kgf·cm (kilogram force per centimeter)
ft·lbf (foot pound) force
in·lbf (inch pound) force
L (liter)
US qt (U.S. quart)
Imp qt (Imperial quart)
Volume ml (milliliter)
cc (cubic centimeter)
cu in (cubic inch)
fl oz (fluid ounce)
g (gram)
Weight
oz (ounce)
Conversion to SI Units
(Système International d’Unités)
All numerical values in this manual are based on SI
units. Numbers shown in conventional units are
converted from these values.
ST
Rounding off
Converted values are rounded off to the same
number of places as the SI unit value. For
example, if the SI unit value is 17.2 and the value
after conversion is 37.84, the converted value will
be rounded off to 37.8.
GI–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUNDAMENTAL PROCEDURES
cardiagn.com
equipment are available before starting any work. If the disassembly procedure is complex, requiring
many parts to be disassembled, all parts should be
marked in a place that will not affect their
performance or external appearance and identified
so that reassembly can be performed easily and
efficiently.
CONTINUED
GI–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUNDAMENTAL PROCEDURES
CLEANING OF PARTS
All parts to be reused should be carefully and
thoroughly cleaned using the appropriate method.
SXU00012
Warning
Using compressed air can cause dirt and ADJUSTMENT
other particles to fly out, causing injury to Use suitable gauges and/or testers when making
the eyes. Wear protective eye wear adjustments.
cardiagn.com
whenever using compressed air.
SXU00013
ST
SXU00014
HOSE CLAMPS
When reinstalling, position the hose clamp in the
original location on the hose, and squeeze the
clamp lightly with large pliers to ensure a good fit.
SXU00011
SXU00015
CONTINUED
GI–9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
SXU00016
VISE
When using a vise, put protective plates in the jaws
of the vise to prevent damage to parts.
SXU00017
DYNAMOMETER
When test-running a vehicle on dynamometer :
Place a fan, preferably a vehicle-speed
proportional type, in front of the vehicle.
Connect an exhaust gas ventilation unit.
Cool the exhaust pipes with a fan.
Keep the area around the vehicle uncluttered.
Watch the water temperature gauge.
CONTINUED
GI–10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
SXU00020
Wiring Harness
cardiagn.com
To remove the wiring harness from the clip in the
engine room, pry up the hook of the clip using a
flathead screwdriver.
SXU00021
Locking Connector
When locking connectors, listen for a click that will
indicate they are securely locked.
CONNECTORS
Data Link Connector
Insert the probe into the service hole when
connecting a jumper wire to the data link
connector.
Caution
Inserting a jumper wire probe into the data
link connector terminal may damage the SXU00022
terminal.
Inspection
1. When a tester is used to check for continuity or to
measure voltage, insert the tester probe from the
wiring harness side.
SXU00019
SXU00023
GI–11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Caution
To prevent damage to the terminal, wrap a
thin wire around the lead before inserting it
into the terminal.
SXU00027
Wiring Harness
Wiring color codes
Two-color wires are indicated by a two-color code
SXU00024
symbol.
Terminals The first letter indicates the base color of the wire
Inspection and the second the color of the stripe.
Pull lightly on individual wires to check that they CODE COLOR CODE COLOR
are secured in the terminal. B Black O Orange
cardiagn.com
BR Brown P Pink
G Green R Red
GY Gray V Violet
L Blue W White
LB Light Blue Y Yellow
LG Light Green
B/R BR/Y
Replacement
Use the appropriate tools to remove a terminal as
shown. When installing a terminal, be sure to insert RED YELLOW
it until it locks securely.
Insert a thin piece of metal from the terminal side
of the connector, and then, with the terminal
locking tab pressed down, pull the terminal out
SXU00028
from the connector.
TYPE A
Fuse
Replacement
TYPE B
1. When replacing a fuse, be sure to replace it with
one of the specified capacity. If a fuse again fails
after it has been replaced, the circuit probably has
a short and the wiring should be checked.
2. Be sure the negative battery terminal is
disconnected before replacing a main fuse.
SXU00026
SXU00029
CONTINUED
GI–12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Caution
Do not connect the ohmmeter to any circuit
to which voltage is applied. This will
damage the ohmmeter.
POWER SOURCE LINE
FUSE
SXU00030
cardiagn.com
Caution
Do not connect a jumper wire from the
power source line to a body ground; this
may cause burning or other damage to
wiring harnesses or electronic components.
SXU00032
Voltmeter
The DC voltmeter is used to measure circuit
voltage. A voltmeter with a range of 15 V or more
is used by connecting the positive (+) probe (red
lead wire) to the point where voltage is to be
measured and the negative (–) probe (black lead
wire) to a body ground.
VOLTMETER POWER SOURCE LINE
BLACK LEAD
RED LEAD
GROUND
CONTINUED
GI–13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
Warning
Improperly jacking a vehicle is dangerous.
The vehicle can slip off the jack and cause
serious injury. Use only the correct front
and rear jacking positions and block the
wheels.
FRONT
cardiagn.com
REAR
REAR
CONTINUED
GI–14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TOWING
cardiagn.com
Tow with the rear wheels off the ground.
Caution
Follow these instructions when towing the
vehicle with all wheels on the ground or
with the front wheels on the ground and the
Caution rear wheels raised.
Do not tow with sling-type equipment. This
could damage your vehicle. Use wheel-lift (44 Model)
or flatbed equipment. 1. Put the transfer case in 2H.
2. Set the transfer case at 2H and the hubs
at FREE.
(All Models)
1. Set the transmission in neutral.
2. Turn the engine switch to ACC position.
3. Release the parking brake.
CONTINUED
GI–15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TOWING, IDENTIFICATION NUMBER LOCATIONS
FRONT
44
cardiagn.com
TIEDOWN HOOKS
Caution
Do not use the hook loops under the front
for towing. They are designed ONLY for
tying down the vehicle when it is being
transported. Using them for towing will WL, WL Turbo
damage the bumper.
FRONT
42
F2 CIS
F2 CARB
44
CONTINUED
GI–16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
NEW STANDARDS
NEW STANDARDS
Following is a comparison of the previous standard and the new standard.
New Standard Previous Standard
Remark
Abbreviation Name Abbreviation Name
cardiagn.com
CTP Closed Throttle Position — Fully Closed
— Closed Throttle Position Switch — Idle Switch
CPP Clutch Pedal Position — Clutch Position
CIS Continuous Fuel Injection System EGI Electronic Gasoline Injection System
CSP
CS sensor Control Sleeve Sensor Control Sleeve Position Sensor #6
sensor
CKP
Crankshaft Position Sensor — Crank Angle Sensor 2
sensor
DLC Data Link Connector — Diagnosis Connector
DTM Diagnostic Test Mode — Test Mode #1
DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code(s) — Service Code(s)
DI Distributor Ignition — Spark Ignition
DLI Distributorless Ignition — Direct Ignition
EI Electronic Ignition — Electronic Spark Ignition #2
ECT Engine Coolant Temperature — Water Thermo
EM Engine Modification — Engine Modification
— Engine Speed Input Signal — Engine RPM Signal
EVAP Evaporative Emission — Evaporative Emission
EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation — Exhaust Gas Recirculation
FC Fan Control — Fan Control
FF Flexible Fuel — Flexible Fuel
4GR Fourth Gear — Overdrive
— Fuel Pump Relay — Circuit Opening Relay #3
FSO
Fuel Shut Off Solenoid FCV Fuel Cut Valve #6
solenoid
GEN Generator — Alternator
GND Ground — Ground/Earth
HO2S Heated Oxygen Sensor — Oxygen Sensor With heater
IAC Idle Air Control — Idle Speed Control
— Incorrect Gear Ratio — —
#1: Diagnostic trouble codes depend on the diagnostic test mode
#2: Controlled by the PCM
#3: In some models, there is a fuel pump relay that controls pump speed. That relay is now called the fuel pump
relay (speed).
#6: Part name of diesel engine
CONTINUED
GI–17
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
NEW STANDARDS
cardiagn.com
O2S Oxygen Sensor — Oxygen Sensor
PNP Park/Neutral Position — Park/Neutral Range
— PCM Control Relay — Main Relay #6
PSP Power Steering Pressure — Power Steering Pressure
PCM Powertrain Control Module ECU Engine Control Unit #4
— Pressure Control Solenoid — Line Pressure Solenoid Valve
Pulsed
PAIR Pulsed Secondary Air Injection — Secondary Air Injection System
injection
— Pump Speed Sensor — NE Sensor #6
Injection with
AIR Secondary Air Injection — Secondary Air Injection System
air pump
SAPV Secondary Air Pulse Valve — Reed Valve
SFI Sequential Multipoint Fuel Injection — Sequential Fuel Injection
— 1–2 Shift Solenoid Valve
— Shift Solenoid A
— Shift A Solenoid Valve
— 2–3 Shift Solenoid Valve
— Shift Solenoid B
— Shift B Solenoid Valve
— Shift Solenoid C — 3–4 Shift Solenoid Valve
3GR Third Gear — 3rd Gear
TWC Three Way Catalytic Converter — Catalytic Converter
TB Throttle Body — Throttle Body
TP sensor Throttle Position Sensor — Throttle Sensor
TCV Timer Control Valve TCV Timing Control Valve #6
TCC Torque Converter Clutch — Lock-up Position
Transmission (Transaxle) Control
TCM — EC-AT Control Unit
Module
Transmission (Transaxle) Fluid
— — ATF Thermosensor
Temperature Sensor
TR Transmission (Transaxle) Range — Inhibitor Position
TC Turbocharger — Turbocharger
VSS Vehicle Speed Sensor — Vehicle Speed Sensor
VR Voltage Regulator — IC Regulator
#4: Device that controls engine and powertrain
#6: Part name of diesel engine
CONTINUED
GI–18
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
NEW STANDARDS, ABBREVIATIONS
VAF
Volume Air Flow Sensor — Air flow Sensor
sensor
Warm Up Three Way Catalytic
WU-TWC — Catalytic Converter #5
Converter
WOT Wide Open Throttle — Fully Open
#5: Directly connected to exhaust manifold
ABBREVIATIONS
ACC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories
ATDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . After top dead center
ATF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic transmission fluid
BTDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . Before top dead center
CARB . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carburetor
ELR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency locking retractor
EX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exhaust
cardiagn.com
FIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel injection pump
HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . High
HLA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hydraulic lash adjuster
IG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ignition
IN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intake
INT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intermittent
LH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left hand
L.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left hand drive
LO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Low
LSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limited slip differential
LSPV . . . . . . . . . . . . . Load sensing proportioning valve
M ................ Motor
MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maximum
MFW . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual freewheel
MIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minimum
P/S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power steering
RFW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Remote freewheel
RH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Right hand
R.H.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . Right hand drive
SAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sophisticated air bag sensor
SST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special service tool
TNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tail number side lights
2WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 wheel drive
4WD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 wheel drive
42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 wheel – 2 drive
44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 wheel – 4 drive
CONTINUED
GI–19
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION TABLE
Following items may be done at any time prior to
delivery to your customer.
EXTERIOR UNDER BONNET-ENGINE RUNNING AT
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
INSPECT and ADJUST, if necessary, the following
items to the specifications: CHECK the following items:
Glass, exterior bright metal and paint for damage Operation of dashpot
Initial ignition timing
Wheel lug nuts
Injection timing
Tire pressures
Idle speed
All weatherstrips for damage or detachment Operation of throttle position sensor
Operation of bonnet release and lock
Door operation and alignment ON HOIST
Headlight aiming CHECK the following items:
INSTALL the following parts:
Operation of freewheel hubs
Wheel caps Manual transmission oil level
UNDER BONNET-ENGINE OFF Transfer oil level
Front differential oil level
cardiagn.com
INSPECT and ADJUST, if necessary, the following
Rear differential oil level
items to the specifications:
Underside fuel, coolant and hydraulic lines, fittings,
Fuel, coolant and hydraulic lines, fittings, connections
connections and components for leaks
and components for leaks
Tires for cuts or bruises
Engine oil level
Steering linkage, suspension, exhaust system and
Power steering fluid level (if equipped)
all underside hardware for looseness or damage
Brake and clutch master cylinder fluid levels
Windshield washer reservoir fluid level ROAD TEST
Radiator coolant and specific gravity CHECK the following items:
Tightness of water hose clamps
Brake operation
Tightness of battery terminals, electrolyte level and
Clutch operation
specific gravity Steering control
Drive belt tensions
Operation of meters and gauges 3 Squeaks, rattles
Accelerator cable and linkage for free movement
or unusual noise
CLEAN the spark plugs Engine general performance
INTERIOR Emergency locking retractors
Operation of transfer
INSTALL the following parts
Fuse for accessories
CHECK the operation of the following items: AFTER ROAD TEST
Seat controls (sliding and reclining) and headrest REMOVE seat and floor mat protective covers
Door locks CHECK for necessary owner's information material,
Ignition switch (Engine switch) and steering lock tools and spare tire in vehicle
All lights including warning and indicator lights
Horn, windshield wipers and washers (if equipped)
Wiper blades performance Clean the wiper blades and
windshield
Antenna
Cigarette lighter and clock
Tilt steering (if equipped)
Air conditioner at various modes (if equipped)
CHECK the following items:
Presence of spare fuse
Upholstery and interior finish
CHECK and ADJUST, if necessary, the following items:
Operation and fit of windows
Pedal height and free play of brake and clutch pedals
Parking brake CONTINUED
Gl-20
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE
(G6)
DRIVE BELT ................................................................B1-1 HLA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .....................B1-10/11
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION ................................B1-1/2 HLA TROUBLESHOOTING .............................B1-12
DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT .............................B1-2 FRONT OIL SEAL.......................................................B1-13
COMPRESSION INSPECTION ..................................B1-2 FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT.................B1-13
TIMING CHAIN .............................................................B1-3 REAR OIL SEAL .........................................................B1-14
TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/ REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT ..................B1-14
INSTALLATION ....................................................B1-3/5 ENGINE .......................................................................B1-15
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET ..................................B1-6 ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ..............B1-15/16
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ..............B1-17
REPLACEMENT .................................................B1-6/9
HYDRAULIC LASH ADJUSTER (HLA).................B1-10
cardiagn.com
has been stopped. Apply pressure 98 N {10 kgf, {0.26—0.28} {0.29—0.31}
22 Ibf} midway between the specified pulleys. 8.5—10.0 10.0—11.5
A/C
{0.34—0.39} {0.40—0.45}
*: A belt that has been on a running engine for less than five
minutes.
2. If the deflection is not within the specification, adjust it.
(Refer to DRIVE BELT, DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT.)
Drive Belt Tension Check
1. Belt tension can be checked in place of belt deflection.
Check the drive belt tension when the engine is cold, or
at least 30 minutes after the engine has been stopped.
Using the SST, check the belt tension between any two
pulleys.
N {kgf, Ibf}
Drive belt *New Used
491-588 393-490
Generator
{50-60,110-132} {40-50,88-110}
412—470 354—402
P/S {42-48,93—105} {36-41, 80—90}
557—641 471—556
A/C {56.7—65.4, {48.0—56.7,
125—143} 106—124}
* A belt that has been on a running engine for less than five minutes.
CONTINUED
B1-1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
(Refer to section G, IGNITION SYSTEM,
IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the spark plugs.
7. Connect a compression gauge into the No.1 spark
plug hole.
8. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and crank the
engine.
9. Note the maximum gauge reading.
10. Inspect compression of each cylinder.
Compression
kPa {kgf/cm2, psi} [rpm]
Engine type
Item
G6
Standard 1255 {12.8, 182} [270]
Minimum 882.6 {9.0, 128} [270]
Maximum
196 kPa {2.0 kgf/cm 2, 28 psi}
difference between
11. If the compression in one or more cylinders is low
or the compression difference between cylinders
exceeds the maximum, pour a small amount of
clean engine oil into the cylinder and recheck the
compression.
(1) If the compression increases, the piston, the
piston rings, or cylinder wall may be worn
and overhaul is required.
(2) If the compression stays low, a valve may be
stuck or improperly seated and overhaul is
required.
(3) If the compression in adjacent cylinders stays
low, the cylinder head gasket may be
damaged or the cylinder head distorted and
overhaul is required.
12. Disconnect the compression gauge.
13. Install the spark plugs.
Tightening torque
15—22 N.m {1.5—2.3 kgf.m, 11—l6ft.lbf}
14. Connect the igniter connector.
15. Install the fuel pump relay.
CONTINUED
B1-2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TIMING CHAIN
TIMING CHAIN
TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the generator.
3. Remove the P/S oil pump with the oil hose still connected. Position the P/S oil pump so that it is out of the way.
(Refer to section N, ENGINE SPEED SENSING POWER STEERING, POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the A/C compressor with the pipe still connected. Position the A/C compressor so that it is out of the
way.
5. Remove the cylinder head.
(Refer to CYLINDER HEAD GASKET, CYLINDER HEAD GASKET REPLACEMENT.)
6. Remove the water pump. (Refer to section E, WATER PUMP, WATER PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the oil pan. (Refer to section D, OIL PAN, OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8. Disconnect the oil strainer stay.
9. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
10. Install in the reverse order of removal.
11. Start the engine and check for engine oil and engine coolant leakage.
cardiagn.com
1 A/C compressor bracket 10 Balancer chain, idler sprocket, crankshaft sprocket
2 Generator strap ☞ Installation Note
3 P/S oil pump bracket 11 Timing chain, timing sprocket, camshaft sprocket
☞ Installation Note
4 Generator bracket
12 Chain adjuster
5 Pulley lock bolt ☞ Installation Note
☞ Removal/Installation Note 13 Key
6 Crankshaft pulley
14 Timing chain lever
7 Chain cover ☞ Installation Note
8 Spacer 15 Timing chain guide
9 Balancer chain guide
☞ Installation Note
CONTINUED
B1-3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TIMING CHAIN
Pulley Lock Bolt Removal/Installation Note 2. Assemble the camshaft sprocket to the timing
• Hold the crankshaft using the SST. chain so that the timing mark of camshaft
sprocket is aligned with the white link of timing
chain as shown.
Timing Chain Lever Installation Note 3. Secure the camshaft sprocket and the timing
chain with a wire to prevent disengagement.
• Install the chain lever and verify that it
Balancer Chain, Idler Sprocket, Crankshaft
moves smoothly in the direction indicated.
Sprocket Installation Note
1. Install the crankshaft sprocket as shown.
cardiagn.com
2. Assemble the idler sprocket on to the idler shaft.
Chain Adjuster Installation Note
• Push the chain adjuster sleeve in (toward the
left) and insert the pin as shown into the lever to
hold the sleeve.
CONTINUED
B1-4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TIMING CHAIN
4. Install the balancer chain so that the five 4. Loosen the chain guide C by adjusting bolt E.
alignment marks on the chain, sprocket and 5. Push the chain guide C with a force of 49 N
cylinder block align, and attach the idler sprocket {5.0 kgf, 11 Ibf} in the direction of the arrow,
to the cylinder block. then pull back the chain guide 3.2—3.8 mm
{0.13—0.14 in] and tighten the adjusting bolt E.
cardiagn.com
6. Measure the timing chain slack.
Specification
Approx. 3.0 mm {0.12 in}
CONTINUED
B1-5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
(Refer to section F1, FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
(Refer to section F1, FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
10. Remove the intake manifold bracket.
11. Remove the distributor.
(Refer to section G, IGNITION SYSTEM, DISTRIBUTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
12. Remove the high-tension lead.
(Refer to section G, IGNITION SYSTEM, HIGH-TENSION LEAD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
13. Remove the spark plug.
14. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
15. Install in the reverse order of removal.
16. Inspect for fuel leakage.
17. Inspect the compression.
(Refer to COMPRESSION INSPECTION.)
18. Start the engine and
(1) check the pulleys and drive belt for runout and contact.
(2) check the ignition timing and idle speed.
(Refer to section F1, ENGINE TUNE-UP.)
CONTINUED
B1-6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
1
2
Upper radiator hose
Cylinder head cover
5 Cylinder head
☞ Removal Note
☞ Installation Note
cardiagn.com
☞ Installation Note
3 Distributor drive gear 6 Cylinder head gasket
☞ Removal Note ☞ Installation Note
☞ Installation Note
4 Camshaft sprocket
☞ Removal Note
☞ Installation Note
CONTINUED
B1-7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
4. Remove the camshaft sprocket off the camshaft
3. Remove the seal cover. dowel pin.
4. Hold the crankshaft using the SST. Cylinder Head Removal Note
1. Remove the bolts A.
2. Loosen the cylinder head bolts a few turns in the
order shown.
cardiagn.com
5. Install the new seal cover.
Cylinder Head Cover Installation Note
3. Remove the retaining pin from the chain adjuster. 1. Verify that the grooves on the cylinder head cover
4. Install the service cover with a new gasket. are free of oil, water, and other foreign material.
Tightening torque 2. Coat a new gasket with silicone sealant, and install
7.9—10.7 it onto the cylinder head cover.
N.m {80—110 kgf.cm, 69.5—95.4 in.lbf} 3. Apply silicone sealant to the cylinder head as
shown.
CONTINUED
B1-9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
(Refer to HYDRAULIC LASH ADJUSTER (HLA), HLA TROUBLESHOOTING.)
B1-10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
1. Place each HLA in a container filled with clean 3. Tighten the bolts a few turns in the order shown.
engine oil.
Caution
• Do not push the pin too hard. It may damage
the HLA.
2. Bleed the air from the HLA by inserting a pin into
the plunger hole and pressing the plunger until it
no longer moves.
B1-11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Measure valve clearance.
(Refer to HLA, HLA TROUBLESHOOTING, Valve
Clearance Inspection.)
5. Noise during idle after high speed Incorrect oil amount Check oil level.
running. (Refer to section D, ENGINE OIL, ENGINE OIL
INSPECTION.)
Deteriorated oil Replace new engine oil.
(Refer to section D, ENGINE OIL, ENGINE OIL
REPLACEMENT.)
Valve clearance
0.15 mm {0.0059 in} max.
cardiagn.com
1 Pulley lock bolt
☞ TIMING CHAIN, TIMING CHAIN
☞ REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Pulley Lock Bolt
☞ Removal/Installation Note
2 Crankshaft pulley
3 Front oil seal
☞ Removal Note
☞ Installation Note
cardiagn.com
☞ Removal Note
☞ Installation Note
Rear Oil Seal Removal Note
1. Cut the oil seal lip using a razor knife.
2. Remove the oil seal using a screwdriver
protected with a rag.
B1-14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE
ENGINE
ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Warning
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always
keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the "Fuel Line
Safety Procedure" in section F1.
(Refer to section F1, FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
cardiagn.com
(Refer to DRIVE BELT, DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT.)
8. Disconnect the fuel hoses.
(Refer to section F1, FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
(Refer to section F1, FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
9. Remove the transmission.
(Refer to section J2, MANUAL TRANSMISSION, MANUAL TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10. Remove the P/S oil pump with the oil hose still connected. Position the P/S oil pump so that it is out of the
way.
(Refer to section N, ENGINE SPEED SENSING POWER STEERING, POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11. Remove the A/C compressor with the pipe still connected. Position the A/C compressor so that it is out of
the way.
12. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
13. Install in the reverse order of removal.
14. Start the engine and
(1) check the engine oil, engine coolant, transmission oil, and fuel leakage.
(2) check the ignition timing, idle speed and idle mixture. (Refer to section F1, ENGINE TUNE-UP.)
15. Perform a road test.
CONTINUED
B1-15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE
cardiagn.com
1 Engine mount nut 2 Engine
CONTINUED
B1-16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. Remove the oil cooler. (Refer to section D, OIL COOLER, OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the thermostat. (Refer to section E, THERMOSTAT, THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the spark plug.
4. Remove the oil pressure switch. (Refer to section D, OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION.)
5. Remove the intake-air system.
(Refer to section F1, INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM, INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the exhaust system.
(Refer to section F1, EXHAUST SYSTEM, EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the oil filter. (Refer to section D, OIL FILTER, OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT)
8. Remove the distributor. (Refer to section G, IGNITION SYSTEM, DISTRIBUTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
9. Remove the generator.
10. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
11. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
cardiagn.com
1 Water bypass pipe 6 A/C idler
2 Water inlet pipe 7 P/S idler
3 A/C compressor bracket 8 Oil cooler bypass pipe
4 Generator bracket 9 Generator strap
5 P/S oil pump bracket 10 Engine mount
CONTINUED
B1-17
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTENTS
Engine Title Section
Workshop General Information GI
Manual Engine B
F8 Technical Data TD
FE Special Tools ST
cardiagn.com
after that time will not be reflected in this
particular manual. Therefore, the contents
of this manual may not exactly match the
mechanism that you are currently servicing.
Mazda Motor
Corporation
HIROSHIMA, JAPAN
CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
GENERAL INFORMATION
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL .............. ................ Gl- 1 INSPECTION DURING REMOVAL,
RANGE OF TOPICS .................... .................... Gl- 1 DISASSEMBLY ............................................. Gl- 7
SERVICING PROCEDURE .............. ................ Gl- 1/2 ARRANGEMENT OF PARTS ........................... Gl- 7
SYMBOLS ............................. .......................... Gl- 3 CLEANING OF PARTS .................................... Gl- 7
ADVISORY MESSAGES .................................. Gl- 3 REASSEMBLY ................................................. Gl- 7
TEXT SEQUENCE ........................................... Gl- 3 ADJUSTMENT ................................................. Gl- 8
UNITS ................................................................... Gl- 4 RUBBER PARTS AND TUBING ....................... Gl- 8
NEW STANDARDS ............................................... Gl- 5 HOSE CLAMPS ............................................... Gl- 8
FUNDAMENTAL PROCEDURES ........... .............. Gl- 7 TORQUE FORMULAS ...................................... Gl- 8
PREPARATION OF TOOLS AND VISE ................................................................ Gl- 8
MEASURING EQUIPMENT .......................... Gl- 7 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ........................................ Gl- 9
SPECIAL TOOLS ............................................. Gl- 7 CONNECTORS ................................................ Gl- 9
DISASSEMBLY ................................................ Gl- 7 ABBREVIATIONS.................................................. Gl- 10
cardiagn.com
The procedures are divided into the following five explained in detail and are shown in the
basic operations. illustrations.
(1) Removal/Installation
(2) Disassembly/Assembly
(3) Replacement
(4) Inspection
(5) Adjustment
• Simple operations which can be performed easily
just by looking at the vehicle such as
removal/installation of parts, jacking, vehicle lift,
cleaning of parts, and visual inspection, have been
omitted.
CONTINUED
Gl-1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
CONTINUED
Gl-2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
New appropriate
Apply oil engine oil or gear
oil
New appropriate
Apply brake fluid
brake fluid
New appropriate
Apply automatic
automatic
transaxle /
transaxle/transmi
transmission fluid
ssion fluid
Appropriate
Apply grease
cardiagn.com
grease
Appropriate
Apply sealant
sealant
O-ring, gasket,
Replace part
etc.
Appropriate
Use SST
SST
ADVISORY MESSAGES
You'll find several Warnings, Cautions, Notes,
Specifications and Upper and lower limits in this manual.
Warning
• A Warning indicates a situation in which serious
injury or death could result if the warning is
ignored.
Caution
• A Caution indicates a situation in which damage
to the vehicle could result if the caution is
ignored.
Note
• A Note provides added information that will help you
to complete a particular procedure.
Specification
• The values indicates the allowable range when
performing inspections or adjustments.
Upper and lower limits
• The values indicate the upper and lower limits that
must not be exceeded when performing inspections
or adjustments.
CONTINUED
Gl-3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
Torque kgf•cm (kilogram force per centimeter)
Conversion to Sl Units
(Système International d'Unités)
• All numerical values in this manual are based on
81 units. Numbers shown In conventional units are
converted from these values,
Rounding off
• Converted values are rounded off to the same
number of places are the Sl unit value. For
example, if the 81 unit value is 17.2 and the value
after conversion is 37.84, the converted value will
be rounded off to 37.8.
Upper and lower limits
• When the data indicates upper and lower limits,
the converted values are rounded down if the Sl
unit value is an upper limit and rounded up if the
Sl unit value is a lower limit. Therefore, converted
values for the same Sl unit value may differ after
2
conversion. For example, consider 2.7 kgf/cm in
the following specifications:
2
210—260 kPa { 2.1—2.7 kgf/cm , 30—38 psi }
270—310 kPa { 2.7—3.2 kgf/cm2 , 39—45 psi } CONTINUED
Gl-4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
NEW STANDARDS
NEW STANDARDS
• Following is a comparison of the previous standard and the new standard.
Previous Standard New Standard
Abbreviation Name Abbreviation Name Remark
— Accelerator Pedal AP Accelerator Pedal
— Air Cleaner ACL Air Cleaner
— Air Conditioning A/C Air Conditioning
— Airflow Meter VAF Volume Air Flow Sensor
— Airflow Sensor MAF Mass Air Flow Sensor
— Alternator GEN Generator
Transmission (Transaxle) Fluid
— ATF Thermosensor —
Temperature Sensor
— Atmospheric Pressure BARO Barometric Pressure
VB Battery Voltage B+ Battery Positive Voltage
OC Oxidation Catalytic Converter
TWC Three Way Catalytic Converter
Catalytic Converter
Warm Up Three Way Catalytic
WU-TWC #1
Converter
cardiagn.com
— Circuit Opening Relay FPR Fuel Pump Relay #2
— Clutch Position CPP Clutch Pedal Position
— Crank Angle Sensor CMP Camshaft Position Sensor
— Crank Angle Sensor 2 CKP Crankshaft Position Sensor
— Diagnosis Connector DLC Data Link Connector
— Diagnosis/Self-Diagnosis OBD On-Board Diagnostic
— Direct Ignition DLI Distributorless Ignition
Transmission (Transaxle) Control
— EC-AT Control Unit TCM
Module
EGI Electronic Gasoline Injection System CIS Continuous Fuel Injection System
— Electronic Spark Ignition El Electronic Ignition #3
PCM Powertrain Control Module #4
ECU Engine Control Unit
ECM Engine Control Module
— Engine Modification EM Engine Modification
— Engine RPM Signal — Engine Speed Input Signal
— Evaporative Emission EVAP Evaporative Emission
— Exhaust Gas Recirculation EGR Exhaust Gas Recirculation
— Fan Control FC Fan Control
— Feedback System CLS Closed Loop System
— Flexible Fuel FF Flexible Fuel
— Fuel Pump FP Fuel Pump
— Fully Closed CTP Closed Throttle Position
— Fully Open WOT Wide Open Throttle
— Ground/Earth GND Ground
— 1C Regulator VR Voltage Regulator
CONTINUED
Gl-5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
NEW STANDARDS
Previous Standard New Standard
Abbreviation Name Abbreviation Name Remark
— Idle Speed Control IAC Idle Air Control
— Idle Switch — Closed Throttle Position Switch
— Igniter ICM Ignition Control Module
— Inhibitor Position TR Transmission (Transaxle) Range
— Intake Air Pressure MAP Manifold Absolute Pressure
— Intake Air Thermo IAT Intake Air Temperature
— Intercooler CAC Charge Air Cooler
— Knock Sensor KS Knock Sensor
— Line Pressure Solenoid Valve — Pressure Control Solenoid
— Lock-up Position TCC Torque Converter Clutch
— Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp
— Multiport Fuel Injection MFI Multiport Fuel Injection
— Open Loop OL Open Loop
— Overdrive 4GR Fourth Gear
HO2S Heated Oxygen Sensor With heater
— Oxygen Sensor
O2S Oxygen Sensor
cardiagn.com
— Park/Neutral Range PNP Park/Neutral Position
— Power Steering Pressure PSP Power Steering Pressure
— Pulse Generator — Input/Turbine Speed Sensor
— Reed Valve SAPV Secondary Air Pulse Valve
PAIR Pulsed Secondary Air Injection Pulsed injection
— Secondary Air Injection System Inject with
AIR Secondary Air Injection
compressor
— Sequential Fuel Injection SFI Sequential Multipoint Fuel Injection
— Service Code(s) DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code(s)
— Spark Ignition Dl Distributor Ignition
— Stoplight Switch — Brake Switch
— Test Mode DTM Diagnostic Test Mode #5
— Throttle Body TB Throttle Body
— Throttle Sensor TP Throttle Position Sensor
— Turbocharger TC Turbocharger
— Vehicle Speed Sensor VSS Vehicle Speed Sensor
— Vehicle Speed Sensor 1 — Output Speed Sensor
— Water Thermo ECT Engine Coolant Temperature
1—2 Shift Solenoid Valve
Shift Solenoid A
Shift+A Solenoid Valve
2—3 Shift Solenoid Valve
— Shift Solenoid B
Shift+B Solenoid Valve
— 3—4 Shift Solenoid Valve — Shift Solenoid C
— 3rd Gear 3GR Third Gear
— — — Incorrect Gear Ratio
Gl-6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUNDAMENTAL PROCEDURES
FUNDAMENTAL PROCEDURES
PREPARATION OF TOOLS AND MESURING
EQUIPMENT
• Be sure that all necessary tools and measuring
equipment are available before starting any work.
ARRANGEMENT OF PARTS
• All disassembled parts should be carefully
arranged for reassembly.
• Be sure to separate or otherwise identify the parts
to be replaced from those that will be reused.
SPECIAL TOOLS
• Use special tools when they are required.
cardiagn.com
CLEANING OF PARTS
• All parts to be reused should be carefully and
DISASSEMBLY thoroughly cleaned in the appropriate method.
• If the disassembly procedure is complex, requiring
many parts to be disassembled, all parts should be Warning
disassembled in a way that will not affect their • Using compressed air can cause dirt and
performance or external appearance and identified other particles to fly out, causing injury to
so that reassembly can be performed easily and the eyes. Wear protective eye wear "
efficiently. whenever using compressed air.
CONTINUED
GI-7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUNDAMENTAL PROCEDURES
HOSE CLAMPS
• When reinstalling, position the hose clamp in the
original location on the hose, and squeeze the
clamp lightly with large pliers to ensure a good fit.
cardiagn.com
following formulas. Choose the formula that
applies to you.
VISE
RUBBER PARTS AND TUBING • When using a vise, put protective plates in the
• Prevent gasoline or oil from getting on rubber jaws of the vise to prevent damage to parts.
parts or tubing.
GI-8 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 2. Check the terminals of waterproof connectors from
CONNECTORS the connector side, as they cannot be accessed
from the wiring harness side.
Disconnecting Connectors
• When disconnecting two connectors, grasp the Caution
connectors, not the wires. • To prevent damage to the terminal, wrap a thin
wire around the lead before inserting it into the
terminal.
cardiagn.com
Locking Connector
• When locking connectors, listen for a click that will
indicate they are securely locked.
Inspection
1. When a tester is used to check for continuity or to
measure voltage, insert the tester probe from the
wiring
harness side.
CONTINUED
GI-9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
EX ............................................ Exhaust
HLA ......................................... Hydraulic lash adjuster
IN ............................................. lntake
MAX ......................................... Maximum
SST ......................................... Special service tool
CONTINUED
cardiagn.com
GI-10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE
ENGINE OVERHAUL SERVICE WARNING .......... B- 1 CAMSHAFT END PLAY INSPECTION ................... B-26
ENGINE MOUNTING/DISMOUNTING ................... B- 1 ROCKER ARM AND ROCKER ARM SHAFT
MOUNTING ....................................................... B- 1/2 INSPECTION ..................................................... B-26/27
DISMOUNTING .................................................. B- 2 CYLINDER BLOCK INSPECTION/
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .................. B- 3 REPAIR ............................................................. B-27
TIMING BELT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY......... B- 3/5 PISTON INSPECTION ........................................... B-27
CYLINDER HEAD (I) DISASSEMBLY/ PISTON CLEARANCE INSPECTION/
ASSEMBLY .................................................... B- 6/12 REPAIR ............................................................. B-28
CYLINDER HEAD (II) DISASSEMBLY/ PISTON RING CLEARANCE INSPECTION ........... B-28
ASSEMBLY .................................................... B-12/13 PISTON PIN CLEARANCE INSPECTION .............. B-28/29
TIMING CHAIN DISASSEMBLY/ CRANKSHAFT INSPECTION ................................. B-29
ASSEMBLY .................................................... B-14/16 CRANKSHAFT OIL CLEARANCE
CYLINDER BLOCK (I) DISASSEMBLY/ INSPECTION/REPAIR ........................................ B-29/30
ASSEMBLY .................................................... B-17/19 CRANKSHAFT END PLAY
CYLINDER BLOCK (II) DISASSEMBLY/ INSPECTION/REPAIR ........................................ B-30
ASSEMBLY .................................................... B-20/22 CONNECTING ROD INSPECTION ........................ B-30
ENGINE INSPECTION/REPAIR ............................ B-23 CONNECTING ROD OIL CLEARANCE
CYLINDER HEAD INSPECTION/REPAIR ........... B-23 INSPECTION/REPAIR ........................................ B-31
VALVE INSPECTION ......................................... B-23/24 CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE
VALVE GUIDE INSPECTION ............................. B-24 INSPECTION ..................................................... B-31
VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT ......................... B-24 PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD
VALVE SEAT INSPECTION/REPAIR ................. B-25 INSPECTION ..................................................... B-31
cardiagn.com
VALVE SPRING INSPECTION ........................... B-25 TENSIONER SPRING INSPECTION ..................... B-31
CAMSHAFT INSPECTION ................................. B-26 GEAR CLEARANCE INSPECTION ........................ B-31/32
CAMSHAFT OIL CLEARANCE ROTOR CLEARANCE INSPECTION ..................... B-32/33
INSPECTION .................................................. B-26 PLUNGER SPRING INSPECTION ......................... B-33
CONTINUED
B-1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE MOUNTING/DISMOUNTING
3. Adjust the SST (bolts) so that less than 20 mm
{0.79 in } of thread is exposed.
4. Make the SST (plate and arms) parallel by adjusting
the SST (bolts and nuts).
5. Tighten the SST (bolts and nuts) to affix the SST
firmly.
Warning
• The self-locking brake system of the engine
cardiagn.com
stand may not be effective when the engine
is held In an unbalanced position.
This could lead to sudden, rapid movement
of the engine and mounting stand handle
and cause serious injury. Never keep the
engine in an unbalanced position, and
always hold the rotating handle firmly when
turning the engine.
Tightening torque
30–41 N.m {3.0–4.2 kgf.m, 22–30 ft.lbf }
DISMOUNTING
• Dismount in the reverse order of mounting.
CONTINUED
B-2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE MOUNTING/DISMOUNTING
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
TIMING BELT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
cardiagn.com
1 Crankshaft pulley 6 Timing belt
• Refer to Disassembly Note • Refer to Disassembly Note
• Refer to Assembly Note • Refer to Assembly Note
2 Upper timing belt cover 7 Tensioner, tensioner spring
3 Lower timing belt cover • Refer to Assembly Note
8 Idler
4 Guide plate
5 Spark plug
CONTINUED
B-3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Crankshaft Pulley Disassembly Note
• Hold the crankshaft by using the SST.
cardiagn.com
2. Install the timing belt.
2. Remove the spark plug. 3. Turn the crankshaft clockwise twice and align the
timing marks. If they are not aligned, remove the
Caution timing belt and repeat from
• The following will damage the belt and Timing Belt Assembly Note step 1.
shorten its life; forcefully twisting it. 4. Loosen the tensioner lock bolt to apply tension to
Turning it inside out, or allowing oil or the belt. Do not apply tension other than that of the
grease on It. tensioner spring.
5. Tighten the tensioner lock bolt. Be sure the
3. Mark the timing belt rotation on the belt for proper tensioner does not move together with the bolt
reinstallation. rotation.
6. Turn the crankshaft clockwise twice and check the
timing belt deflection at the point indicated by applying
moderate pressure 98 N {10 kgf , 22 Ibf } If it is
incorrect repeat from
Timing Belt Disassembly Note.
B-4
CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Crankshaft Pulley Assembly note
• Hold the crankshaft by using the SST.
CONTINUED
cardiagn.com
B-5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
CYLINDER HEAD(I) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Timing belt drive type
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
CONTINUED
B-6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Rocker Arm Disassembly Note
• Loosen the bolts in two or three steps in the order
shown.
cardiagn.com
Camshaft Pulley Assembly Note
Cylinder Head Disassembly Note • Install the camshaft pulley on the camshaft with
• Loosen the cylinder head bolts in two or three the knock pin fit into the hole at the timing mark.
steps in the order shown.
Camshaft pulley timing mark
F8: 4
FE: 2
CONTINUED
B-7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
Cylinder Head Cover Assembly Note
1. Apply silicone sealant to the shaded areas.
Thickness
∅1.5―2.0 mm {0.060―0.078 in }
CONTINUED
B-8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Timing chain drive type
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
cardiagn.com
1 Cylinder head cover 6 Camshaft sprocket
• Refer to Assembly Note • Refer to Disassembly Note
2 Chain adjuster • Refer to Assembly Note
• Refer to Disassembly Note 7 Cylinder head
• Refer to Assembly Note • Refer to Disassembly Note
3 Camshaft gear • Refer to Assembly Note
• Refer to Disassembly Note 8 Cylinder head gasket
4 Rocker arm • Refer to Assembly Note
• Refer to Disassembly Note
• Refer to Assembly Note
5 Camshaft
B-9 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Chain Adjuster Disassembly Note Cylinder Head Disassembly Note
1. Turn the crankshaft until the FE mark of the 1. Remove the bolt A.
camshaft pulley is at the top as shown. 2. Loosen the remaining cylinder head bolts in two or
2. Check that the crankshaft pulley timing mark is three steps in the order shown.
aligned with the indicator pin.
cardiagn.com
2. Install the cylinder head gasket.
3. Apply silicone sealant to the shaded area of the
cylinder head gasket.
2. Hold the camshaft with a screwdriver as shown.
B-10 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Rocker Arm Assembly Note
1. Apply silicone sealant to the shaded area.
cardiagn.com
2. Hold the camshaft with a screwdriver as shown. 3. Tap in the new seal cap by using a plastic
hammer.
CONTINUED
B-11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Cylinder Head Cover Assembly Note CYLINDER HEAD (II) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. Apply silicone sealant to the seal cap as shown. 1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
cardiagn.com
1 Valve keeper
• Refer to Disassembly Note
3. Install the cylinder head cover and tighten the • Refer to Assembly Note
bolts in two or three steps in the order shown. 2 Upper valve spring seat
3 Valve spring (FE CIS: Single spring type)
• Refer to Assembly Note
4 Lower valve spring seat
5 Valve
6 Valve seal
• Refer to Disassembly Note
• Refer to Assembly Note
CONTINUED
B-12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Valve Spring Assembly Note
• Install the valve spring with the closer pitch toward
the cylinder head.
cardiagn.com
2. Press the valve seal onto the valve guide by hand.
3. Tap the SST by using a plastic hammer until its
lower end touches the cylinder head.
CONTINUED
B-13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
TIMING CHAIN DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the order of disassembly.
cardiagn.com
1 Water pump 8 Timing chain guide
2 Crankshaft pulley 9 Oil strainer
• Refer to Disassembly Note 10 Oil pan
• Refer to Assembly Note • Refer to Disassembly Note
3 Timing chain cover • Refer to Assembly Note
• Refer to Disassembly Note 11 Oil pump cover
• Refer to Assembly Note
12 Inner rotor
4 Timing chain
• Refer to Assembly Note 13 Outer rotor
5 Timing gear 14 Spring seat
6 Crankshaft key 15 Pressure spring
7 Timing chain lever 16 Control plunger
CONTINUED
B-14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Crankshaft Pulley Disassembly Note Timing Chain Assembly Note
• Hold the crankshaft by using the SST. 1. Install the timing chain as shown in the figure.
cardiagn.com
Oil Pan Assembly Note
• Apply silicone sealant to the oil pan as shown.
Thickness
∅2.5―3.5 mm {0.099―0.137 in } 4. Apply silicone sealant to the mounting surface
along the inside of the bolt holes as shown.
Tightening torque
A: 19―25 N.m {1.9―2.6 kgf.m , 14―18 ft.lbf }
B: 38―51 N.m {3.8―5.3 kgf.m , 28―38 ft.lbf }
CONTINUED
B-15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Crankshaft Pulley Assembly Note
• Hold the crankshaft by using the SST.
CONTINUED
cardiagn.com
B-16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
CYLINDER BLOCK (I) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
cardiagn.com
2
1 Oil pan (Timing belt drive type) 8 Oil pump body (Timing belt drive type)
• Refer to Disassembly Note 9 Outer gear (Timing belt drive type)
• Refer to Assembly Note 10 Inner gear (Timing belt drive type)
2 Oil strainer (Timing belt drive type) 11 Oil pump cover (Timing belt drive type)
3 Oil baffle (FE CIS) 12 Spring seat (Timing belt drive type) .
• Refer to Disassembly Note
• Refer to Assembly Note 13 Pressure spring (Timing belt drive type)
4 Timing belt pulley (Timing belt drive type) 14 Control plunger (Timing belt drive type)
• Refer to Disassembly Note 15 Rear cover
• Refer to Assembly Note • Refer to Disassembly Note
5 Flywheel • Refer to Assembly Note
• Refer to Disassembly Note 16 Water pump
• Refer to Assembly Note • Refer to Assembly Note
6 End plate
7 Oil pump (Timing belt drive type)
• Refer to Disassembly Note
• Refer to Assembly Note
CONTINUED
B-17
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Oil Pan Disassembly Note Oil Pump Disassembly Note
Note • Remove the oil seal by using a screwdriver
• Do not insert the separator tool between the protected with a rag.
oil baffle and cylinder block.
• Remove the oil pan by using the separator tool.
cardiagn.com
Water Pump Assembly Note
1. Verify that the rubber seal is securely fixed onto
Timing Belt Pulley Disassembly Note
the water pump.
• Hold the crankshaft by using the SST.
2. If not, replace the rubber seal and reapply the
bonding agent.
3. Install the water pump.
CONTINUED
B-18
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Oil Pump Assembly Note Oil Pan Assembly Note
1. Apply clean engine oil to the oil seal. • Apply Silicone sealant to the oil pan as shown.
2. Push the oil seal slightly in by hand.
3. Press the oil seal in evenly by using the SST. Thickness
∅2.0―3.0 mm {0.079―0.118 in }
cardiagn.com
Timing Belt Pulley Assembly Note
• Hold the crankshaft by using the SST.
Thickness
∅2.0―3.0 mm {0.079―0.118 in }
CONTINUED
B-19
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
CYLINDER BLOCK (II) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
1
2
Connecting rod cap
Lower connecting rod bearing
9 Main bearing cap
• Refer to Disassembly Note
cardiagn.com
• Refer to Assembly Note
3 Piston and connecting rod
10 Lower main bearing
• Refer to Disassembly Note
• Refer to Assembly Note 11 Pilot bearing
• Refer to Disassembly Note
4 Upper connecting rod bearing
• Refer to Assembly Note
5 Piston ring
12 Crankshaft
6 Piston pin
13 Upper main bearing
7 Piston
14 Cylinder block
8 Connecting rod
CONTINUED
B-20
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Piston and Connecting Rod Disassembly Note Pilot Bearing Disassembly Note
1. Assemble the SST as shown. • Remove the pilot bearing by using the SST.
cardiagn.com
Main Bearing Cap Assembly Note
3. Set the piston and connecting rod on the SST as 1. Tighten the bolts in two or three steps in the order
shown. shown.
4. Press out the piston pin. Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly Note
1. Assemble the SST as shown.
Main Bearing Cap Disassembly Note
• Loosen the main bearing cap bolts in two or three
steps in the order shown.
CONTINUED
B-21
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
2. Insert SST No.2 into the piston pin as shown and
fully screw in SST No.1.
Dimension L
60.0 mm {2.36 in }
cardiagn.com
10. F mark facing the front of the engine.
Pressure force
2.94―14.70 KN {300―1500 kgf , 660―3300 Ibf }
CONTINUED
B-22
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE INSPECTION/REPAIR
ENGINE INSPECTION/REPAIR VALVE INSPECTION
1. Measure the valve head margin thickness of each
CYLINDER HEAD INSPECTION/REPAIR valve. Replace the valve if necessary.
1. Carry out cooling flaw detection on the cylinder
head surface. Replace the cylinder head if Margin thickness
necessary. FE CIS
2. Inspect for the following and repair or replace if IN: 1.80―2.20 mm {0.071―0.086 in }
necessary. EX: 1.30―1.70 mm {0.052―0.006 in }
(1) Sunken valve seats F8, FE CARB
(2) Excessive camshaft oil clearance and end IN: 0.8―1.2 mm {0.032―0.047 in }
play EX: 1.3―1.7 mm {0.052―0.066 in }
3. Measure the cylinder head for distortion in the six
directions as shown.
Distortion
0.15 mm {0.006 in} max.
cardiagn.com
2. Measure the length of each valve. Replace the
valve if necessary.
Minimum diameter
FE CIS
IN: 6.920 mm {0.2724 in }
EX: 6.915 mm {0.2722 in }
F8, FE CARB
IN: 7.980 mm {0.3142 in }
EX: 7.975 mm {0.3140 in }
CONTINUED
B-23
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE INSPECTION/REPAIR
cardiagn.com
F8, FE CARB
IN: 8.030―8.045 mm {0.3162―0.3167 in }
EX: 8.025―8.040 mm {0.3160―0.3165 in }
Standard height
2. Measure the protrusion height (dimension A) of FE CIS: 19.8―20.3 mm {0.780―0.799 in }
each valve guide without lower valve spring seat. FB, FE CARB: 19.1―19.6mm {0.752―0.771 in }
Replace the valve guide if necessary.
Standard height
FE CIS: 19.8―20.3 mm {0.780―0.799 in }
F8, FE CARB: 19.1―19.6mm {0.752―0.711 in }
B-24
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE INSPECTION/REPAIR
VALVE SEAT INSPECTION/REPAIR VALVE SPRING INSPECTION
1. Measure the seat contact width. 1. Apply pressing force to the pressure spring and
If necessary, resurface the valve seat by using a 45° check the spring height. Replace the valve spring if
valve seat cutter and/or resurface the valve face. necessary.
Standard height
FE CIS
IN: 41 mm {1.614 in }
EX: 41 mm {1.614 in }
2. Verify that the valve seating position is at the cen- F8, FE CARB
cardiagn.com
ter of the valve face. Inner: 36.5 mm {1.437 in }
(1) If the seating position is too high, correct the Outer: 41.0 mm {1.614 in }
valve seat by using a 75° (FE CIS) or 60° (F8,
FE CARB) cutter, and a 45° cutter.
(2) If the seating position is too low, correct the
valve seat by using a 35° (IN) or 15° (EX)
cutter and a 45° cutter.
Maximum dimension L
F8, FE CARB: 47.0 mm {1.850 in }
FE CIS: 51.2 mm {2.016 in }
CONTINUED
B-25
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE INSPECTION/REPAIR
CAMSHAFT INSPECTION 2. Install the camshaft cap.
1. Set the No.1 and No.5 journals on V-blocks. (Refer to ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Measure the camshaft runout. Replace the CYLINDER HEAD (II) Camshaft Cap Assembly Note.)
camshaft if necessary. 3. Remove the camshaft cap.
(Refer to ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY,
Runout CYLINDER HEAD (II) Camshaft Cap Assembly Note.)
0.03 mm {0.0012 in } max. 4. Measure the oil clearance. Replace the cylinder
head if necessary.
2. Measure the cam lobe height at the two points as
shown. Replace the camshaft if necessary. Standard clearance
No.1, 5: 0.035―0.085 mm
{0.00138―0.00334 in }
Standard height
No.2, 3, 4: 0.065―0.115 mm
FE CIS
{0.00256―0.00453 in }
IN: 41.340 mm {1.6276 in }
EX: 41.847 mm {1.6475 in }
F8, FE CARB Maximum clearance
IN: 38.202 mm {1.5040 in } 0.15 mm {0.006 in }
EX: 38.202 mm {1.5040 in }
Fuel pump cam: 39.900 mm {1.5709 in }
cardiagn.com
CAMSHAFT END PLAY INSPECTION
1. Install the camshaft and thrust plate.
3. Measure the journal diameters in X and Y 2. Measure the camshaft end play. Replace the
directions at the two points (A and B) as shown. camshaft and/or thrust plate if necessary.
Replace the camshaft if necessary.
Standard end play
Standard diameter 0.08―0.16 mm {0.00315―0.00629 in }
No.1, 5: 31.940―31.965 mm
{1.2575―1.2585 in } Maximum end play
No.2, 3, 4: 31.910―31.935 mm 0.20 mm {0.008 in }
{1 .2563―1.2572 in }
ROCKER ARM AND ROCKER ARM SHAFT
Minimum diameter INSPECTION
No.1, 5: 31.910 mm {1.2563 in } 1. Measure the rocker arm inner diameter.
No.2, 3, 4: 31.880 mm {1.2551 in }
Diameter
FE CIS: 19.000―19.033 mm
{0.7481―0.7493 in }
F8, FE CARB: 15.966―15.984 mm
{0.6286―0.6292 in }
CONTINUED
B-26
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE INSPECTION/REPAIR
Diameter
FE CIS: 18.959―18.980 mm
{0.7465―0.7472 in }
F8, FE CARB: 15.966―15.984 mm
{0.6286―0.6292 in }
Note
3. Calculate the rocker arm-to-shaft clearance. • Base the boring diameter on the diameter of
Replace the rocker arm and/or rocker arm shaft if an oversize piston. All cylinders must be the
necessary. same diameter.
cardiagn.com
Standard clearance
Cylinder bore mm { in }
FE CIS: 0.020―0.074 mm
{0.00079―0.00291 in } Size Diameter
F8, FE CARB: 0.016―0.061 mm
86.000―86.019
{0.00063―0.00240 in } Standard
{3.3859―3.3865}
CYLINDER BLOCK INSPECTION/REPAIR 86.250―86.269
1. Measure the distortion of the cylinder block top 0.25 {0.01} oversize
{3.3957―3.3964}
surface in the six directions as shown. Repair by 86.500―86.519
grinding or replace if necessary. 0.50 {0.02} oversize
{3.4056―3.4062}
Cylinder block distortion Wear limit
0.15 mm {0.006 in } max. 0.15 mm {0.006 in }
Cylinder block height PISTON INSPECTION
FE: 288.93―289.07 mm {11.376―11.380 in } • Measure the outer diameter of each piston at a
F8: 268.43―268.57 mm {10.569―10.573 in } right angle (90°) to the piston pin, 18.0 mm {0.709
in } below oil ring groove.
Grinding Piston diameter
0.20 mm {0.008 in } max. mm { in }
Size Diameter
85.943―85.965
Standard
{3.38358―3.38444}
86.193―86.215
0.25 {0.01} oversize
{3.39342―3.39428}
86.443―86.465
0.50 {0.02} oversize
{3.40327―3.40412}
CONTINUED
B-27
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE INSPECTION/REPAIR
PISTON CLEARANCE INSPECTION/REPAIR PISTON PIN CLEARANCE INSPECTION
1. Calculate the piston-to-cylinder clearance. 1. Measure each piston pin hole diameter in X and Y
Replace the piston or rebore the cylinders to fit an directions at the four points (A, B, C, and D) as
oversized piston if necessary. shown.
Maximum clearance
0.15 mm {0.006 in }
Standard clearance
Top : 0.03―0.07 mm {0.0012―0.0027 in }
Second : 0.03―0.07 mm {0.0012―0.0027 in } 2. Measure each connecting rod small end inner
cardiagn.com
Oil : 0.03―0.07 mm {0.0012―0.0027 in } diameter in X and Y directions as shown.
Standard diameter
Maximum clearance
21.943―21.961 mm {0.8639―0.8646 in }
0.15 mm {0.006 in }
CONTINUED
B-28
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE INSPECTION/REPAIR
Standard clearance Crank pin
0.008―0.024 mm {0.00032―0.00094 in } mm { in }
Bearing size Diameter
5. Calculate the connecting rod small end-to-piston 50.940―50.955
pin clearance. Replace the connecting rod or Standard
{2.0056―2.0060}
piston pin.
50.690―50.705
0.25 {0.01} undersize
{1.9957―1.9962}
Standard clearance
- 0.037―0.013 mm {-0.0014―0.0006 in } 50.440―50.455
0.50 {0.02} undersize
{1.9859―1.9864}
CRANKSHAFT INSPECTION 50.190―50.205
1. Measure the crankshaft runout. Replace the 0.75 {0.03} undersize
{1.9760―1.9765}
crankshaft if necessary.
Runout Out-of-round
0.03 mm {0.0012 in } 0.05 mm {0.002 in } max.
cardiagn.com
2. Measure the journal diameter in X and Y direction CRANKSHAFT OIL CLEARANCE INSPECTION/
at the two points (A and B) as shown. Replace the REPAIR .
crankshaft or grind the journal and install the 1. Position a plastigauge atop the journals in the
undersize bearing if necessary. axial direction.
2. Install the main bearing cap.
Main journal (Refer to ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.
mm { in }
CYLINDER BLOCK (II) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY,
Bearing size Diameter
Main Bearing Cap Assembly Note.)
No.1, 2, 4, 5 : 59.937―59.955 3. Remove the main bearing cap.
{2.3598―2.3604} (Refer to ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY,
Standard
No.3 : 59.937―59.955 CYLINDER BLOCK (II) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY,
{2.3598―2.3604} Main Bearing Cap Disassembly Note.)
No.1, 2, 4, 5 : 59.687―59.697 4. Measure the main journal oil clearance. If the
{2.3499―2.3502} clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the
0.25 {0.01} undersize
No.3 : 59.687―59.691 main bearing or grind the main journal and install
{2.3499―2.3500} the undersize bearings so that the specified oil
No.1, 2, 4, 5 : 59.437―59.447 clearance is obtained.
{2.3401―2.3404}
0.50 {0.02} undersize Standard oil clearance
No.3 : 59.437―59.455
{2.3401―2.3407} No.1, 2, 4, 5:
No.1, 2, 4, 5 : 59.187―59.197 0.025―0.074 mm {0.00099―0.00291 in }
{2.3302―2.3305} No.3:
0.75 {0.03} undersize 0.031―0.074 mm {0.00123―0.00291 in }
No.3 : 59.187―59.205
{2.3302―2.3309}
Maximum oil clearance
0.10 mm {0.004 in }
Out-of-round
0.05 mm {0.002 in } max.
CONTINUED
B-29
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE INSPECTION/REPAIR
mm { in }
Bearing size Bearing thickness
2.004―2.007
Standard
{0.07890―0.07901}
2.129―2.139
0.25 {0.01} undersize
{0.08382―0.08421}
No.1, 2, 4, 5 : 2.254―2.264
{0.08874―0.08913}
0.50 {0.02} undersize
No.3 : 2.254―2.257
{0.08874―0.08885}
No.1, 2, 4, 5 : 2.379―2.389
{0.09367―0.09405}
0.75 {0.03} undersize
No.3 : 2.379―2.382
{0.09367―0.09377}
cardiagn.com
3. Remove the main bearing cap.
(Refer to ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY,
CRANKSHAFT END PLAY INSPECTION/REPAIR CYLINDER BLOCK (II) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY,
1. Install the main bearing cap. Main Bearing Cap Disassembly Note.)
(Refer to ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY,
CYLINDER BLOCK (II) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY, CONNECTING ROD INSPECTION
Main Bearing Cap Assembly Note.) • Measure each connecting rod for bending and
2. Measure the crankshaft end play. If the end play distortion. Replace the connecting rod if
exceeds the maximum, replace the crankshaft necessary.
bearing or grind the crankshaft and Install an
undersize bearing so that the specified end play is Bending
obtained. 0.15 mm {0.006 in } max. /100 mm {3.937 in }
CONTINUED
B-30
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE INSPECTION/REPAIR
CONNECTING ROD OIL CLEARANCE
INSPECTION/REPAIR
1. Position a plastigauge atop the journals in the
axial direction.
2. Install the connecting rod cap.
(Refer to ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.
CYLINDER BlOCK(II) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY,
Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly Note.)
3. Remove the connecting rod cap.
4. Measure the crankpin oil clearance. If the
clearance exceeds the maximum, replace the
connecting rod bearing or grind the crankpin and
use undersize bearings so that the specified
3. Remove the connecting rod cap.
clearance is obtained.
PISTON AND CONNECTING ROD INSPECTION
Standard oil clearance • Check the oscillation torque as shown. If the large
0.027―0.067 mm {0.0011―0.0026 in } end does not drop by its own weight, replace the
piston or the piston pin.
Maximum oil clearance
0.10 mm {0.004 in }
mm { in }
cardiagn.com
Bearing size Bearing thickness
1.505―1.510
Standard
{0.0593―0.0594}
1.630―1.635
0.25 {0.01} undersize
{0.0642―0.0643}
1.755―1.760
0.50 {0.02} undersize
{0.0691―0.0692}
1.880―1.885
0.75 {0.03} undersize
{0.0741―0.0742}
TENSIONER SPRING INSPECTION
• Measure the free length of the tensioner spring.
Replace the tensioner spring if necessary.
Free length
F8: 63.0 mm {2.48 in }
FE CARB: 56.9 mm {2.24 in }
FE CIS: 53.9 mm {2.12 in }
B-31
CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE INSPECTION/REPAIR
Maximum outer gear tooth tip to cresent Maximum Inner rotor tooth tip to outer rotor
clearance clearance
0.350 mm {0.0138 in } 0.18 mm {0.007 in }
cardiagn.com
Standard side clearance Standard outer gear to pump body clearance
0.030―0.063 mm {0.00119―0.00248 in } 0.090―0.176 mm {0.0036―0.0069 in }
CONTINUED
B-32
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE INSPECTION/REPAIR
cardiagn.com
Maximum Inner rotor tooth tip to outer rotor
clearance
0.18 mm {0.007 in }
CONTINUED
B-33
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA ......................................... TD-1/4
TECHNICAL DATA
Item Specification
Cylinder head
Height mm { in } 91.95—92.05 {3.621—3.624}
Distortion mm { in } 0.15 {0.006} max.
Grinding mm { in } 0.20 {0.008} max.
Valve clearance (F8, FE CARB) IN 0.30 {0.012} (Engine hot)
mm { in }
EX 0.30 {0.012} (Engine hot)
Valve and valve guide
FE CIS: 1.80—2.20 {0.071—0.086}
IN
Margin thickness F8, FE CARB: 0.8—1.2 {0.032—0.047}
mm { in } FE CIS: 1.30—1.70 {0.052—0.066}
EX
F8, FE CARB: 1.3—1.7 {0.052—0.066}
FE CIS: 115.61—116.01 {4.552—4.567}
Standard
IN F8, FE CARB: 111.69—112.09 {4.398—4.412}
cardiagn.com
Valve length Minimum FE CIS: 115.51 {4.548}, F8, FE CARB: 111.39 {4.386}
mm { in } FE CIS: 116.01—116.41 {4.568—4.583}
Standard
EX F8, FE CARB: 111.49—111.89 {4.390—4.405}
Minimum FE CIS: 115.71 {4.556}, F8, FE CARB: 111.19{4.378}
FE CIS: 6.970—6.985 {0.2745—0.2749}
Standard
IN F8, FE CARB: 8.030—8.045 {0.3162—0.3167}
Valve stem diameter Minimum FE CIS: 6.920 {0.2724} F8, FE CARB: 7.980 {0.3142}
mm { in } Standard FE CIS: 6.965—6.980 {0.2743—0.2748}
EX F8, FE CARB: 8.025—8.040 {0.3160—0.3165}
Minimum FE CIS: 6.915 {0.2722} F8, FE CARB: 7.975 {0.3140}
IN FE CIS: 7.010—7.030 {0.2760—0.2767}
F8, FE CARB: 8.030—8.045 {0.3162—0.3167}
Guide inner diameter
EX FE CIS: 7.010—7.030 {0.2760—0.2767}
F8, FE CARB: 8.025—8.040 {0.3160—0.3165}
IN FE CIS: 19.8—20.3 {0.780—0.799}
Valve guide protrusion height F8, FE CARB: 19.1—19.6 {0.752—0.771}
mm { in } EX FE CIS: 19.8—20.3 {0.780—0.799}
F8, FE CARB: 19.1—19.6 {0.752—0.771}
Valve seat
Seat contact width IN 1.2—1.6 {0.048—0.062}
mm { in } EX 1.2—1.6 {0.048—0.062}
IN 45°
Seat angle
EX 45°
Standard F8, FE CARB: 46.5 {1.831} FE CIS: 49.7 {1.957}
IN
Seat sinking mm { in } Maximum F8, FE CARB: 47.0 {1.850} FE CIS: 51.2 {2.016}
(Valve protrusion height) Standard F8, FE CARB: 46.5 {1.831} FE CIS: 49.7 {1.957}
EX
Maximum F8, FE CARB: 47.0 {1.850} FE CIS: 51.2 {2.016}
CONTINUED
TD-1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
Item Specification
Valve spring
H: 41.0 mm
203.10—229.86 {20.71—23.44, 45.57—51.56}
{1.614 in } (FE CIS)
H Inner: 36.5 mm
IN {1.437 in }
Inner: 117.19—136,01 {11,95—13.87, 26.29—30,51}
Outer: 41.0 mm
Outer: 243.70—267.03 {24.85—27.23, 54.67—59.90}
{1.614 in }
Pressing force at Valve (F8, FE CARB)
spring height H
N { kgf, lbf } H: 41.0 mm
240.37—272.03 {24.51—27.74, 53.93—61.02}
{1.614 in } (FE CIS)
H Inner: 36.5 mm
EX {1.437 in}
Inner: 117.19—136.01 {11.95—13.87, 26,29—30.51}
Outer: 41.0 mm
Outer: 243.70—267.03 {24.85—27.23, 54.67—59.90}
{1.614 in }
(F8, FE CARB)
FE CIS: 1.70 {0.067}
IN
Out-of-square F8, FE CARB: Inner 1.5 {0.059} outer 1.8 {0.071}
mm { in } FE CIS: 1.76 {0.069}
EX
F8, FE CARB: Inner 1.5 {0.059} outer 1.8 {0.071}
cardiagn.com
Camshaft
Camshaft runout mm { in } 0.03 {0.0012} max.
IN FE CIS: 41,340 {1.6276} F8, FE CARB: 38.202 {1.5040}
Lobe height mm { in }
EX FE CIS: 41.847 {1.6475} F8, FE CARB: 38.202 {1.5040}
Standard 31.940—31.965 {1.2575—1.2585}
No.1, 5
Journal diameter Minimum 31.910 {1.2563}
mm { in } No.2, 3, Standard 31.910—31.935 {1.2563—1.2572}
4 Minimum 31.880 {1.2551}
No.1, 5 0.035—0.085 {0.00138—0,00334}
Camshaft bearing oil clearance
No.2, 3, 4 0.065—0.115 {0.00256—0.00453}
mm { in }
Maximum 0.15 {0.006}
Standard 0.08—0.16 {0.00315—0.00629}
Camshaft end play mm { in }
Maximum 0.20 {0.008}
Rocker arm and rocker arm shaft
FE CIS: 19.000—19.033 {0.7481—0.7493}
Rocker arm inner diameter mm { in }
F8, FE CARB: 15.966—15.984 {0.6286—0.6292}
FE CIS: 18.959—18.980 {0.7465—0.7472}
Rocker arm shaft diameter mm { in }
F8, FE CARB: 15.966—15.984 {0.6286—0.6292}
FE CIS: 0.020—0.074 {0.00079—0.00291}
Rocker arm to shaft clearance mm { in }
F8, FE CARB: 0.016—0.061 {0,00063—0.00240}
Cylinder block
FE; 288.93—289.07 {11.376—11.380}
Height mm { in }
F8: 268.43—268.57 {10.569—10.573}
Distortion mm { in } 0.15 {0.006} max.
Grinding mm { in } 0.20 {0.008} max.
Standard 86.000—86.019 {3.3859—3,3865}
Cylinder bore diameter
0.25 {0.01} oversize 86.250—86.269 {3.3957—3.3964}
mm { in }
0.50 {0.02} oversize 86.500—86.519 {3.4056—3.4062}
Wear limit mm { in } 0.15 {0,006}
CONTINUED
TD-2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
Item Specification
Piston
Piston diameter Standard 85.943—85.965 {3.38358—3.38444}
Measured at 90° to pin
bore axis and 18.0 mm 0.25 {0.01} oversize 86.193—86.215 {3.39342—3.39428}
{0.709 in } below oil ring
groove mm { in } 0.50 {0.02} oversize 86.443—86.465 {3.40327—3.40412}
Standard 0.035—0.076 {0.0014—0.0029}
Piston-to-cylinder clearance mm { in }
Maximum 0.15 {0.006}
Piston ring
Top 0.03—0.07 {0.0012—0.0027}
Piston ring-to-ring groove clearance Second 0.03—0.07 {0.0012—0.0027}
mm { in } Oil 0.03—0.07 {0.0012—0.0027}
Maximum 0.15 {0.006}
Top 0.20—0.35 {0.008—0.013}
End gap (Measured in cylinder) Second 0.15—0.30 {0.006—0.011}
mm { in } Oil (rail) 0.20—0.70 {0.008—0.027}
Maximum 1.0 {0.039}
cardiagn.com
Piston pin
Diameter mm { in } 21.974—21.980 {0.8652—0.8653}
Connecting rod small end-to-piston pin clearance mm { in } - 0.037— - 0.013 { -0.0014— - 0.0006}
Piston-to-piston pin clearance mm { in } 0.008—0.024 {0.00032—0.00094}
Crankshaft
Crankshaft runout mm { in } 0.03 {0.0012} max.
No.1, 2, 4, 5: 59.937—59.955 {2.3598—2.3604}
Standard
No.3: 59.937—59.955 {2.3598—2.3604}
No.1, 2, 4, 5: 59.687—59.697 {2.3499—2.3502}
0.25 {0.01} undersize
Main journal diameter No.3: 59.687—59.691 {2.3499—2.3500}
mm { in } No.1, 2, 4. 5: 59.437—59.447 {2.3401—2.3404}
0.50 {0.02} undersize
No.3: 59.437—59.455 {2.3401—2.3407}
No.1, 2, 4, 5: 59,187—59.197 {2.3302—2.3305}
0.75 {0.03} undersize
No.3: 59.187—59.205 {2.3302—2.3309}
Out-of-round mm { in } 0.05 {0.002} max.
Standard 50.940—50.955 {2.0056—2.0060}
Crankpin diameter 0.25 {0.01} undersize 50.690—50.705 {1.9957—1.9962}
mm { in } 0.50 {0.02} undersize 50.440—50.455 {1.9859—1.9864}
0.75 {0.03} undersize 50.190—50.205 {1.9760—1.9765}
Out-of-round mm { in } 0.05 {0.002} max.
No.1, 2, 4, 5: 0.025—0.074 {0.00099—0.00291}
Main journal oil clearance Standard
No.3: 0.031—0.074 {0.00123—0.00291}
mm { in }
Maximum 0.10 {0.004}
Standard 0.08—0.18 {0.00315—0.00708}
Crankshaft end play mm { in }
Maximum 0.30 {0.012}
CONTINUED
TD-3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
Item Specification
Connecting rod and connecting rod bearing
F8: 135.95—136.05 {5,353—5.356}
Length (Center to center) mm { in }
FE: 151.95—152.05 {5.983—5.986}
Bending mm { in } 0.15 {0.006} max./100 mm {3.937 in}
Distortion mm { in } 0.180 {0.0071} max./50 mm {1.97 in }
Connecting rod side clearance Standard 0.110—0.262 {0.005—0.010}
mm { in } Maximum 0.30 {0.012}
Connecting rod bearing oil clearance Standard 0.027—0.067 {0.0011—0.0026}
mm { in } Maximum 0.10 {0.004}
Tensioner spring
F8: 63.0 {2.48}, FE CARB: 56.9 {2.24},
Free length mm { in }
FE CIS: 53.9 {2.12}
Oil pump
FE CARB Timing chain drive type:
Inner rotor tooth tip to outer rotor Standard
0.044—0.084 {0.0017—0.0033}
clearance mm { in }
Maximum 0.18 {0.007} (FE CIS, FE CARB Timing chain type)
FE CIS, CARB Timing chain type:
Outer rotor to body clearance Standard
cardiagn.com
0.090—0.176 {0.0035—0.0069}
mm { in }
Maximum FE CIS, CARB Timing chain type: 0.20 {0.008}
F8, FE CARB Timing belt drive type:
Standard
Inner gear tooth tip to crescent 0.267—0.380 {0.0106—0.0149}
clearance mm { in } F8, FE CARB Timing belt drive type:
Maximum
0.400 {0.0157}
P8, FE CARB Timing belt drive type:
Outer gear tooth tip to crescent Standard
0.200—0.320 {0.0079—0.0125}
clearance mm { in }
Maximum F8, FE CARB Timing belt drive type: 0.350 {0.0138}
Outer gear to pump body clearance Standard 0.030—0.063 {0.00119—0.00248}
mm { in } Maximum 0.10 {0.004}
F8, FE CARB Timing belt drive type:
0.030—0.063 {0.00120—0.0024}
Standard
Side clearance mm { in } FE CIS, FE CARB Timing chain drive type:
0.03—0.09 {0.0012—0.0035}
Maximum 0.10 {0.004}
Plunger spring
Free length mm { in } 46.4 {1.827}
CONTINUED
TD-4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX
TO. MODEL .INDEX
SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS ........................................... ST-1
SPECIAL TOOLS
49 0107 680A 49 L010 1A0 49 0636 100B
cardiagn.com
Valve seal and Piston pin Ring gear brake
guide installer setting tool set set
CONTINUED
ST-1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE
(WL, WL Turbo)
DRIVE BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2–1 ROCKER ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2– 9
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2–1/2 ROCKER ARM REMOVAL/
DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2–2 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2– 9/11
VALVE CLEARANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2–2 FRONT OIL SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2–11
VALVE CLEARANCE FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . B2–11/12
INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2–2 REAR OIL SEAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2–12
COMPRESSION INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2–3 REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . B2–12
TIMING BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2–4 ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2–13
TIMING BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . B2–4/5 ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . B2–13/14
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2–6 ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . B2–14
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2–6/8
cardiagn.com
Drive Belt Deflection Check 7.0—9.0 8.0—10.0 16.0
Generator
1. Check the drive belt deflection when the engine is {0.28—0.35} {0.32—0.39} {0.63}
cold, or at least 30 minutes after the engine has 5.0—6.2 6.0—6.5 11.3
stopped. Apply pressure 98 N {10 kgf, 22 lbf} a
{0.20—0.24} {0.24—0.25} {0.44}
midway between the specified pulleys. A/C
9.5—11.8 11.0—12.5 18.0
MEASURING b
GENERATOR {0.38—0.46} {0.44—0.49} {0.71}
POINT
* A belt that has been on a running engine for less than
five minutes.
A/C
COMPRESSOR
CRANKSHAFT 49 9200 020A
PULLEY
MEASURING
POINT b
WHEN MEASURED
WHEN SET
CONTINUED
B2–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DRIVE BELT, VALVE CLEARANCE
cardiagn.com
adjusting bolt B. A A A
(Refer to DRIVE BELT, DRIVE BELT INSPECTION.)
3. Tighten the mounting bolt and locknut A.
GENERATOR ENGINE
B FRONT
A 19—25
{1.9—2.6,
14—18}
WATER
PUMP B B B
GENERATOR
32—46 4. If not within the specification, adjust and recheck
CRANKSHAFT A {3.2—4.7, the valve clearance.
PULLEY 24—33} 5. Turn the crankshaft one full turn and measure the
B
remaining valve clearances. Adjust if necessary.
a
A/C 38—51
{3.8—5.3, A Tightening torque (locknut)
28—38} 16—20 N·m {1.6—2.1 kgf·m, 12—15 ft·lbf}
A/C
ADJUST
COMPRESSOR
CRANKSHAFT FEELER SCREW
PULLEY GAUGE
LOCKNUT
b N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
CONTINUED
B2–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
COMPRESSION INSPECTION
cardiagn.com
not ground the FCV (fuel cut valve) terminal.
49 S013 102
Compression
(kPa {kgf/cm2, psi} [rpm])
Engine
Item
WL, WL Turbo
Standard 2942 {30, 427} [200]
Minimum 2648 {27, 384} [200]
B2–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TIMING BELT
cardiagn.com
+ Installation Note 2. Turn the crankshaft clockwise and align the timing
2 Tensioner, tensioner spring marks as shown.
3 Timing belt
+ Removal Note TIMING MARK
+ Installation Note TENSIONER
LOCK BOLT
Timing Belt Removal Note CAMSHAFT
PULLEY
Caution
Forcefully twisting the belt, turning it inside TENSIONER
SPRING
out, or allowing oil or grease on it will
TENSIONER
damage the belt and shorten its life.
TIMING MARK FIP PULLEY
Caution
FAULTY FAULTY FAULTY Overtensioning of the timing belt can cause
breakage of the belt and the camshaft.
ROTATION
ARROW 3. Verify that the FIP attaching bolts and nuts are
tightened to the specified torque. This must be
FAULTY done to prevent overtensioning of the timing belt
25 mm {1.0 in} MIN. after it has been installed.
4. Install the timing belt.
5. Install the tensioner, tensioner spring, and
1. Mark the timing belt rotation on the belt for proper hand-tighten the lock bolt.
reinstallation. 6. Turn the crankshaft clockwise twice, and align the
2. Turn the crankshaft clockwise and align the timing timing marks. If they are not aligned, remove the
marks as shown. timing belt and repeat from
Timing Belt Installation Note Step 2.
TIMING MARK
7. Loosen the tensioner lock bolt to apply tension to
the belt. Do not apply tension other than that of the
tensioner spring.
CAMSHAFT 8. Tighten the tensioner lock bolt. Be sure the
PULLEY tensioner does not move together with the bolt
rotation.
TENSIONER 9. Turn the crankshaft clockwise twice, and check the
SPRING
timing belt deflection as shown. If it is incorrect,
TENSIONER repeat from Timing Belt Removal Note.
TIMING MARK FIP PULLEY
CONTINUED
B2–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TIMING BELT
TENSIONER
LOCK BOLT
CAMSHAFT
PULLEY
DEFLECTION
CHECKING TENSIONER
POINT SPRING
TENSIONER
FIP PULLEY
cardiagn.com
CONTINUED
ST
B2–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
Warning
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the “Fuel Line Safety
Procedures”.
(Refer to Section F2, FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL PRESSURE AND SERVICING FUEL SYSTEM.)
cardiagn.com
6. Remove the timing belt. (Refer to TIMING BELT, TIMING BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
7. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
8. Install in the reverse order of removal.
9. Adjust the drive belt deflection. (Refer to DRIVE BELT, DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT.)
10. Check the engine oil level. (Refer to Section D, ENGINE OIL, ENGINE OIL INSPECTION.)
11. Bleed air in the fuel line. (Refer to Section F2, FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL FILTER AIR BLEEDING.)
12. Start the engine and
(1) Inspect for engine oil, engine coolant, and fuel leakage.
(2) Inspect the idle speed. (Refer to Section F2, ENGINE TUNE-UP, PREPARATION, Idle Speed Adjustment.)
13. Inspect the compression. (Refer to COMPRESSION INSPECTION.)
5.0—8.8 N·m
{50—90 kgf·cm,
44—78 in·lbf}
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
CONTINUED
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
B2–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
1 Drive belt
2 Cylinder head cover
+ Installation Note
3 Cylinder head bolt
+ Removal Note
+ Installation Note
4 Cylinder head
LENGTH
5 Cylinder head gasket
+ Installation Note
Cylinder Head Bolt Removal Note
1. Remove bolts A. 2. Apply clean engine oil to the threads and the seat
2. Loosen the cylinder head bolts in two or three face of each bolt and install them.
steps in the order shown. 3. Tighten the bolts in two or three steps in the order
shown in the figure.
A
Tightening torque
29 N·m {3.0 kgf·m, 22 ft·lbf}
cardiagn.com
A
40.5 mm ENGINE
{1.59 in} FRONT PAINT MARK
90°—105° 90°—105°
48.5 mm
{1.91 in}
9.0 mm
{0.35 in}
ST
Cylinder Head Bolt Installation Note PAINT MARK
1. Measure the length of each bolt. Replace the bolt if
necessary.
7. Tighten bolts A.
Cylinder head bolt (mm {in})
Standard Maximum Tightening torque
Bolt head mark 18—19 N·m {1.8—2.0 kgf·m, 13.1—14.4 ft·lbf}
length length
101.2—101.8
W 102.5 {4.035}
{3.985—4.007}
113.2—113.8
N 114.5 {4.508}
{4.457—4.480}
CONTINUED
B2–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
Thickness
ø1.5—2.5 mm {0.060—0.098 in}
cardiagn.com
Tightening torque
1.5—2.9 N·m {15—30 kgf·cm, 14—26 in·lbf}
ENGINE
FRONT
Tightening torque
5.0—8.8 N·m {50—90 kgf·cm, 44—78 in·lbf}
CONTINUED
B2–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ROCKER ARM
ROCKER ARM
ROCKER ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the air intake pipe and breather chamber.
(Refer to Section F2, INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM, INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the timing belt. (Refer to TIMING BELT, TIMING BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
5.0—8.8 N·m
{50—90 kgf·cm,
44—78 in·lbf}
R
cardiagn.com
11.3—14.2 N·m
{115—145 kgf·cm, 100—125 in·lbf}
16—20 {1.6—2.1, 12—15}
R
SST
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm, 69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
30—41 {3.0—4.2, 22—30}
CONTINUED
B2–9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ROCKER ARM
Note
Mark the camshaft caps so that they can be
reinstalled in the position from which they were ENGINE
FRONT
cardiagn.com
removed.
49 S010 001
B2–10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ROCKER ARM, FRONT OIL SEAL
cardiagn.com
SST
350—390
{35—40,
260—280}
1 Drive belt
2 Crankshaft pulley
+ Removal Note
+ Installation Note
3 Front oil seal
+ Removal Note
+ Installation Note
Crankshaft Pulley Removal Note
Hold the crankshaft by using the SST.
Caution
Turning the crankshaft after the crankshaft
pulley is removed can cause the timing
gear to become dislocated.
Removing the key can cause the key
groove to become misaligned.
49 S011 102A
CONTINUED
B2–11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT OIL SEAL, REAR OIL SEAL
cardiagn.com
hammer.
4. To ensure that the oil seal is installed accurately,
measure the distance between the end of the gear
case cover and the face of the front oil seal. 1 Rear oil seal
GEAR CASE COVER + Removal Note
49 S010 301 + Installation Note
HAMMER
FRONT OIL SEAL
RAG
HAMMER
REAR OIL SEAL
CONTINUED
B2–12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE
ENGINE
ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Warning
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the “Fuel Line Safety
Procedures”.
(Refer to Section F2, FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL PRESSURE AND SERVICING FUEL SYSTEM.)
cardiagn.com
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
8. Adjust the drive belt deflection. (Refer to DRIVE BELT, DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT.)
9. Bleed air in the fuel line. (Refer to Section F2, FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL FILTER AIR BLEEDING.)
10. Start the engine and
(1) Inspect the engine oil, engine coolant, and fuel leakage.
(2) Inspect the idle speed.
(Refer to Section F2, ENGINE TUNE-UP, IDLE SPEED PREPARATION, Idle Speed Adjustment.)
11. Perform a road test.
9.9—14.7 N·m
19—25 {100—150 kgf·cm,
{1.9—2.6, 86.8—130 in·lbf}
14—18}
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
69.5—95.4 in·lbf} 32—46 {3.2—4.7, 24—33}
20—30
{2.0—3.1, 15—22}
CONTINUED
B2–13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE
cardiagn.com
ENGINE
FRONT
32—46
{3.2—4.7, 38—51
24—33} 19—25 {1.9—2.6, 14—18} {3.8—5.3,
28—38}
1 Drive belt
2 Generator
3 Idler
4 A/C compressor bracket
5 Engine mount bracket
6 Oil pressure switch
+ Section D, OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION
7 Water pump pulley
CONTINUED
B2–14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE
(F2)
DRIVE BELT .................................................... B3- 1 HLA REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ................ B3-10/12
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION .......................... B3- 1 HLA TROUBLESHOOTING ........................ B3-13
DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT ........................ B3- 2 FRONT OIL SEAL ......................................... B3-14
COMPRESSION INSPECTION ........................ B3- 2/3 FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT ........... B3-14
TIMING BELT .................................................. B3- 4 REAR OIL SEAL ............................................. B3-15
TIMING BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ... B3-4/6 REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT ............. B3-15
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET ............................. B3- 7 ENGINE .......................................................... B3-16
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ......... B3-16/17
REPLACEMENT ......................................... B3- 7/9 ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ........ B3-18
HYDRAULIC LASH ADJUSTER (HLA) ............ B3-10
cardiagn.com
midway between the specified pulleys.
10.0—12.0 12.0—14.0
A/C {0.40—0.47} {0.48—0.55}
* A belt that has been on a running engine for less
than five minutes.
2. If the deflection is not within the specification,
adjust it.
(Refer to DRIVE BELT, DRIVE BELT
ADJUSTMENT.)
Drive Belt Tension Check
1. Belt tension can be checked in place of belt
deflection. Check the drive belt tension when
the engine is cold, or at least 30 minutes after
the engine has stopped. Using the SST, check
the belt tension between any two pulleys.
CONTINUED
B3-1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
1. Loosen mounting bolts A and B, and locknut C.
• Remove the spark plugs.
2. Adjust the belt deflection or tension by turning the
generator or adjusting bolt D. • Connect a compression gauge into the No.1 spark
(Refer to DRIVE BELT, DRIVE BELT plug hole.
INSPECTION.) • Fully depress the accelerator pedal and crank the
engine.
3. Tighten mounting bolts A and B, and locknut C.
• Note the maximum gauge reading.
• Inspect compression of each cylinder.
Compression
kPa {kgf/cm2, psi} [rpm]
Engine type
Item
F2 CARB F2CIS
1196 {12.2, 173} 1226 {12.5, 178}
Standard [300] [300]
837 {8.54, 121} 858 {8.75, 124}
Minimum
[300] [300]
Maximum
2
difference 196 kPa {2.0 kgf/cm , 28 psi}
between cylinders
• If the compression in one or more cylinders is low or
the compression difference between cylinders
exceeds the maximum, pour a small amount of clean
engine oil into the cylinder and recheck the
compression.
• If the compression increases, the piston, the
piston rings, or cylinder wall may be worn and
overhaul is required.
• If the compression stays low, a valve may be
stuck or improperly seated and overhaul is
required.
• If the compression in adjacent cylinders stays
low, the cylinder head gasket may be damaged
or the cylinder head distorted and overhaul is
required.
• Disconnect the compression gauge.
• Install the spark plugs.
Tightening torque
15—22 N-m {1.5—2.3 kgf-m, 11—16 ft-lbf}
B3-2
CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
COMPRESSION INSPECTION
• Connect the igniter connector (F2 CIS) or ignition coil
primary wire connector (F2 CARB).
• Install the fuel pump relay.
CONTINUED
cardiagn.com
B3-3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TIMING BELT
TIMING BELT
TIMING BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the spark plugs.
3. Remove the drive belt. (Refer to DRIVE BELT, DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT.)
4. Remove the cooling fan and cooling fan pulley.
5. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
7. Start the engine and
(1) Inspect the pulleys and drive belt for runout and contact.
(2) Inspect the ignition timing.
(Refer to Section F3-F4, ENGINE TUNE-UP, IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT.)
B3-4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TIMING BELT
Timing Belt
Removal Note
1. Turn the crankshaft clockwise and align the
timing marks.
Camshaft pulley timing mark
1
cardiagn.com
Timing Belt Installation Note
1. Verify that the timing belt pulley mark and
camshaft pulley mark are aligned with the timing
marks as shown.
Caution
• Forcefully twisting the belt, turning it
inside out, or allowing oil or grease on it
will damage the belt and shorten its life.
Note
• Mark the timing belt rotation on the belt for
proper reinstallation.
2. Install the timing belt so that there is no
looseness at the tension side.
B3-5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TIMING BELT
Caution
• Applying excessive tension can break the
timing belt. Be sure not to apply tension
other than that of the tensioner spring.
3. Loosen the tensioner lock bolt to apply
tension to the timing belt.
4. Turn the crankshaft clockwise twice and
verify that the timing belt pulley mark and
camshaft pulley mark are aligned with the
timing marks.
5. If not, repeat from Timing Belt Removal Note.
(Refer to Timing Belt Removal Note.)
Caution
• Prevent the tensioner from moving with the
tensioner lock bolt as it is turned.
Otherwise tension will become very high
and the timing belt may break.
6. Tighten the tensioner lock bolt.
7. Inspect the timing belt deflection at the point
indicated by applying moderate pressure 98 N {10
kgf, 22 Ibf}.
cardiagn.com
Timing belt deflection
New : 8.0—9.0 mm {0.32—0.35 in}
Used : 9.0—10.0 mm {0.36—0.39 in}
CONTINUED
B3-6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
(Refer to Section F3-F4, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
11. Remove the dynamic chamber bracket. (F2 CIS)
12. Disconnect the heater hoses.
13. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
14. Install in the reverse order of removal.
15. Inspect for fuel leakage.
16. Inspect the compression. (Refer to COMPRESSION INSPECTION.)
17. Start the engine and inspect the idle speed.
(Refer to Section F3-F4, ENGINE TUNE-UP, IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT.)
CONTINUED
B3-7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
1 Cylinder head cover 3 Cylinder head gasket
☞ Installation Note
2 Cylinder head
☞ Removal Note
☞ Installation Note
CONTINUED
B3-8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
1. Verify that the grooves on the cylinder head cover
are free of oil, water and other foreign material.
2. Apply sealant all around the cylinder head cover
side of the cylinder head cover gasket surface.
3. Install the cylinder head cover gasket into the
cylinder head cover.
4. Apply silicone sealant to the shaded area as
shown.
CONTINUED
B3-9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
1. Remove the timing belt. (Refer to TIMING BELT, TIMING BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the cylinder head cover.
(Refer to CYLINDER HEAD GASKET, CYLINDER HEAD GASKET REPLACEMENT.)
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
5. Inspect the engine oil level. (Refer to Section D, ENGINE OIL, ENGINE OIL INSPECTION.)
6. Start the engine and
(1) inspect the engine oil
(2) inspect the idle speed. (Refer to Section F3—F4, ENGINE TUNE-UP, IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT.)
7. Inspect the HLA troubleshooting.
(Refer to HYDRAULIC LASH ADJUSTER (HLA), HLA TROUBLESHOOTING.)
cardiagn.com
1 Rocker arm component 3 Hydraulic lash adjuster (HLA)
☞ Removal Note ☞ Installation Note
☞ Installation Note
2 Camshaft cap (F2 CARB)
☞ Installation Note CONTINUED
B3-10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
Rocker Arm Component Installation Note
Note
• The intake side shaft has twice as many oil
2. Identify the rocker arm and shaft assembly parts holes as the exhaust side shaft. (F2 CARB)
so that they can be reinstalled in the same
locations from which they were removed. 1. Assemble the rocker arms and shaft assembly as
3. Remove the rocker arm and shaft assembly shown in the figure.
together with the bolts.
Hydraulic Lash Adjuster (HLA) Installation Note
1. Place each HLA in a container filled with clean
engine oil.
Caution
• Do not push the pin too hard. It may
damage the HLA.
2. Bleed the air from the HLA by inserting a pin into
the plunger hole and pressing the plunger until it
no longer moves.
B3-11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
3. Install the rocker arm component.
4. Tighten the bolts a few turns in the order shown.
CONTINUED
B3-12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
TROUBLESHOOTING, Valve Clearance Inspection.)
5. Noise during idle after high Incorrect oil amount Check oil level.
speed running. (Refer to Section D, ENGINE OIL, ENGINE OIL
INSPECTION.)
Deteriorated oil Replace new engine oil.
(Refer to Section D, ENGINE OIL, ENGINE OIL
REPLACEMENT.)
Valve Clearance Inspection
1. Remove the cylinder head cover.
(Refer to CYLINDER HEAD GASKET, CYLINDER
HEAD GASKET REPLACEMENT.)
2. Measure valve clearance.
Valve clearance
0.15 mm {0.0059 in} max.
B3-13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
1 Timing belt pulley
☞ Removal/Installation Note
2 Key
3 Front oil seal
☞ Removal Note
☞ Installation Note
B3-14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
• Refer to Removal Note
• Refer to Installation Note
CONTINUED
B3-15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE
ENGINE
ENGINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Warning
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the "Fuel Line Safety
Procedure" in section F3, F4. (Refer to section F3-F4, FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
cardiagn.com
(Refer to Section J1-J2, MANUAL TRANSMISSION, MANUAL TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11. Remove the P/S oil pump with the oil hose still connected. Position the P/S oil pump so that it is out of the way.
(Refer to Section N, ENGINE SPEED SENSING POWER STEERING, POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
12. Remove the A/C compressor with the pipe still connected. Position the A/C compressor so that it is out of the way.
13. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
14. Install in the reverse order of removal.
15. Start the engine and
(1) Inspect the engine oil, engine coolant, transmission oil, and fuel leakage.
(2) Inspect the ignition timing, idle speed and idle mixture. (Refer to Section F3-F4, ENGINE TUNE-UP.)
16. Perform a road test.
CONTINUED
B3-16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE
cardiagn.com
1 Engine mount nut 2 Engine
CONTINUED
B3-17
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. Remove the distributor. (Refer to Section G, IGNITION SYSTEM, DISTRIBUTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the generator.
3. Remove the thermostat. (Refer to Section E, THERMOSTAT, THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the intake-air system.
(Refer to Section F3-F4, INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM, INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the exhaust system.
(Refer to Section F3-F4, EXHAUST SYSTEM, EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the oil filter. (Refer to Section D, OIL FILTER, OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT.)
7. Remove the oil pressure switch. (Refer to Section D, OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION.)
8. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
9. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
cardiagn.com
1 Generator strap 6 Dipstick
2 Cooling fan bracket 7 P/S oil pump bracket
3 Generator bracket 8 Gusset plate
4 Water inlet pipe 9 Engine mount
5 Water bypass pipe
CONTINUED
B3-18
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–1 OIL COOLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–3
ENGINE OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–2 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . D–3/4
ENGINE OIL INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–2 OIL COOLER BODY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . D–4
ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–2 OIL PAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–4
OIL FILTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–2 OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . D–4/5
OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–2
cardiagn.com
1. Remove the oil pressure switch. cause and repair or replace as necessary.
2. Screw the SST into the oil pressure switch 6. Stop the engine and wait until it becomes cool.
installation hole. 7. Remove the SST.
8. Apply silicone sealant to the oil pressure switch
F2, G6 threads as shown.
1.0—2.0 mm
{0.040—0.078 in}
49 0187 280
4.0—6.0 mm
{0.16—0.23 in}
WL,
WL TURBO
9. Install the oil pressure switch before the sealant
hardens.
Tightening torque
12—17 N·m {1.2—1.8 kgf·m, 9—13 ft·lbf}
Note
The oil pressure can vary with viscosity and
temperature.
Oil pressure
F2 : 295—392 kPa
{3.0—4.0 kgf/cm2, 43—56 psi}
[3,000 rpm]
CONTINUED
D–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE OIL, OIL FILTER
Warning
When the engine and the engine oil are hot,
they can badly burn. Don’t burn yourself
with either.
A vehicle that is lifted but not securely 2. Use a clean rag to wipe off the mounting surface
supported on safety stands is dangerous. It on the oil filter body.
can slip or fall, causing death or serious 3. Apply engine oil to the O-ring and tighten the filter
cardiagn.com
injury. Never work around or under a lifted according to the installation directions on the side
vehicle if it is not securely supported on of the oil filter using the SST or the filter wrench.
safety stands. 4. Start the engine and inspect for oil leakage.
Continuous exposure with USED engine oil 5. Inspect for the oil level and add oil if necessary.
has caused skin cancer in laboratory mice. (Refer to ENGINE OIL, ENGINE OIL
Protect your skin by washing with soap and INSPECTION.)
water immediately after this work.
Tightening torque
30—41 N·m {3.0—4.2 kgf·m, 22—30 ft·lbf}
Note
The actual oil level may vary from the specified
capacity in some cases.
D–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
OIL COOLER
OIL COOLER
OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
G6, WL, WL Turbo
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Drain the engine coolant. (Refer to section E, ENGINE COOLANT, ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT.)
3. Remove the turbocharger.
(Refer to section F2, EXHAUST SYSTEM, EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (WL Turbo model.)
4. Remove the oil filter. (Refer to OIL FILTER, OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT.)
5. Remove in the order shown in the figure.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
7. Fill the radiator with the specified amount and type of engine coolant.
(Refer to section E, ENGINE COOLANT,ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT.)
8. Inspect the engine oil level. (Refer to ENGINE OIL, ENGINE OIL INSPECTION.)
9. Start the engine and inspect for engine coolant leakage.
G6
cardiagn.com
30—39 {3.0—4.0, 22—28}
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
WL, WL TURBO
R
R
R
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
70—95 in·lbf}
4 Insulator
CONTINUED
D–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
OIL COOLER, OIL PAN
cardiagn.com
Standard free length
Bypass valve spring: 36.7 mm {1.44 in}
Pressure control valve spring: 54.7 mm {2.15 in} 7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
70—95 in·lbf}
BYPASS VALVE SPRING 30—41
{3.0—4.2, 22—30} 38—51
{3.8—5.3,
28—38}
38—51
{3.8—5.3,
PRESSURE CONTROL VALVE SPRING 28—38}
1 Gusset plate
2 Oil pan
+ Removal Note
+ Installation Note
CONTINUED
D–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
OIL PAN
94—115 Caution
{9.5—11.8, 69—85} If the bolts are reused, remove the old
sealant from the bolt threads. Tightening a
bolt that has old sealant on it can cause
bolt hole damage.
CRACKS
OLD SEALANT
55—80
1. Apply silicone sealant to the oil pan along the
cardiagn.com
7.9—10.7 N·m
{5.6—8.2,
{80—110 kgf·cm,
inside of the bolt holes and overlap the ends.
41—59}
70—95 in·lbf}
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
Thickness
Ø2.0—3.0 mm {0.08—0.11 in}
1 Crossmember (4WD)
2 Oil pan
+ Removal Note
+ Installation Note
OIL PAN
Caution
Pry tools can easily scratch the cylinder
block or oil baffle and oil pan contact
surfaces. Prying off the oil pan can also
easily bend the oil pan flange.
2. Install the oil pan before the sealant hardens.
2. Use a separator tool to separate the oil pan.
SEPARATOR TOOL
CONTINUED
D–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
COOLING SYSTEM
ENGINE COOLANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E–1 THERMOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E–4
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION . . . . E–1 THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . E–4/5
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . E–1/2 THERMOSTAT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E–5
ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE WATER PUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E–6
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E–2 WATER PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . E–6
RADIATOR CAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E–3 COOLING FAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E–7
RADIATOR CAP INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E–3 COOLING FAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . E–7
RADIATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E–3 COOLING FAN INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E–7
RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . E–3
ENGINE COOLANT
Warning TYPE A
Removing the radiator cap or loosening the
radiator drain plug while the engine is
running, or when the engine and radiator DRAIN
are hot is dangerous. Scalding coolant and PLUG
cardiagn.com
steam may shoot out and cause serious TYPE B
injury. It may also damage the engine and
cooling system.
Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool.
Even then, be very careful when removing
the cap. Wrap a thick cloth around it and 3. Drain the coolant into a container.
slowly turn it counterclockwise to the first 4. Flush the cooling system with water until all traces
stop. Step back while the pressure escapes. of color are gone.
When you’re sure all the pressure is gone, 5. Let the system drain completely.
press down on the cap –still using a cloth– 6. Tighten the radiator drain plug.
turn it, and remove it.
When the engine and the engine coolant are Tightening torque
hot, they can badly burn. Turn off the Type A: 1.5—2.9 N·m
engine and wait until they are cool before {15—30 kgf·cm, 14—26 in·lbf}
draining the engine coolant. Type B: 0.9—1.1 N·m
{9.0—12 kgf·cm, 7.9—10 in·lbf}
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION
1. Remove the radiator cap. Caution
2. Verify that the coolant level is near the radiator filler The engine has aluminum parts that can be
neck. damaged by alcohol or methanol antifreeze.
3. Verify that the coolant level in the radiator reservoir Do not use alcohol or methanol in the
is between the FULL and LOW marks. cooling system. Use only
4. Add coolant if necessary. ethylene-glycol-based coolant.
Use only soft (demineralized) water in the
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT coolant mixture. Water that contains
1. Drain the coolant in the radiator reservoir. minerals will cut down on the coolant’s
2. Remove the radiator cap and loosen the radiator effectiveness.
drain plug.
7. Referring to the following graph and chart, select
proper gravity of the coolant. Slowly pour the
coolant into the radiator up to the coolant filler port.
Filling pace
1.0 L {1.1 US qt, 0.88 Imp qt}/min. [max]
CONTINUED
E–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE COOLANT
Caution
Applying more than 103 kPa {1.05 kgf/cm2,
SPECIFIC COOLANT PROTECTION 14.9 psi} (F2) or 122 kPa {1.25 kgf/cm2, 17.7
GRAVITY
psi} (G6, WL, WL Turbo) can damage the
1,100
hoses, fittings, and other components, and
1,090
cause leakage.
1,080
1,070
49 9200 147
1,060 50%
40%
1,050
30%
1,040
1,030
49 9200 146
1,020
1,010
1,000
0
–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
5. Verify that the pressure is held. If not, inspect the
{ 14 } { 32 } { 50 } { 68 } { 86 } { 104 }{ 122 } { 140 } { 158 } { 176 } { 194 } system for coolant leakage.
cardiagn.com
COOLANT TEMPERATURE °C { °F }
Pressure
F2: 103 kPa {1.05 kgf/cm2, 14.9 psi}
G6, WL, WL Turbo:
122 kPa {1.25 kgf/cm2, 17.7 psi} CONTINUED
E–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
RADIATOR CAP, RADIATOR
cardiagn.com
the SST. Apply pressure gradually.
2. Verify that the pressure becomes stable within the
specification.
Pressure
F2: 74—102 kPa
{0.75—1.05 kgf/cm2, 10.7—14.9 psi}
G6, WL, WL Turbo: 94—122 kPa
{0.95—1.25 kgf/cm2, 13.5—17.7 psi}
1 Radiator hose
49 9200 147
2 Lower radiator cowling
3 Radiator cowling
4 Radiator
CONTINUED
ST
E–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
THERMOSTAT
F2
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
R 19—25
{1.9—2.6, 14—18}
cardiagn.com
R
1 Dipstick pipe
JIGGLE PIN
A
19—25
{1.9—2.6, 14—18}
A–A
R A
19—25
PRINT
{1.9—2.6, 14—18}
WL, WL Turbo
Install the thermostat into the thermostat cover,
aligning the projection on the gasket to the
thermostat cover as shown.
CONTINUED
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
E–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
THERMOSTAT
GASKET
PROJECTION
THERMOSTAT COVER
THERMOSTAT INSPECTION
Warning
During inspection, the thermostat and water
are extremely hot and they can badly burn.
Do not touch the thermostat and water
directly.
cardiagn.com
Inspect the thermostat for the following and replace as
necessary.
Open valve in room temperature
Opening temperature and lift of the valve
Initial-opening temperature
F2: 83.5—89.5 °C {183—193 °F}
G6: 86.5—89.5 °C {188—193 °F} (Main valve)
83.5—86.5 °C {183—187 °F} (Sub valve)
WL, WL Turbo: 80—84 °C {176—183 °F}
Full open temperature
F2, G6 : 100 °C {212 °F}
WL, WL Turbo : 95 °C {203 °F}
ST
E–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WATER PUMP
cardiagn.com
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
19—25
{1.9—2.6, 14—18} 1 Water pump
2 Idler
38—51
{3.8—5.3, 28—38}
G6
19—22
{1.9—2.2, 14—16}
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
CONTINUED
E–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Remove the drive belt.
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
4. Adjust the drive belt (generator) deflection.
(Refer to Section B2,DRIVE BELT,
DRIVE BELT ADJUSTMENT.)
cardiagn.com
F2, G6: 7.9—10.7 N·m {80—110 kgf·cm, 69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
WL, WL TURBO: 19—25 {1.9—2.6, 14—18}
1 Cooling fan
2 Water pump pulley
CONTINUED
E–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
ACCELERATOR CABLE INSPECTION ....................................................... F1-37/38
INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT ..............................F1-9 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR
FUEL SYSTEM .................................................................. F1-10 ADJUSTMENT .................................................... F1-38
BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE ............................. F1-10 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE ................................. F1-10 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ................................ F1-38/39
FUEL TANK CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION (CTP)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ............................... F1-11/13 SWITCH INSPECTION ....................................... F1-39
NONRETURN VALVE INSPECTION ........................ F1-13 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR
FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION ....................................................... F1-39
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ............................... F1-13 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR
FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ................................ F1-40
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .............................. F1-13/14 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)
FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION .............................. F1-14/16 SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ............... F1-40
FUEL FILTER (HIGH-PRESSURE) ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ............................... F1-16/17 SENSOR INSPECTION ...................................... F1-40/41
FUEL INJECTOR CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ............................... F1-18/19 INSPECTION ....................................................... F1-41
FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION ................................ F1-19/21 OXYGEN SENSOR O2S)
PRESSURE REGULATOR INSPECTION ....................................................... F1-41/42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ............................... F1-21 OXYGEN SENSOR O2S)
PRESSURE REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION................................. F1-42
INSPECTION ...................................................... F1-21/22 VARIABLE RESISTOR INSPECTION........................ F1-42
PRESSURE REGULATOR CLUTCH SWITCH INSPECTION .............................. F1-42/43
CONTROL (PRC) SOLENOID CLUTCH SWITCH
VALVE INSPECTION ................................................. F1-22 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ............................... F1-43
PULSATION DAMPER NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION ............................ F1-43
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ............................... F1-22 NEUTRAL SWITCH
PULSATION DAMPER INSPECTION ....................... F1-22 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ................................ F1-43/44
FUEL PUMP RELAY INSPECTION .......................... F1-23 POWER STEERING PRESSURE
EXHAUST SYSTEM .......................................................... F1-24 (PSP) SWITCH INSPECTION ............................ F1-44
EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION ........................... F1-24 MAIN RELAY INSPECTION ....................................... F1-44/45
EXHAUST SYSTEM MAIN RELAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ................ F1-45
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ............................... F1-24 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM ............................... F1-45
EMISSION SYSTEM .......................................................... F1-25 READ/CLEAR DIAGNOSTIC TEST
EMISSION SYSTEM (ENGINE RESULTS ............................................................. F1-45
COMPARTMENT SIDE) COMPONENT PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION (PID)
LOCATION .......................................................... F1-25 ACCESS ............................................................... F1-45
ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION ........................... F1-25 DIAGNOSTIC SUPPORT PROCEDURE .................. F1-45
SIMULATION TEST..................................................... F1-45
EVAPORATIVE GAS CHECK VALVE
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST .............................. F1-45/46
(TWO-WAY) INSPECTION ................................ F1-25
DTC READING PROCEDURE .................................. F1-46/48
F1-1 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
position. • Connecting the wrong DLC terminals
5. Connect the SSTs (NQS tester) to the DLC and may possibly cause a malfunction.
select "PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD". Carefully connect the specified
(Refer to ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM, terminals only.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST, NGS Tester 5. Connect a dwell tachometer to the DLC terminal
Hook-up Procedure.) IG-.
F1-2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE TUNE-UP
6. If not as specified, loosen the distributor lock bolts
and turn the distributor to make the adjustment.
7. Tighten the distributor lock bolts to the specified
torque.
Tightening torque
19—25 N.m {1.9—2.6 kgf.m, 14—18 ft.lbf}
8. Press SETUP (Key 8) and turn the test mode off.
9. Press CANCEL.
4. Verify that the idle speed is within the
10. Verify that the timing mark on the crankshaft specification.
pulley is within the specification.
Specification
730—770 (750 ± 20) RPM
cardiagn.com
of the No.1 cylinder.
7. Verify that the timing mark on the crankshaft
pulley is within the specification.
Specification
BTDC 1°—30° Specification
BTDC 4°—6° (5° ± 1°)
Not Using the SSTs (NGS Tester) 8. If not as specified, loosen the distributor lock bolts
and turn the distributor to make the adjustment.
1. Perform "ENGINE TUNE-UP PREPARATION".
(Refer to ENGINE TUNE-UP, ENGINE TUNE-UP 9. Tighten the distributor lock bolts to the specified
PREPARATION.) torque.
2. If using the SST (System selector) to turn on the
test mode, perform the following: Tightening torque
(1) Connect the SST to the DLC. 19—25 N.m {1.9—2.6 kgf.m, 14—18 ft.lbf}
(2) Set switch A to position 1.
(3) Set the test switch to SELF TEST. 10. Disconnect the SST or jumper wire. 11. Verify
that the timing mark on the crankshaft pulley is
within the specification.
Specification
BTDC 1°—30°
F1-3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE TUNE-UP
Specification
730—770 (750 ± 20) RPM
Caution
• The TAS is set at the factory and must not
be adjusted. Any adjustment will
negatively affect the engine performance.
3. If not as specified, verify that the ignition timing is
within specification according to the "IGNITION
TIMING ADJUSTMENT", then adjust the idle 4. Verify that the idle speed is within the specification
speed by turning the AAS. using the dwell tachometer.
cardiagn.com
Specification
730—770 (750 ± 20) RPM
Caution
• The TAS is set at the factory and must not
be adjusted. Any adjustment will
negatively affect the engine performance.
5. If not as specified, verify that the ignition timing is
within specification according to the "IGNITION
TIMING ADJUSTMENT', then adjust the idle
speed by turning the AAS.
CONTINUED
F1-4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE TUNE-UP
Specification • Intake manifold vacuum
1
Load condition Idle-up speed (RPM)* (Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE
P/S ON*2 SYSTEM INSPECTION, Intake Manifold Vacuum
700—800 (750 ± 50) Inspection.)
A/C ON*3
1 • Fuel line pressure
* : Excludes temporary idle speed drop just after the
(Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE
electrical loads (E/L) are turned on.
2 SYSTEM INSPECTION, Fuel Line Pressure
* : Steering wheel is fully turned.
Inspection.)
: A/C switch and fan switch are on.
• Ignition timing control
7. If not as specified with all load conditions,
(Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE
inspect the IAC valve.
SYSTEM INSPECTION, Ignition Timing Control
8. If not as specified with some load condition, Inspection.)
inspect the related input switches, harnesses,
and connectors. • If the systems and devices are normal, replace
the TWC.
Not Using the SSTs (NGS Tester)
(Refer to EXHAUST SYSTEM, EXHAUST
1. Perform "ENGINE TUNE-UP PREPARATION". SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(Refer to ENGINE TUNE-UP, ENGINE TUNE-UP
PREPARATION.)
Vehicles Without Oxygen Sensor O2S)
2. Verify that the idle speed is normal.
(Refer to ENGINE TUNE-UP, IDLE SPEED 1. Perform "ENGINE TUNE-UP PREPARATION".
ADJUSTMENT.) 2. Verify that the idle speed and ignition timing are
cardiagn.com
3. Verify that the idle-up speed is within the within the specification.
specification. (Refer to IGNITION TIMING INSPECTION.)
(Refer to IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT.)
3. Insert an exhaust gas analyzer to the tailpipe.
Specification
1 4. Verify that the CO and HC concentrations are
Load condition Idle-up speed (rpm)* within the regulation.
P/S ON*2 5. If not, turn the adjust screw to adjust CO and HC
700—800 (750 ± 50)
A/C ON*3 concentration using the SST.
1
* : Excludes temporary idle speed drop just after the
electrical loads (E/L) are turned on.
2
* : Steering wheel is fully turned.
3
* : A/C switch and fan switch are on.
4. If not as specified with all load conditions, inspect
the IAC valve.
5. If not as specified with some load conditions,
inspect the related input switches, harnesses,
and connectors.
IDLE MIXTURE INSPECTION
Vehicles With Oxygen Sensor (O2S)
1. Perform "ENGINE TUNE-UP PREPARATION". 6. If not adjusted, inspect the following:
(Refer to ENGINE TUNE-UP, ENGINE TUNE-UP
• On-board diagnostic system
PREPARATION.)
(Refer to ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
2. Verify that the idle speed and ignition timing are
SYSTEM, ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
within the specification.
TROUBLE CODE INSPECTION.)
(Refer to ENGINE TUNE-UP, IGNITION TIMING
INSPECTION.) • Variable resistor
(Refer to ENGINE TUNE-UP, IDLE SPEED (Refer to CONTROL SYSTEM, VARIABLE
ADJUSTMENT.) RESISTOR INSPECTION.)
3. Turn the test mode off. • Intake manifold vacuum
4. Warm up the engine by holding the engine speed (Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE
at 2500—3000 rpm for approx. 3 minutes. SYSTEM, INSPECTION, Intake Manifold
5. Insert an exhaust gas analyzer to the tailpipe. Vacuum Inspection.)
6. Verify that the CO and HC concentrations are • Fuel line pressure
within the regulation. (Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE
7. If not within the regulation, inspect the following: SYSTEM INSPECTION, Fuel line Pressure
• On-board diagnostic system Inspection.)
(Refer to ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC • Ignition timing control
SYSTEM, ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE
TROUBLE CODE INSPECTION.) SYSTEM INSPECTION, Ignition Timing
• O2S (Refer to CONTROL SYSTEM, Control Inspection.)
OXYGEN SENSOR O2S) INSPECTION.)
CONTINUED
F1-5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
VACUUM HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM
cardiagn.com
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Warning
• When the engine and intake-air system are hot, they can badly burn. Turn off engine and wait until
they are cool before removing the intake-air system.
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the following "Fuel
Line Safety Procedures".
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
1. Complete the "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE".
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
2. Drain the engine coolant from the radiator.
(Refer to Section E, ENGINE COOLANT, ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT.)
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
4. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
6. Complete the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE".
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
CONTINUED
F1-6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
1 Air cleaner component 5 Throttle body component
2 Air intake hose 6 Dynamic chamber
3 MAP sensor 7 Fuel injector
4 Accelerator cable ☞ FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL INJECTOR
☞ ACCELERATOR CABLE INSPECTION/ REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION
ADJUSTMENT 8 Intake manifold
CONTINUED
F1-7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
AIR VALVE INSPECTION
Operation Inspection
Note
1. Perform the following test only when directed.
1. Carry out the "Idle Air Control (IAC) Inspection".
(Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE
SYSTEM INSPECTION, Idle Air Control (IAC)
Inspection.)
2. Remove the BAC valve.
(Refer to INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM, BAC VALVE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Add cold water into the engine coolant passage of
the BAC valve to reduce the air valve temperature.
4. Verify that the air valve operates when hot water is
added into the engine coolant passage of the BAC
valve. • GND circuit (IAC valve connector
5. If not as specified, replace the BAC valve, 6. Install terminal B and PCM connector terminal
the BAC valve. 2W)
IDLE AIR CONTROL (IAC) VALVE INSPECTION Short circuit
Resistance Inspection • IAC valve connector terminal B and
Note PCM connector terminal 2W to GND
2. Perform the following test only when directed, 7. Repair or replace faulty areas.
1. Carry out the "Idle Air Control (IAC) Inspection", 8. Connect the IAC valve connector.
(Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE 9. Connect the negative battery cable.
SYSTEM INSPECTION, Idle Air Control (IAC)
Inspection.)
2. If not as specified, perform the further inspection
for the IAC valve.
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
4. Disconnect the IAC valve connector.
5. Measure the resistance between the IAC valve
terminals using an ohmmeter.
Resistance
7.7—9.3 Ω [23 °C {73 °F}]
CONTINUED
F1-8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
2. Install in the reverse order of removal.
cardiagn.com
1 Accelerator cable
☞ ACCELERATOR CABLE
INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT
2 Accelerator pedal
ACCELERATOR CABLE
INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT
1. Measure the free play of the accelerator cable.
Free play
1—3 mm {0.04—0.11 in}
F1-9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL SYSTEM
BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
Warning
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily
ignite, causing serious injury and damage.
Always keep sparks and flames away from
fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous.
Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries
or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate
skin and eyes. To prevent this, always 3. Install a hose clamp over the fuel hose within the
complete the following "Fuel Line Safety clamp installation range as shown, avoiding the
Procedures". original clamp position.
Note
CLAMP INSTALLATION RANGE
• Fuel in the fuel system is under high pressure
when the engine is not running.
Fuel Line Safety Procedures
1. Remove the fuel-filler cap and release the pressure
in the fuel tank.
cardiagn.com
2. Disconnect the fuel pump relay connector located
under the passenger's side front side trim.
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Warning
• Repairing a fuel tank that has not been properly steam cleaned can be dangerous. Explosion or fire
may cause death or serious injury. Always properly steam clean a fuel tank before repairing it.
• Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, do not damage the sealing surface of
the fuel pump unit when removing or installing.
cardiagn.com
CONTINUED
F1-11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
STRETCH CAB 4WD, DOUBLE CAB 4WD, REGULAR CAB
1 Joint hose
☞ Installation Note
8 Fuel pump unit
9 Fuel-filler pipe
cardiagn.com
2 Breather hose 10 Dust cover
☞ Installation Note 11 Fuel inlet pipe
3 Under guard
12 Nonreturn valve
4 Fuel hose
13 Evaporative gas check valve (two-way)
5 Fuel tank ☞ Installation Note
6 Evaporative hose 14 Check valve (two-way)
☞ Installation Note
15 Evaporative chamber
7 Rollover valve
CONTINUED
F1-12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
Breather Hose Installation Note {0.06 in} when the nonreturn valve is returned to
• Fit each hose onto the respective fittings within the the closed position.
specification, and install clamp as shown.
CONTINUED
F1-13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
STRETCH CAB 4WD,
DOUBLE CAB 4WD, 5. If there is no continuity, replace the fuel pump
REGULAR CAB body. If as specified but the "Simulation Test" is
failed, inspect the following:
Fuel pump relay malfunction
Open circuit
• GND circuit (fuel pump unit connector terminal D
and body GND)
• Power circuit (fuel pump relay connector terminal
D and fuel pump unit connector terminal B
through common connector)
Short circuit
• Fuel pump relay connector terminal D and fuel
1 Rubber mount pump unit connector terminal B through common
2 Fuel filter (low-pressure) connector to GND
3 Clamp 6. Repair or replace faulty areas.
4 Fuel hose 7. Install the fuel tank.
5 Fuel pump body (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL TANK
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6 Fuel gauge sender unit
FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION 8. Reconnect the negative battery cable.
Simulation Test 9. Complete the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE".
1. Carry out the "Fuel Pump Operation Inspection", "Fuel (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR
Pump Control Inspection". PROCEDURE.)
(Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE SYSTEM
INSPECTION, Fuel Pump Operation Inspection.)
(Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE SYSTEM
INSPECTION, Fuel Pump Control Inspection.)
CONTINUED
F1-14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel Pump Maximum Pressure Inspection 8. If not as specified, inspect the following:
Warning • Fuel pump relay
• Fuel filter (low-pressure, high-pressure) for
• Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous.
clogging
Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries • Fuel line for clogging or leakage
or death and damage. Always carry out the
9. Complete the "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE".
following procedure with the engine
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR
stopped.
PROCEDURE.)
Note
10. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
• Perform the following test only when directed. 11. Disconnect the fuel pressure gauge.
1. Complete the "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE". 12. Connect the negative battery cable.
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR
13. Complete the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE".
PROCEDURE.)
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. PROCEDURE.)
3. Connect a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel hose Fuel Pump Hold Pressure Inspection
between the pulsation damper and fuel main hose,
Warning
then plug the opening as shown.
•
cardiagn.com
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous.
Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries
or death and damage. Always carry out the
following procedure with the engine
stopped.
Note
• Perform the following test only when directed.
1. Complete the "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE".
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE.)
4. Connect the negative battery cable. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Caution 3. Connect a fuel pressure gauge to the fuel hose
• Connecting the wrong DLC terminal may between the pulsation damper and fuel main
possibly cause a malfunction. Carefully hose, then plug the opening as shown.
connect the specified terminal only.
5. Short the DLC terminal F/P to body GND using a
jumper wire.
F1-15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
PROCEDURE.)
10. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
11. Disconnect the fuel pressure gauge.
1 Fuel hose
12. Reconnect the negative battery cable.
13. If not as specified, carry out the "PRESSURE 2 Protector
REGULATOR INSPECTION", "FUEL INJECTOR 3 Fuel filter (high-pressure)
INSPECTION" (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, ☞ Removal Note
PRESSURE REGULATOR INSPECTION.) ☞ Installation Note
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL INJECTOR
INSPECTION.) Fuel Filter (High-pressure) Removal Note
14. Complete the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE". • Before removing the fuel filter (high-pressure),
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR paint marks on the fuel filter (high-pressure) and
PROCEDURE.) fuel filter bracket for correct reassembly.
FUEL FILTER (HIGH-PRESSURE)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Complete the "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE".
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE.)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
4. Install in the reverse order or removal.
5. Complete the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE".
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR Fuel Filter (High-pressure) Installation Note
PROCEDURE.) Replacing the fuel filter (high-pressure)
1. Paint a mark on the new fuel filter (high-pressure)
at the same spot as the removed fuel filter (high-
pressure).
2. Align the paint marks and install the fuel filter
(high-pressure) as shown.
CONTINUED
F1-16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
CONTINUED
F1-17
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Warning
• Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the "Fuel Line Safety
Procedures". (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
1. Complete the "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the fuel injector connectors and remove the harness from the fuel distributor.
4. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
6. Complete the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE." (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
cardiagn.com
F1-18
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION • Power circuit (No.4 cylinder fuel injector connector
Simulation Test terminal A and main relay connector terminal D
1. Carry out the "Fuel Injector Operation Inspection". through common connector)
(Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE
SYSTEM INSPECTION, Fuel Injector Operation
Inspection.)
2. If not as specified, perform the further inspection for
the fuel injectors.
Resistance Inspection
Note
• Perform the following test only when directed.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Short circuit
2. Disconnect the fuel injector connectors. • No.1 cylinder fuel injector connector terminal B
and PCM connector terminal 2U to GND
3. Measure the resistance of the fuel injector using
an ohmmeter. • No.2 cylinder fuel injector connector terminal B
and PCM connector terminal 2V to GND
• No.3 cylinder fuel injector connector terminal B
and PCM connector terminal 2U to GND
• No.4 cylinder fuel injector connector terminal B
and PCM connector terminal 2V to GND
5. Repair or replace faulty areas.
6. Reconnect the fuel injector connectors.
7. Reconnect the negative battery cable.
Resistance Fuel Leakage Test
12—16Ω[20°C {68°F}] Warning
4. If not as specified, replace the fuel injector. • Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous.
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL INJECTOR Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) If as specified but or death and damage. Always carry out the
"Simulation Test" is failed, inspect for the following: following procedure with the engine
stopped.
Note
• Perform the following test only when directed.
CONTINUED
F1-19
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
1. Complete the "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE". 9. Turn the ignition switch off and remove the
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR jumper wire.
PROCEDURE.) 10. If not as specified, replace the fuel injector.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 11. Complete the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE",
3. Remove the fuel injectors together with the fuel (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR
distributor. (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL PROCEDURE.)
INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) Volume Test
4. Fasten the fuel injectors firmly to the fuel Warning
distributor with wire.
• Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous.
Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries
or death and damage. Always carry out the
following procedure with the engine
stopped.
Note
• Perform the following test only when directed.
1. Complete the "BEFORE REPAIR
5. Connect the negative battery cable. PROCEDURE",
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR
cardiagn.com
Caution PROCEDURE.)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
• Connecting the wrong DLC terminal may
3. Remove the fuel injectors together with the fuel
possibly cause a malfunction. Carefully
distributor.
connect the specified terminal only. (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL INJECTOR
6. Short the DLC terminal F/P to body GND using a REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
jumper wire. 4. Fasten the fuel injectors firmly to the fuel
distributor with wire.
5. Connect the SST as shown in the figure.
Fuel leakage
Less than 1 drop/2 minutes
F1-20 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
PROCEDURE". 5. Start the engine and let it idle.
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR 6. Measure the fuel line pressure after approx. 2
PROCEDURE.) minutes.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Fuel line pressure
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table. 210—250 kPa {2.1—2.6 kgf/cm2, 30—36 psi}
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
5. Complete the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE". 7. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the pressure
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR regulator and measure the fuel line pressure.
PROCEDURE.)
CONTINUED
F1-21
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR
• Perform the following test only when directed. PROCEDURE.)
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the PRC solenoid valve. 3. Remove the pulsation damper.
(Refer to INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM, VACUUM HOSE
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
ROUTING DIAGRAM.)
5. Complete the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE".
3. Inspect airflow between the ports under the following
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR
conditions.
PROCEDURE.)
1 Fuel hose
2 Bolt
4. If not as spec tied, replace the PRC solenoid valve. 3 Pulsation damper
If as specified but the "Simulation Test" is failed, PULSATION DAMPER INSPECTION
inspect for the following: 1. Remove the pulsation damper.
Vacuum hose improper routing, kinks or (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, PULSATION DAMPER
leakage REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Open circuit 2. Visually inspect the pulsation damper for
• GND circuit (PRC solenoid valve connector damage and cracks. Also inspect that there is no
terminal B and PCM connector terminal 2T extreme rust, which will cause fuel leakage.
through common connector) 3. If either is observed, replace the pulsation
• Power circuit (PRC solenoid valve connector damper.
terminal A and main relay connector terminal D CONTINUED
through common connector)
F1-22
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL PUMP RELAY INSPECTION • Power circuit (fuel pump relay connector
Simulation Test terminal A or C and IG switch connector
1. Carry out the "Fuel Pump Operation Inspection", terminal IG1 through common connector)
"Fuel Pump Control Inspection".
(Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE
SYSTEM INSPECTION, Fuel Pump Operation
Inspection.)
(Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE
SYSTEM INSPECTION, Fuel Pump Control
Inspection.)
2. If not as specified, perform the further inspection
for the fuel pump relay.
Continuity Inspection
Note
• Perform the following test only when directed.
cardiagn.com
Short circuit
• Fuel pump relay connector terminal B and
PCM connector terminal 1H through common
connector to GND
3. Inspect for continuity between the fuel pump relay • Fuel pump relay connector terminal D and fuel
terminals using an ohmmeter. pump unit connector terminal B through
common connector to GND
5. Repair or replace faulty areas.
6. Install the fuel pump relay.
7. Reconnect the negative battery cable.
EXHAUST SYSTEM
EXHAUST SYSTEM
EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION
1. Start the engine and inspect the exhaust system component for exhaust gas leakage.
2. If leakage is found, repair or replace as necessary.
Warning
• When the engine and exhaust system are hot, they can badly burn. Turn off the engine and wait
until they are cool before removing the exhaust system.
cardiagn.com
F1-24
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EMISSION SYSTEM
EMISSION SYSTEM
EMISSION SYSTEM (ENGINE COMPARTMENT
SIDE) COMPONENT LOCATION
cardiagn.com
mmHg, +0.87 inHg} to port A
Apply pressure over +5.9 kPa {+44
Airflow
mmHg, +1.7 inHg} to port A
Apply pressure over -0.98 kPa
{-7.36 mmHg, -0.29 inHg} to port A Airflow
1 Charcoal canister
2 Purge solenoid valve
3 PCV valve
ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION
1. Remove the rollover valve.
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL TANK
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Hold the valve as shown. Blow air into port A and
verify that there is airflow.
CONTINUED
F1-25
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EMISSION SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
from the holes B on the evaporative chamber.
F1-26
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EMISSION SYSTEM
Short circuit
• Purge solenoid valve connector terminal B and
PCM connector terminal 2X through common
connector to GND
5. Repair or replace faulty areas.
6. Install the purge solenoid valve.
7. Reconnect the negative battery cable.
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE
INSPECTION
1. Remove the PCV valve.
2. Blow through the valve and verify that air flows as
specified.
Specification
Condition Airflow
Air applied from port A Yes
Air applied from port B No
cardiagn.com
3. If not as specified, replace the PCV valve.
CONTINUED
F1-27
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENT LOCATION
cardiagn.com
1 PCM 8 O2S (Europe only)
2 MAF sensor 9 Variable resistor (Except Europe)
3 TP sensor 10 Clutch switch
4 CTP switch 11 Neutral switch
5 IAT sensor 12 PSP switch
6 ECT sensor 13 Main relay
7 CMP sensor (In distributor)
CONTINUED
F1-28
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
Note
• Perform the SIMULATION TEST for the
output device (A/C RLY, FP RLY, IACV,
1 PCM PRGV) after PID/DATA measurement is
2 PCM connector completed.
cardiagn.com
PCM INSPECTION
Using SSTs (NGS tester)
Note
• PIDs for the following parts are not available
on this model. Go to the appropriate part
inspection page.
1. Water temperature sender unit (Integrated with
ECT sensor)
(Refer to CONTROL SYSTEM, ENGINE
COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
2. CMP sensor (Refer to CONTROL SYSTEM,
CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
3. Main relay (Refer to CONTROL SYSTEM,
MAIN RELAY INSPECTION.)
1. Connect the SSTs (NGS tester) to the DLC.
(Refer to ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM, ON-
BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST, NGS Tester Hook-up
Procedure.)
2. Turn the ignition switch on.
3. Select the "PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD"
function on the NGS tester display and press
TRIGGER.
(Refer to ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM,
PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD
PROCEDURE.)
4. Select the appropriate PID on the NGS tester
display and press START.
5. Measure the PID value.
Note
• The PID/DATA MONITOR function monitors
the calculated value of the input/output signals
in the PCM. Therefore, an output device
malfunction is not directly indicated as a
malfunction of the monitored value for the
output device. If a monitored value of an output
device is out of specification, inspect the
monitored value of the input device related to
the output control.
CONTINUED
F1-29
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
SYSTEM, DTC INSPECTION
BARO V*2 DTC P1195 is indicated.
(Barometric Below 400 m {0.25 mile} above sea Follow DTC Troubleshooting
V -
pressure signal level: 3.9—4.0 V ☞ ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
voltage) SYSTEM, DTC INSPECTION
BRKSW Brake pedal depressed: ON Inspect brake switch.
ON/OFF ☞ Section P 1O
(Brake switch) Brake pedal released: OFF
Inspect CTP switch
CTP SW Accelerator depressed: OFF ☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, CLOSED
ON/OFF THROTTLE POSITION (CTP) 1N
(Idle switch) Accelerator released: ON
SWITCH INSPECTION
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
ignition timing. - ENGINE TUNE-UP.
MT/AT*1 1L
(MT/AT distinction ON/OFF Constant: ON -
signal)
Inspect neutral switch. - CONTROL
NLSW Neutral position and clutch pedal SYSTEM, NEUTRAL SWITCH
1V
(Load/no load ON/OFF depressed: ON INSPECTION Inspect clutch switch.
condition signal) Others: OFF -CONTROL SYSTEM, CLUTCH
SWITCH INSPECTION
F1-31
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
SENSOR INSPECTION
TEN Terminal TEN (DLC) short to
Inspect wiring from DLC terminal
(TEN terminal ON/OFF ground: ON 1K
TEN to PCM terminal 1L
(DLC)) Terminal TEN (DLC) open: OFF
TP V Inspect TP sensor.
Closed throttle position: 0.4—0.6 V ☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, THROTTLE
(TP sensor signal V 2M
Wide open throttle: 3.4—4.7 V POSITION (TP) SENSOR
voltage) INSPECTION
F1 -32
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
Not Using the SSTs (NGS tester) at Constant 4. If there is no continuity, repair the related
Voltage Terminal Inspection harnesses.
1. Turn the ignition switch on. Not Using the SSTs (NGS Tester) at Power Supply
2. Measure the voltage between the TP sensor and Terminal Inspection
variable resistor (Except Europe) connector
1. Turn the ignition switch off.
(vehicle side) terminal A and body GND using a
voltmeter. 2. Disconnect the PCM connectors.
(1) When measurement voltage is 0 V. 3. Measure the voltage between the PCM battery power
① Turn the ignition switch off. terminal connectors and body GND using an
② Disconnect the TP sensor and variable ohmmeter.
resistor (Except Europe) connector (applied
Power supply terminal
to constant voltage).
1A
Power supply terminal voltage:
B+
4. If not as specified, repair the related harnesses and
replace the faulty fuses.
cardiagn.com
1. Turn the ignition switch off.
2. Disconnect the PCM connectors.
③ Verify there is no continuity between 3. Verify there is continuity between PCM connector
the TP sensor and variable resistor terminal 1 D and DLC KLN terminal.
(Except Europe) connector (vehicle
side) terminal C and body GND using
an ohmmeter.
④ If there is continuity, repair the related
harnesses.
⑤ Using an ohmmeter, inspect for
continuity between the PCM connector
(vehicle side) terminal 2D and TP
sensor and variable resistor (Except
Europe) connector (vehicle side)
terminal C which is applied to 4. If there is no continuity, repair the related
constant voltage. harnesses.
⑥ If there is continuity, repair the related
harness.
Not Using the SSTs (NGS Tester) at Instrument Cluster
(2) When measurement voltage is B+. (Engine speed signal) Terminal Inspection
① Turn the ignition switch off. 1. Turn the ignition switch off.
② Disconnect the battery positive harness, then 2. Disconnect the PCM connector and instrument cluster
battery negative harness.
connector (26 pin).
③ Verify there is no continuity between the TP
sensor and variable resistor (Except Europe) 3. Verify there is continuity between PCM connector
connector (vehicle side) terminal C and terminal 2F and instrument cluster connector (20 pin)
battery positive harness using an ohmmeter. terminal 3B.
④ If there is continuity, repair the related
harnesses.
(3) When measurement voltage is approx. 5V.
• Constant voltage terminal of PCM is okay.
CONTROL SYSTEM
Using voltmeter Note
Caution • With the PCM connector connected, body
• The PCM terminal voltages vary with ground the voltmeter negative (-) lead and
change in measuring conditions and vehicle measure voltage at each PCM terminal by
conditions. Always carry out a total inserting the voltmeter positive (+) lead.
inspection of the input systems, output 3. Measure the voltage at PCM terminal using a
systems, and PCM to determine the cause voltmeter.
of trouble. Otherwise, a wrong diagnosis 4. If any incorrect voltage is detected, inspect related
will be made. systems, wiring harnesses and connectors referring
to the action column in the terminal voltage list.
1. Remove the PCM.
2. Reconnect PCM connector and battery negative
terminal.
PCM Terminal Voltage (Reference)
cardiagn.com
Terminal Signal Connected to Test condition Voltage (V) Action
Back-up • Inspect ROOM fuse.
1A Battery Constant B+
power supply • Inspect related harness.
Ignition switch off 0
1B Power supply Main relay • Inspect related harness.
Ignition switch on B+
1C — — — — —
Carry out inspection according to
DTC. DTC output is a part of serial
Serial DLC
1D communication. — • Inspect related harness.
communication (Terminal KLN)
Judgement by terminal voltage is
not possible.
Ignition switch on
DLC and terminal TEN No DTC stored Below 1.0
1E DTC output • Inspect related harness.
(Terminal FEN) (in DLC) short to
chassis ground DTC stored 0-B+
1F — — — — —
1G — —- — — —
Ignition switch on B+
• Inspect fuel pump relay.
Fuel pump control Fuel pump ☞ FUEL SYSTEM,FUEL
1H Cranking Below 1.0 PUMP INSPECTION
relay
• Inspect related harness.
Idle Below 1.0
1I — — — — —
A/C relay Ignition switch A/C switch on B+
on A/C switch off B+ • Inspect A/C relay.
1J A/C control ☞ section U
Ignition switch A/C switch on Below 1.0 • Inspect related harness.
off A/C switch off Below 1.0
Terminal TEN B+
(DLC) open
Diagnostic test DLC Ignition switch
1K Terminal TEN • Inspect related harness.
mode (Terminal TEN) on
(DLC) short to Below 1.0
ground
Transmission Ground 0
1L*1 Constant • Inspect related harness.
distinction
*1: Europe only
CONTINUED
F1-34
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
1Q A/C A/C switch
on
A/C switch off B+ • Inspect related harness.
1R — — — — —
1S — — — — —
1T — — — — —
1U — — — — —
Transmission
neutral position or Below 1.0 • Inspect neutral switch.
☞ NEUTRAL SWITCH
clutch pedal
INSPECTION
Load/no load Neutral/clutch Ignition switch depressed
1V • Inspect clutch switch.
distinction switch on Other than ☞ CLUTCH SWITCH
transmission INSPECTION
B+
neutral or clutch • Inspect related harness.
pedal released
Fuel injector
2A Ground Constant Below 1.0 • Inspect related harness.
ground
2B Power ground Ground Constant Below 1.0 • Inspect related harness.
2C System ground Ground Constant Below 1.0 • Inspect related harness.
MAF sensor,
IAT sensor,
2D Analog ground ECT sensor, Constant Below 1.0 • Inspect related harness.
O2S,TP
sensor
• Inspect CMP sensor.
CMP sensor Ignition switch on 5.0 ☞ CAMSHAFT POSITION
2E SGT (integrated into (CMP) SENSOR
distributor) INSPECTION
Idle 1.8—2.3
• Inspect related harness.
• Inspect ignition control
Ignition switch on Below 1.0
Ignition control module.
2F IGT control ☞ section G
module
Idle 0.35—0.5
• Inspect related harness.
2G — — — — —
2H — — — — —
2I — — — — —
2J — — — — —
Constant voltage
2K TP sensor Ignition switch on 4.5—5.5 • Inspect related harness.
(Vref)
F1-35 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
• Inspect related harness.
Ignition switch on 1.45 • Inspect MAF sensor.
☞ MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)
Idle (after warm up) 2.15 SENSOR INSPECTION
2O Mass airflow MAP sensor
Engine speed 3000 rpm • Inspect related harness.
2.73
(after warm up)
2P — — — — —
2R — — — — —
2S — — — — —
For 120 sec. after
ECT above 0 • Inspect PRC solenoid valve.
ignition switch on
90°C {194°F} ☞ FUEL SYSTEM, PRC
Pressure PRC solenoid SOLENOID VALVE
2T (Hot condition) For 120 sec. after
regulator control valve 0 INSPECTION
engine start
Others Ignition switch on B+ • Inspect related harness.
F1-36
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR INSPECTION THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR INSPECTION
Note Note
• Perform the following test only when directed. • Perform the following test only when directed.
MAF Sensor Inspection Resistance Inspection
1. Visually inspect for the following on the MAF 1. Verify that the throttle valve is at closed throttle
sensor. position.
cardiagn.com
• Damage 2. Inspect that the accelerator cable free play is
• Cracks within the specification.
• Terminal bends (Refer to INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM, ACCELERATOR
• Terminal rust CABLE INSPECTION / ADJUSTMENT.)
2. If any of the above are found, replace the MAF 3. If as specified but PID valve is out of specification,
sensor. If the MAF sensor PID value is out of measure the resistance between TP sensor
specification, inspect as follows and repair or terminals A and C using an ohmmeter.
replace as necessary: Specification
3. Disconnect the MAF sensor connector. Open 4—6KΩ
circuit
• MAF signal circuit (MAF sensor connector
terminal B and PCM connector terminal 20)
• Power circuit (MAF sensor connector
terminal C and main relay terminal D through
common connector) • GND circuit (MAF
sensor connector terminal A and PCM
connector terminal 2D through common
connector)
CONTINUED
F1-37
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
disconnected harness side connector terminal C voltage (V) TP V (NGS tester) (V)
using a voltmeter. 4.5—4.7 3.4—4.4
4.7—4.8 3.6—4.5
4.8—4.9 3.7—4.6
4.9—5.0 3.7—4.8
5.0—5.1 3.8—4.9
5.1—5.3 4.0—5.0
5.3—5.4 4.1—5.1
5.4—5.5 4.2—5.2
7. Use the NGS tester ("TP V" of PID/DATA 4. Verify that the throttle valve is fully closed.
MONITOR AND RECORD function) or voltmeter 5. Install the TP sensor to the throttle body.
to adjust the TP sensor so that the voltage of
PCM terminal 2M is within the specification below 6. tighten the TP sensor screws.
Tightening torque
when the throttle valve is at the closed throttle
1.6—2.3 N.m {16—24 kgf.cm, 14—20 in.lbf }
position.
7. Verify that the throttle valve moves smoothly.
8. Reconnect the TP sensor connector.
CONTINUED
F1-38
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
Specification
Water temperature (°C {°F}) Resistance (kΩ)
20 {68} 2.09— 2.81
Specification
80 {176} 0.274 —0.802
Measuring condition Continuity
Closed throttle position Yes 4. If not as specified, replace the IAT sensor. If
Others No IAT sensor is okay, but PID value is out of
specification, inspect as follows and repair or
replace as necessary.
3. If not as specified, replace the throttle body. If the
Open circuit
CTP switch is okay, but PI D value is out of
• IAT signal circuit (IAT sensor connector terminal
specification, inspect as follows and repair or
A and PCM connector terminal 2L)
replace as necessary.
• GND circuit (IAT sensor connector terminal B
Open circuit and PCM connector terminal 2D)
• CTP signal circuit (CTP switch connector terminal
and PCM connector terminal 1N)
• GND circuit (CTP switch body to GND)
Short circuit
• IAT signal circuit (IAT sensor connector terminal
A and PCM connector terminal 2Lto GND)
5. Reconnect the IAT sensor connector.
CONTINUED
F1-39
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Note
2. Disconnect the IAT sensor connector. • Perform the following test only when directed.
3. Remove the IAT sensor. ECT Sensor Resistance Inspection
4. Install the IAT sensor. 1. Drain the engine coolant.
(Refer to Section E, COOLING SYSTEM
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
(Refer to Section E, ENGINE COOLANT,
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT.)
2. Remove the ECT sensor.
3. Place the ECT sensor in water with a
thermometer, and heat the water gradually.
Tightening torque
7.9—11.7 N.m
{80—120 kgf.cm, 70—104 in.lbf}
cardiagn.com
5. Connect the IAT sensor connector.
6. Connect the negative battery cable.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Warning
• When the engine is hot, it can badly burn.
Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool
before removing or installing the ECT
sensor.
1. Drain the engine coolant.
(Refer to Section E, COOLING SYSTEM
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
(Refer to Section E, ENGINE COOLANT, ENGINE
COOLANT REPLACEMENT.)
2. Disconnect the ECT sensor connector. 4. Measure the resistance between the ECT sensor
3. Remove the ECT sensor. terminals A and B using an ohmmeter.
Specification
Water temperature (°C {°F}) Resistance (kΩ)
20 {68} 2.2—2.8
80 {176} 0.29—0.4
5. If not as specified, replace the ECT sensor. If the
ECT sensor is okay, but PID value is out of
specification, inspect for the following:
Open circuit
• ECT signal circuit (ECT sensor connector
4. Replace the gasket. terminal A and PCM connector terminal 2Q
5. Install in the reverse order of removal, through common connector)
Tightening torque • GND circuit (ECT sensor connector terminal
25—29 N.m {2.5—3.0 kgf.m, 19—21 ft.lbf} B and PCM connector terminal 2D through
6. Refill the engine coolant. common connector)
(Refer to Section E, COOLING SYSTEM Short circuit
SERVICE WARNINGS.) • ECT signal circuit (ECT sensor connector
(Refer to Section E, ENGINE COOLANT, ENGINE terminal A and PCM connector terminal 2Q
COOLANT REPLACEMENT.) through common connector to GND)
• GND circuit (ECT sensor connector terminal
B and PCM connector terminal 2D through
common connector to GND)
6. Repair or replace faulty areas.
F1-40 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
7. Install the ECT sensor.
8. Refill the engine coolant.
(Refer to Section E, COOLING SYSTEM
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
(Refer to Section E, ENGINE COOLANT,
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT.)
CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR
INSPECTION
Note
• Perform the following test only when directed.
Voltage Inspection Short circuit
1. Remove the distributor. • SGT signal circuit (Distributor harness side
2. Disconnect the fuel injector connectors. connector terminal C and PCM harness side
3. Disconnect the high-tension lead. connector terminal 2E to GND)
4. Connect the distributor connector. • Power circuit (Distributor harness side
connector terminal B and main relay harness
Warning
side connector terminal D to GND)
• Turning the ignition switch on with the
9. If the harnesses are okay, replace the distributor
fuel injector connector still connected will
and adjust the ignition timing.
actuate the fuel injector.
cardiagn.com
(Refer to ENGINE TUNE-UP, IGNITION TIMING
• Turning the ignition switch on with the ADJUSTMENT.)
distributor connector still connected will
generate sparks, which can cause OXYGEN SENSOR (O2S) INSPECTION
electrical shock. Disconnect the O2S Voltage Inspection
connector and prevent it from grounding
to the vehicle body. Note
5. Turn the ignition switch on. • Perform the following test only when directed.
6. Verify the following signal (voltage) from the PCM 1. Warm up the engine and run it at idle.
2E terminal using a voltmeter when the 2. Disconnect the O2S connector.
distributor is rotated by hand. 3. Connect the voltmeter test leads to the following
O2S terminals:
Specification
• (+) lead-O2S terminal A
Signal Terminal Voltage
• (-) lead-O2S terminal B
SGT 2E 4 pulses/rev. (Approx. 5.0 V)
Specification
Engine condition Voltage (V)
Acceleration 0.5—1.0
Deceleration 0—0.5
6. If not as specified, replace the O2S. If the O2S is
okay, but PID value is out of specification, inspect
for following:
CONTINUED
F1-41
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
Open circuit
• O2S signal circuit (O2S connector terminal A and
PCM connector terminal 2N)
• GND circuit (O2S connector terminal B and PCM
connector terminal 2D)
cardiagn.com
8. Reconnect the O2S connector. 6. If the variable resistor is okay, but PCM terminal
2N or 2K voltage is out of specification, inspect for
the following:
OXYGEN SENSOR (O2S)
Open circuit
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. • Reference voltage circuit (Variable resistor
connector terminal A and PCM connector
2. Disconnect the O2S connector. terminal 2K)
3. Remove the O2S.
• Variable resistor signal circuit (Variable
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. resistor connector terminal B and PCM
connector terminal 2N)
Tightening torque
29-49 N.m {3—5 kgf.m, 22—36 ft.lbf} • GND circuit (Variable resistor connector
terminal C and PCM connector terminal 2D)
Short circuit
VARIABLE RESISTOR INSPECTION
• Reference voltage circuit (Variable resistor
1. Disconnect the connector from the variable connector terminal A and PCM connector
resistor. terminal 2K)
2. Connect an ohmmeter between the variable
• Variable resistor signal circuit (Variable
resistor terminal B and C.
resistor connector terminal B and PCM
connector terminal 2N)
7. If there is an open or short circuit, repair or
replace wiring harness.
8. If there is no open or short circuit, replace variable
3. Using the SST, verify that the resistance resistor.
increases in relation to the turning amount of the 9. Reconnect the variable resistor connector.
variable resistor. CLUTCH SWITCH INSPECTION
Continuity Inspection
Note
• Perform the following test only when directed.
1. Verify that the clutch switch is installed properly.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the clutch switch.
(Refer to CONTROL SYSTEM, CLUTCH SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Inspect the continuity between the clutch switch
terminals A and B using an ohmmeter.
CONTINUED
F1-42
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
Specification
Specification
Transmission Continuity
In neutral Yes
Others No
cardiagn.com
5. If not as specified, replace the clutch switch. If the
clutch switch is okay, but PID value is out of Open circuit
specification, inspect for the following: • Load/no load distinction circuit (neutral switch
Open circuit connector terminal A and PCM connector
• Power circuit (Clutch switch connector terminal terminal 1V through common connector)
B and PCM connector terminal 1V through • GND circuit (neutral switch connector terminal
common connector) B and GND)
• GND circuit (Clutch switch connector terminal A
and GND)
Short circuit
• Power circuit (Clutch switch connector terminal
B and PCM connector terminal 1V to GND)
Neutral switch
• The neutral switch operation and related
harnesses continuity
(Refer to NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION.
6. Repair or replace faulty areas.
7. Install the clutch switch. Short circuit
(Refer to CONTROL SYSTEM, CLUTCH SWITCH • Load/no load distinction circuit (neutral switch
REMOVAL/INSTALLTION.) connector terminal A and PCM connector
8. Connect the negative battery cable. terminal 1V through common connector to
CLUTCH SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION GND) Clutch switch
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. • The clutch switch operation and related harness
2. Disconnect the clutch switch connector. continuity.
3. Loosen the nuts and remove the clutch switch. (Refer to CONTROL SYSTEM, CLUTCH
4. Install the clutch switch. SWITCH INSPECTION.)
5. Adjust the clutch pedal height referring to the above 5. Repair or replace faulty areas.
and the height specification. 6. Reconnect the neutral switch connector.
(Refer to Section H, CLUTCH PEDAL, CLUTCH
PEDAL INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT.) NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
6. Connect the clutch switch connector. 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable.
7. Connect the negative battery cable. 2. Disconnect the neutral switch connector.
NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION 3. Remove the neutral switch.
Continuity inspection 4. Install the new washer and neutral switch.
Note
• Perform the following test only when directed.
1. Disconnect the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect the neutral switch connector.
3. Measure the continuity between the neutral switch
terminals A and B using an ohmmeter.
CONTINUED
F1-43
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
Short circuit
Tightening torque
• PSP signal circuit (PSP switch connector terminal
25—34 N.m {2.5—3.5 kgf.m, 19—25 ft.lbf}
and PCM connector terminal 1P through common
5. Connect the neutral switch connector. connector to GND) Power steering fluid
6. Connect the battery negative cable. (Refer to Section N, engine speed sensing power
POWER STEERING PRESSURE (PSP) SWITCH steering system.)
INSPECTION • Fluid level
• Fluid leakage
Continuity inspection
• Fluid pressure
Note 5. Repair or replace faulty areas.
cardiagn.com
• Perform the following test only when directed. 6. Reconnect the PSP switch connector.
1. Disconnect the PSP switch connector. MAIN RELAY INSPECTION
Continuity Inspection
2. Start the engine.
Note
3. Inspect for continuity between the PSP switch • Perform the following test only when directed.
terminal and GND using an ohmmeter. 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the main relay connector.
3. Inspect for continuity between terminals of the
relay using an ohmmeter.
Specification
Condition Continuity
Steering wheel in straight ahead Yes Specification
Steering wheel fully turned No
CONTINUED
F1-44
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
DIAGNOSTIC SUPPORT PROCEDURE
4. Install the reverse order of removal.
• These tests are the ability of the powertrain
Tightening torque control system to detect a change in certain
7.9—10.7 N.m input devices by following the instructions on
{80—110 kgf.cm, 69.5—95.4 in-Ibf} the NGS tester. There are two options: ALL
TEST and SINGLE TEST. ALL TEST takes
you through all diagnostic support tests.
SINGLE TEST enables you to perform
specific tests that relate to the particular
diagnosis that you are conducting. This test
MUST follow the instructions on the NGS
tester. If not, a "TEST CONDITIONS NOT
CORRECT' message will appear, or else the
test result will be FAULTY.
SIMULATION TEST
• Output devices can be turned on and off by
sending simulation command signals from
the NGS tester to the PCM. The "Idling
Test" and "Ignition ON Test" are available in
this test. These tests will verify the PCM
status, output devices, and related circuit
wiring harnesses.
Note
• "PRCV" of the simulation item can be selected
for vehicles without the PRC system, but is
not used for the inspection because the
corresponding part (PRC solenoid valve) is
not equipped.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
NGS Tester Hook-up Procedure
Note
• Make sure the ignition switch is at LOCK
position.
1. Insert the vehicle interface module and latest
program card into the hand-held NGS control unit.
CONTINUED
F1-45
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
4. Move the cursor to B-SERIES (UN). Press the
4. Listen to the double beep. The NGS tester is TRIGGER key to enter this selection.
now initialized. Begin the powertrain control
system functional test. EUROPE
DTC READING PROCEDURE
Using the SSTs (NGS Tester)
Note
• Start engine and keep it running. If the
engine will not start, turn the ignition switch
on during the procedure.
1. Perform the necessary vehicle preparation and
visual inspection. Hook the NGS tester up to the
vehicle.
F1-46
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
Note
• Make sure the selected vehicle is correct.
10. Press START.
5. A vehicle selection screen showing the selected
vehicle will be displayed. Move the cursor to the 11. Retrieve DTCs.
vehicle selected. Press the TRIGGER key. Not Using the SSTs (NGS Tester) Using
6. Move the cursor to DIAGNOSTIC DATA LINK on the SST (self-diagnosis checker)
the main menu screen. Press the TRIGGER key 1. Connect the SSTs to the DLC located in the
to enter into menu system diagnostics. engine compartment and ground the black
(negative) lead to the body.
cardiagn.com
7. Move the cursor to PCM-POWERTRAIN
CONTROL MODULE. Press the TRIGGER key to
enter this selection.
F1-47
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
7. After completion of repairs, erase all DTCs from 7. If any DTCs is indicated, inspect the appropriate
the memory. area and repair as necessary.
(Refer to AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE, Not 8. After completion of repairs, erase all DTCs from
Using the SSTs (NGS tester).) the memory.
8. Remove the SSTs. (Refer to AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE, Not
Using the SSTs (NGS Tester).)
9. Remove the voltmeter and jumper wire
cardiagn.com
Caution
• Connecting the wrong DLC terminals may
possibly cause a malfunction. Carefully
connect the specified terminals only.
2. Using a jumper wire to short terminal TEN of the 5. Move the cursor to PID values to view. Press the
DLC to body GND. TRIGGER key. A star symbol will appear next to
3. Connect the negative battery lead of voltmeter the item when it is selected.
(20V range) to the DLC terminal FEN, and the Note
positive lead to the DLC terminal +B.
• Press the TRIGGER key once again to
deselect a PID.
• Press the CLEAR to deselect all PIDs.
CONTINUED
F1-48
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
5. Follow the instructions displayed on the NGS
tester and press the TRIGGER key.
Note
(2) Graph format: Scroll through the PID • To skip a test item, press OMIT.
data while analyzing the information. Look
for sudden drops or peaks in the linear • Before performing the test, the basic condition
on the test vehicle must be set up in order to
lines showing the transformation of values
get exact data. Press BASIC to view the basic
to the line graph.
condition instruction screen.
• If the screen shows PASSED, the system
operates correctly.
• If the screen shows FAULTY, the system
operates incorrectly.
F1-49
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
10. To perform the simulation again, press the
TRIGGER key. To exit the idling test, press the
CANCEL key.
Ignition ON Test
1. Perform Steps 1 through 7 from the DTCs
6. The screen will display a list of simulation items. READING PROCEDURE.
Select the appropriate simulation item for testing, 2. Turn the ignition switch on. Move the cursor to
then press the TRIGGER key. SIMULATION TEST. Press the TRIGGER key to
enter this selection.
Note
• Only one simulation item can be selected at a
time.
F1-50
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
Note
• If the engine will not start, continue to operate
5. Press START.
the starter for 5-6 seconds.
cardiagn.com
6. Press the TRIGGER key.
3. Perform the "DTC READING PROCEDURE"
again.
4. Verify that the DTC is not detected.
F1-51
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ECT-CIRCUIT
P0115 ECT sensor circuit malfunction
MALFUNCTION
O2S 11-CIRCUITNO
P0134 O2S circuit no activity detected
ACTIVITY DETECTED
EVAP SYSTEM-PURGE
P0443 Purge solenoid valve circuit malfunction
CTRL VALVE CKT MALF
cardiagn.com
IDLE CONTROL SYSTEM-
P0505 IAC valve circuit malfunction
MALFUNCTION
CONTINUED
F1-52
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
• PCM terminal 2D-throttle position sensor, intake-air
temperature sensor, engine coolant temperature
sensor, oxygen sensor
• Between PCM terminal 2C and engine ground
No Go to next step
2 Does MAP sensor connector or PCM connector have Yes Repair or replace connector, then go to Step 12.
poor connection? No Go to next step.
3 Is intake-air system okay? Yes Go to next step
No Repair or replace faulty parts, then go to Step 12.
4 Disconnect MAF sensor connector. Yes Go to next step.
Turn ignition switch on. No Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring harness (between
Is there battery positive voltage at MAF sensor main relay terminal D and MAF sensor terminal C), then
harness side connector terminal C? go to Step 12.
5 Disconnect PCM connector. MAF sensor connector is Yes Go to next step.
disconnected.
Is there continuity between MAF sensor harness side
connector terminal A and PCM harness side No Repair open circuit, then go to Step 12.
connector terminal 2D?
6 Is there continuity between MAF sensor harness side Yes Go to next step
connector terminal B and PCM harness side
connector terminal 20 No Repair open circuit, then go to Step 12.
7 Is there continuity from PCM harness side connector Yes Repair short to power circuit, then go to Step 12.
terminals 20 to 1B? No Go to next step
8 Is there continuity from PCM harness side connector Yes Repair short to ground circuit, then go to Step 12.
terminals 20 to body ground. No Go to next step.
9 Remove MAF sensor. Is there any foreign material at Yes Clean MAF sensor screen, then go to Step 12.
MAF sensor screen?
No Go to next step.
10 Connect MAF sensor connector. Connect NGS Yes Go to next step.
tester to DLC.
Turn ignition switch on.
Access MAF V PID.
Does MAF V PID change when air is blown into
mass airflow sensor? No Replace MAF sensor, then go to Step 12.
Note
• If NGS tester is not used, measure PCM
20 terminal voltage with circuit tester.
CONTINUED
F1-53
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
12 Clear DTC from memory. Is there any DTC present Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
after performing "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE"?
No Troubleshooting completed.
cardiagn.com
DTC P0115 Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor circuit malfunction
DETECTION Input voltage from ECT sensor is below 0.07 V or above 4.58 V when ignition switch is turned on.
CONDITION
• ECT sensor malfunction
• Poor connection of connectors at ECT sensor terminal and/or PCM
• Short to power supply circuit in wiring from ECT sensor terminal A to PCM terminal 2Q
POSSIBLE CAUSE • Short to ground in wiring from ECT sensor terminal A to PCM terminal 2Q
• Open circuit in wiring from ECT sensor terminal A to PCM terminal 2Q
• Open circuit in wiring from ECT sensor terminal B to PCM terminal 2D
• Open circuit in wiring from PCM terminal 2C to engine ground
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Verify stored DTC. Yes Inspect for open circuit in following wiring harnesses, then
Have DTCs P0100, P0120, P0134, P1110, and/or go to Step 9.
P1170 been stored? • PCM terminal 2D-MAF sensor, O2S, IAT sensor,
and/or TP sensor
• PCM terminal 2C-engine ground
No Go to next step
2 Does ECT sensor connector or PCM connector have Yes Repair or replace connector, then go to Step 9.
poor connection? No Go to next step
3 Disconnect ECT sensor connector. Yes Go to next step
Turn ignition switch on. No Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring harness
Is there 5V at engine coolant temperature sensor (between PCM terminal 2Q and ECT sensor terminal A),
harness side connector terminal A then go to Step 9.
4 Disconnect PCM connector. Yes Go to next step.
ECT sensor connector is disconnected.
Is there continuity between ECT sensor harness side
No Repair open circuit, then go to Step 9
connector terminal B and PCM harness side
connector terminal 2D
5 Is there continuity from PCM harness side connector Yes Repair short to power circuit, then go to Step 9
terminals 2Q to 1B? No Go to next step.
6 Is there continuity from PCM harness side connector Yes Repair short to ground circuit, then go to Step 9.
terminals 2Q to body ground? No Go to next step
7 Is ECT sensor okay? Yes Go to next step
☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, ENGINE COOLANT No Replace ECT sensor, then go to Step 9.
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION
☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.
F1-54 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
DTC P0120 Throttle position (TP) sensor circuit malfunction
DETECTION Input voltage from TP sensor is below 0.09 V or above 4.78 V when ignition switch is turned on.
CONDITION
• TP sensor malfunction
• Poor connection of connectors at TP sensor and/or PCM
• Short to power supply circuit in wiring from TP sensor terminal A to PCM terminal 2K
• Short to power supply circuit in wiring from TP sensor terminal C to PCM terminal 2D
• Short to power supply circuit in wiring from TP sensor terminal B to PCM terminal 2M
POSSIBLE CAUSE • Short to ground in wiring from TP sensor terminal B to PCM terminal 2M
• Short to ground in wiring from TP sensor terminal A to PCM terminal 2K
• Open circuit in wiring from TP sensor terminal A to PCM terminal 2K
• Open circuit in wiring from TP sensor terminal C to PCM terminal 2D
• Open circuit in wiring from TP sensor terminal B to PCM terminal 2M
• Open circuit in wiring from TP sensor terminal 2C to engine ground
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Verify stored DTC. Yes Inspect for open or short circuit in following wiring
Have DTC P0100, P0115, P0134, P1110 and/or harnesses, then go to Step 11.
P1170 been stored. • PCM terminal 2D -MAP sensor, O2S, IAT
sensor, and/or ECT sensor
• Between PCM terminal 2C and engine ground
No Go to next step
2 Does TP sensor connector or PCM connector have Yes Repair or replace connector, then go to Step 11
poor connection? No Go to next step.
3 Disconnect TP sensor connector. Yes Go to next step.
Turn ignition switch on. No Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring harness
Is there 5V at TP sensor harness side connector (between PCM terminal 2K and TP sensor terminal
terminal A? A), then go to Step 11
4 Disconnect PCM connector. Yes Go to next step.
TP sensor is disconnected. Is there continuity
between TP sensor harness side connector terminal
C and PCM harness side connector terminal 2D. No Repair open circuit, then go to Step 11.
CONTINUED
F1-55
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
Is same DTC present after performing "AFTER No Intermittent poor connection in wiring harnesses or
REPAIR PROCEDURE"? connectors.
Repair connectors and/or harnesses, then go to next
step.
11 Clear DTC from memory. Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection
Is there any DTC present after performing "AFTER
REPAIR PROCEDURE"? No Troubleshooting completed.
CONTINUED
F1-56
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
• O2S malfunction
• Open or short circuit in wiring harness
• Open or short circuit in wiring harness
• Poor connection of connector
• Fuel injector malfunction
• Pressure regulator malfunction
• Fuel pump malfunction
• Fuel delivery hose and/or fuel filter clogging or leakage
• Leakage in intake-air system
• Leakage in exhaust system
• Ignition coil and/or igniter malfunction Insufficient compression
• MAF sensor malfunction
• ECT sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE • TP sensor malfunction
• Vacuum hose damage or looseness
Warning
cardiagn.com
Following troubleshooting flow chart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always
keep sparks and flames away from fuel
• Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or
death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always
complete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE"
described in this manual
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
CONTINUED
F1-57
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
engine (in neutral)?
• More than 0.45V when accelerator pedal is No Inspect and repair or replace faulty oxygen sensor
suddenly pressed: rich condition harness, connector or terminal, then go to Step 22.
• Less than 0.45V during fuel cut: lean condition ☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, OXYGEN SENSOR (O2S)
INSPECTION.
Note
• If NGS tester is not used, measure PCM
2N terminal voltage with circuit tester.
8 Inspect for open, poor connection, and other Yes Repair or replace faulty harness, connector or
problems on following harnesses, connectors and terminal, then go to Step 22.
terminals (for fuel injector at each cylinder):
• Front main relay to fuel injector Are there any No Go to next step.
problems?
9 Inspect injection amount of each fuel injector. Yes Replace faulty fuel injectors, then go to Step 22.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL INJECTOR ☞ FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL INJECTOR
INSPECTION, Fuel Injection Volume Test. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.
Are there any fuel injectors in abnormal condition for
No Go to next step.
amount or condition of injection?
10 Inspect for air suction: Yes Repair or replace source of air suction, then
• From air cleaner to throttle body go to Step 22.
• From throttle body to dynamic chamber
• From dynamic chamber to intake manifold
Visually inspect for cracks and damage, and inspect No Go to next step.
fluctuation after spraying rust penetrating agent, then
select air suction area.
Can air suction be confirmed?
11 Inspect for suction in vacuum hose which has Yes Repair or replace source of air suction, then
negative pressure on intake manifold, in the same go to Step 22.
manner as previous step.
No Go to next step.
Can air suction be confirmed?
12 Inspect fuel line pressure under trouble condition. Yes Go to Step 17.
☞ TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE SYSTEM
INSPECTION, Fuel Pressure Inspection. No Go to next step.
Is fuel line pressure okay?
13 Inspect fuel pump maximum pressure. Yes Go to next step
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL PUMP UNIT
INSPECTION, Fuel Pump Maximum Pressure No Replace fuel pump, then go to Step 22.
Inspection. ☞ FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL PUMP UNIT
Is it okay? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.
14 Inspect for clogging in fuel filter (high-pressure). Yes Go to next step.
Are there foreign materials on fuel side of fuel filter? No Go to Step 16.
F1-58
CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
16 Inspect for leakage and clogging in fuel line from fuel Yes Go to next step.
distributor to fuel pump.
Is it okay? No Repair or replace necessary, then go to Step 22.
17 Inspect for leakage in fuel line fuel filter (high- Yes Replace pressure regulator, then go to Step 22.
pressure) to fuel tank (return side). -FUEL SYSTEM, PRESSURE REGULATOR
Is it okay? REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.
No Repair or replace as necessary, the go to Step 22.
18 Verify blinking condition on each cylinder by setting Yes Go to Step 19.
cardiagn.com
timing light on high-tension lead under trouble
condition. No Go to next step.
Does it blink regularly and stably?
19 Inspect resistance of ignition coil. Yes Go to next step.
☞ Section G, IGNITION COIL INSPECTION.
No Replace ignition coil, then go to Step 22.
Is it okay?
20 Warning Yes Air gets in from poor sealing on head gasket or other
• Removing the radiator cap when the areas between combustion chamber and engine
radiator is hot is dangerous. Scalding coolant passage.
coolant and steam may shoot out and Repair or replace faulty parts, then go to Step 22.
cause serious injury.
• When removing the radiator cap, wrap a
thick cloth around and turn it slowly.
Note
• Large bubbles are normal since they are
remaining air coming out from engine coolant
passage.
21 Inspect engine compression. Yes Go to next step
☞ Section B1, COMPRESSION INSPECTION.
No Implement engine overhaul, the go to next step.
Is it okay?
22 Clear DTC. Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
Verify DTC after running vehicle.
No Troubleshooting completed.
Is there any DTC stored?
CONTINUED
F1-59
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
3 Disconnect CMP sensor connector. Yes Go to next step.
Turn ignition switch on. No Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring harness
Is there battery positive voltage at CMP sensor (between main relay terminal D and CMP sensor
harness side connector terminal B? terminal B), then go to Step 11.
4 Disconnect CMP sensor connector. Yes Go to next step.
Turn ignition switch on. No Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring harness
Is there 5 V at CMP sensor harness side connector (between PCM terminal 2E and CMP terminal C),
terminal C? then go to Step 11.
5 Disconnect PCM connector and CMP sensor con- Yes Go to next step.
nector.
Is there continuity between CMP sensor harness
side connector terminal C and PCM harness side No Repair open circuit, then go to Step 11.
connector terminal 2E?
6 Is there continuity from PCM harness side connector Yes Repair short to power circuit, then go to Step 11.
terminal 2E to 1B? No Go to next step.
7 Is there continuity from PCM harness side connector Yes Repair short to ground circuit, then go to Step 11.
terminal 2E to body ground? No Go to next step.
8 Is there continuity from CMP sensor harness side Yes Go to next step.
terminal A to body ground? No Repair open circuit, then go to Step 11.
9 Connect CMP sensor connector. Connect NGS Yes Go to next step.
tester to DLC.
Turn ignition switch on. Access RPM PID.
Does RPM PID change when engine is running?
No Replace distributor and adjust ignition timing, then go
Note to Step 11.
• If NGS tester is not used, measure PCM
2E terminal voltage with circuit tester.
10 Clear DTC from memory. Yes Go to Step 1
Is same DTC present after performing "AFTER No Intermittent poor connection in wiring harnesses or
REPAIR PROCEDURE"? connectors.
Repair connectors and/or harnesses, then go to next
step.
11 Clear DTC from memory. Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
Is there any DTC present after performing "AFTER
REPAIR PROCEDURE"? No Troubleshooting completed.
CONTINUED
F1-60
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Verify stored DTC. Yes Inspect for open circuit following wiring harnesses,
Have DTC P0100, P0505, P0340, and/or P1250 then go to Step 9.
been stored? • Main relay terminal D-PRC solenoid valve, IAC
solenoid valve, MAF sensor, CMP sensor
• Between PCM terminal 2C and engine ground
No Go to next step
2 Does purge solenoid valve connector or PCM Yes Repair or replace connector, then go to Step 9.
connector have poor connection? No Go to next step.
3 Disconnect purge solenoid valve connector. Yes Go to next step.
Turn ignition switch on. No Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring harness
Is there battery positive voltage at purge solenoid (between main relay terminal D and purge solenoid
valve harness side connector terminal A? valve terminal A), then go to Step 9.
4 Disconnect PCM connector Purge solenoid valve is Yes Go to next step.
disconnected.
Is there continuity between purge solenoid valve
harness side connector terminal B and PCM harness No Repair open circuit, then go to step 9.
side connector terminal 2X?
5 Is there continuity from PCM harness side connector Yes Repair short to power supply circuit, then
terminal 2X to 1B? go to Step 9.
No Go to next step.
6 Is there continuity from PCM harness side connector Yes Repair short to ground circuit, then go to Step 9.
terminal 2X to body ground? No Go to next step.
7 Is purge solenoid valve okay? Yes Go to next step
☞ EMISSION SYSTEM, PURGE SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION No Replace purge solenoid valve, then go to Step 9.
F1-61 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Verify stored DTC. Yes Inspect for open circuit following wiring harnesses,
Have DTC P0100, P0340, P0443, and/or P1250 then go to Step 9.
been stored. • Main relay terminal D-PRC solenoid valve, MAF
sensor, CMP sensor, purge solenoid valve
• Between PCM terminal 2C and engine ground
No Go to next step
2 Does IAC valve connector or PCM connector have Yes Repair or replace connector, then go to Step 9.
poor connection? No Go to next step
3 Disconnect IAC valve connector. Yes Go to next step.
Turn ignition switch on. No Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring harness
Is there battery positive voltage at IAC valve harness (between main relay terminal D and IAC valve ter-
side connector terminal A? minal A), then go to Step 9.
4 Disconnect PCM connector IAC valve is Yes Go to next step.
disconnected.
Is there continuity between IAC valve harness side
connector terminal B and PCM harness side con- No Repair open circuit, then go to step 9.
nector terminal 2W?
5 Is there continuity from PCM harness side connector Yes Repair short to power supply circuit, then go to Step 9.
terminal 2W to 1B?
No Go to next step.
6 Is there continuity from PCM harness side connector Yes Repair short to ground circuit, then go to Step 9,
terminal 2W to body ground? No Go to next step
7 Is resistance between IAC valve component side Yes Go to next step.
connector A and B as specified?
F1-62
CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Verify stored DTC. Have DTC P0100, P0115, Yes Inspect for open circuit in following wiring harnesses,
P0120, P0134, P0335, and/or P1170 been stored? then go to Step 7.
• PCM terminal 2D-ECT sensor, MAP sensor, O2S,
CMP sensor and/or TP sensor
• PCM terminal 2C-engine GND
No Go to next step.
2 Does IAT sensor connector or PCM connector have Yes Repair or replace connector, then go to Step 9.
poor connection? No Go to next step.
3 Disconnect IAT sensor connector. Yes Go to next step.
Turn ignition switch on. No Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring harness
Is there 5V at IAT sensor harness side connector (between PCM terminal 2L and IAT sensor terminal A),
terminal A? then go to Step 9.
4 Disconnect PCM connector. IAT sensor connector is Yes Go to next step.
disconnected. Is there continuity between IAT
sensor harness side connector terminal B and PCM
harness side connector terminal 2D? No Repair open circuit, then go to Step 9.
5 Is there continuity from PCM harness side connector Yes Repair short to power circuit, then go to Step 9.
terminals 2L to 1B? No Go to next step.
6 Is there continuity from PCM harness side connector Yes Repair short to ground circuit, then go to Step 9.
terminal 2D to body GND? No Go to next step.
7 Is IAT sensor okay? Yes Go to next step.
☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, INTAKE AIR No Replace IAT sensor, then go to Step 9.
TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR INSPECTION
☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, INTAKE AIR
TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
8 Clear DTC from memory. Yes Go to Step 1.
Is same DTC present after performing "AFTER No Intermittent poor connection in wiring harness or
REPAIR PROCEDURE"? connector.
Repair connector and/or harness, then go to next step.
9 Clear DTC from memory. Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
Is there any DTC present after performing "AFTER
REPAIR PROCEDURE"? No Troubleshooting completed.
CONTINUED
F1-63
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
• O2S deterioration
• Fuel injector malfunction
• Pressure regulator malfunction
• Fuel pump malfunction
cardiagn.com
• Fuel delivery hose clogging or leakage
• Fuel return hose and/or fuel filter clogging
• Leakage in intake-air system or exhaust system PCV valve malfunction
• Purge solenoid valve malfunction or purge solenoid hoses are hooked up incorrectly
• Ignition coil malfunction Insufficient compression
• MAF sensor malfunction
• ECT sensor malfunction
• TP sensor malfunction
• Open or short circuit in wiring harness
POSSIBLE CAUSE • Poor connection of connector
• Vacuum hose damage or looseness
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Al-
ways keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious Injuries
or death and damage. Fuel can also Irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always com-
plete "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described
in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
CONTINUED
F1-64
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
Note
• If NGS tester is not used, measure
following PCM terminal voltage with No Go to next step.
voltmeter.
① ECT sensor (terminal 2Q)
② SGT (terminal 2E)
③ TP sensor (terminal 2K)
4 Continue monitoring items on previous PIDs. Yes Implement TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE
Is there any input signal which causes drastic DIAGNOSTIC INSPECTION, Input Signal System
changes when it is set to be in trouble condition? Investigation Procedure and repair or replace, then
go to Step 26.
No Go to next step.
5 Inspect exhaust system, upstream from O2S. Yes Repair or replace faulty exhaust parts, then
Is there any gas leakage? go to Step 26.
☞ EXHAUST SYSTEM, EXHAUST SYSTEM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.
No Go to next step.
6 Is O2S installed properly? Yes Go to next step.
No Install heated oxygen sensor properly, then
go to Step 26.
☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, OXYGEN SENSOR (O2S)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.
7 Implement FID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD Yes Go to next step.
(O2S) from DIAGNOSTIC DATA LINK using NGS
tester. Is voltage on O2S as follows while racing
engine (in neutral)?
• More than 0.45V when accelerator pedal is No Inspect and repair or replace faulty O2S, harnesses,
suddenly pressed: rich condition connector or terminals, then go to Step 26.
• Less than 0.45V during fuel cut: lean ☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, OXYGEN SENSOR (O2S)
condition INSPECTION.
Note
• If NGS tester is not used, measure PCM
2N voltages with voltmeter.
8 Inspect for open, poor connection and other Yes Repair or replace faulty harness, connector or
problems on the following harnesses, connectors, terminal, then go to Step 26.
and terminals (for fuel injector at each cylinder):
• From main relay to fuel injector
No Go to next step.
• From fuel injector to PCM Is there any trouble?
CONTINUED
F1-65
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
12 Inspect fuel line pressure under trouble condition. Yes Inspect for leakage and injection amount.
☞ TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE SYSTEM ☞ FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION.
INSPECTION, Fuel Line Pressure Inspection. Replace faulty fuel injector, then go to Step 26.
Is fuel line pressure okay? No Go to next step.
13 Inspect pressure regulator. Yes Go to next step.
cardiagn.com
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, PRESSURE REGULATOR No Replace pressure regulator, then go to Step 26.
INSPECTION.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, PRESSURE REGULATOR
Is it okay?
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION,
14 Inspect air suction: Yes Repair or replace source of air suction, then
• From air cleaner to throttle body go to Step 26.
• From throttle body to dynamic chamber
• From dynamic chamber to intake manifold
Visually inspect for cracks and damage, and No Go to next step.
inspect fluctuation after spraying rust penetrating
agent, then select air suction area.
• Can air suction confirmed?
15 Inspect for air suction in vacuum hose, which has Yes Repair or replace source of air suction, then
negative pressure on intake manifold, in the same go to Step 26.
manner as previous step.
No Go to next step,
Can air suction be confirmed?
16 Inspect fuel line pressure under trouble condition. Yes Go to Step 22.
☞ TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE SYSTEM
INSPECTION, Fuel Line Pressure Inspection. No Go to next step.
Is fuel line pressure okay?
17 Inspect fuel pump maximum pressure. Yes Go to next step.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL PUMP UNIT
INSPECTION, Fuel Pump Maximum Pressure No Replace fuel pump body, then go to Step 26.
Inspection. ☞ FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAL/
Is it okay? INSTALLATION.
18 Inspect for clogging in fuel filter (high-pressure). Is Yes Go to next step.
there foreign material in fuel on fuel pump side of
filter? No Go to Step 20.
19 Inspect inside of fuel tank for foreign material and Yes Replace fuel filter (high-pressure), then go to Step 26.
stains. ☞ FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL FILTER (HIGH-
Is inside of fuel tank okay? PRESSURE) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.
No Clean inside of fuel tank and fuel filter (low-pressure).
Replace fuel filter, then go to Step 26.
20 Inspect for leakage and clogging in fuel line from Yes Go to next step.
distributor to fuel pump.
No Repair or replace source of fuel leakage or clogging,
Is it okay? then go to Step 26.
CONTINUED
F1-66
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
24 Warning Yes Air gets in from poor sealing on head gasket or other
• Removing the radiator cap when the areas between combustion chamber and engine
radiator is hot is dangerous. Scalding coolant passage.
coolant and steam may shoot out and Repair or replace faulty parts, then go to Step 26.
cause serious injury.
• When removing the radiator cap, wrap a
cardiagn.com
thick cloth around and turn it slowly.
Remove radiator cap. Implement procedure to
bleed air from engine coolant, then run engine at
idle. Are there any small bubbles, which make
engine coolant white at filling opening?
No Go to next step.
Note
• Large bubbles are normal since they are
remaining air coming out from engine
coolant passage.
CONTINUED
F1-67
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DTC P1250 PRESSURE REGULATOR CONTROL (PRC) solenoid valve circuit malfunction
DETECTION Open or short circuit is observed in PRC solenoid valve when Ignition switch is turned on
CONDITION
• PRC solenoid valve malfunction
• Poor connection of connectors at PRC solenoid valve and/or PCM
• Short to power supply circuit in wiring from PRC solenoid valve B to PCM terminal 2T
• Short to GND in wiring from PRC solenoid valve terminal B to PCM terminal 2T
POSSIBLE CAUSE • Short to GND in wiring from PRC solenoid valve terminal A to main relay terminal D
• Open circuit in wiring from PCM terminal 2T and/or 2C to engine GND
• Open circuit in wiring from PRC solenoid valve terminal B to PCM terminal 2T
• Open circuit in wiring from PRC solenoid valve terminal A to man relay terminal D
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Verify stored DTC. Yes Inspect for open circuit in following wiring harnesses,
Have DTCs P0100, P0335, P0443 and/or P0505 then go to Step 9.
been stored? • Main relay terminal D-IAC valve, PRC solenoid
valve, MAF sensor, CMP sensor, purge solenoid
valve
• Between PCM terminal 2C and engine ground.
No Go to next step.
cardiagn.com
2 Does PRC solenoid valve connector or PCM Yes Repair or replace connector, then go to Step 9.
connector have poor connection? No Go to next step.
3 Disconnect PRC solenoid valve connector. Yes Go to next step.
Turn ignition switch on. No Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring harness.
Is there battery positive voltage at harness side (between main relay terminal D and PRC solenoid
connector terminal A? valve terminal A), then go to Step 9.
4 Disconnect PCM connector. PRC solenoid valve is Yes Go to next step.
disconnected.
Is there continuity between PRC solenoid valve
harness side connector terminal B and PCM harness No Repair open circuit, then go to Step 9.
side connector terminal 2T?
5 Is there continuity between PCM harness side Yes Repair short to power supply circuit, then
connector terminals 2T and 1B? go to Step 9.
No Go to next step.
6 Is there continuity from PCM harness side connector Yes Repair short to GND circuit, then go to Step 9.
terminal 2T to body GND? No Go to next step.
7 Is PRC solenoid valve okay? Yes Go to next step.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, PRESSURE REGULATOR
CONTROL (PRC) SOLENOID VALVE No Replace PRC solenoid valve, then go to Step 9.
INSPECTION
8 Clear DTC from memory. Yes Go to Step 1.
Is same DTC present after performing "AFTER No Intermittent poor connection in wiring harnesses or
REPAIR PROCEDURE"? connectors. Repair connectors and/or harnesses,
then go to next step.
CONTINUED
F1-68
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
CONTINUED
F1-69
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING
FOREWORD
• Before proceeding with the following troubleshooting.
(1) Refer to section Gl to understand the basic troubleshooting procedure.
(2) Perform the diagnostic trouble code inspection.
(3) If the diagnostic trouble code is displayed, proceed with inspection steps for the code.
(4) When the engine can be started, perform "ENGINE TUNE-UP".
cardiagn.com
7 Engine runs rough/rolling idle
and engine shakes excessively.
Engine speed continues at fast idle after warm-up. Engine runs after
8 Fast idle/runs on
ignition switch is turned off.
Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of deceleration or recovery
9 Low idle/stalls during deceleration
from deceleration.
Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of acceleration or during
Engine stalls/quits Acceleration/cruise
acceleration. Engine stops unexpectedly while cruising.
Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise Engine speed fluctuates during acceleration or cruising.
Misses Acceleration/cruise Engine misses during acceleration or cruising.
10
Acceleration/cruise/
Buck/jerk Vehicle bucks/jerks during acceleration, cruising, or deceleration.
deceleration
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration Momentary pause at beginning of acceleration or during acceleration.
Surges Acceleration/cruise Momentary minor irregularity in engine output.
11 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise Performance is poor under load (e.g. power down when climbing hills).
Sound is produced when air/fuel mixture is ignited by something other
12 Knocking/pinging Acceleration/cruise
than spark plug (e.g. hot spot in combustion chamber).
13 Poor fuel economy Fuel economy is unsatisfactory.
14 Emissions compliance Emission compliance test is failed.
15 High oil consumption/leakage Oil consumption is excessive.
16 Cooling system concerns Overheating Engine runs at higher than normal temperature/overheats.
CONTINUED
F1-70
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Hydrolocked engine
Improper dipstick
Flywheel seized
cardiagn.com
Troubleshooting item
1 Melting of main or other fuses
2 Will not crank x x x x x x
3 Hard to start/long crank/erratic start/erratic crank
4 Engine stalls After start/at idle X x x
5 Cranks normally but will not start X x x
6 Slow return to idle
7 Engine runs rough/rolling idle x x
8 Fast idle/runs on
9 Low idle/stalls during deceleration
Engine stalls/quits Acceleration/cruise x x
Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise x x
Misses Acceleration/cruise x x
10 Acceleration/cruise/
Buck/jerk x x
deceleration
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration x x
Surges Acceleration/cruise x x
11 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise x x
12 Knocking/pinging Acceleration/cruise x x
13 Poor fuel economy x x x x
14 Emissions compliance x x x x
15 High oil consumption/leakage x x x
16 Cooling system concerns Overheating x x X x
17 Cooling system concerns Runs cold x
18 Exhaust smoke x x
19 Fuel odor (in engine compartment)
20 Engine noise x x x
21 Vibration concerns (engine) x x
22 A/C does not work sufficiently.
A/C is always on/A/C compressor runs continuously
23
24 A/C is not cut off under WOT conditions
25 Exhaust sulphur smell
26 Intermittent concerns x
27 Constant voltage
CONTINUED
F1-71
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Possible factor
misadjustment
resistance)
Fuel quality
cardiagn.com
Troubleshooting item
1 Melting of main or other fuses
2 Will not crank
3 Hard to start/long crank/erratic star/erratic crank x x x x x x x
4 Engine stalls After start/at idle x x x x x x x x x x x
5 Cranks normally but will not start x x x x x x x x x x
6 Slow return to idle x
7 Engine runs rough/rolling idle x x x x x x x x x
8 Fast idle/runs on x
9 Low idle/stalls during deceleration x x
Engine stalls/quits Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x
Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x
Misses Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x
10 Acceleration/cruise/
Buck/jerk deceleration x x x x x x x x
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration x x x x x x x x
Surges Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x x
11 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x
12 Knocking/pinging Acceleration/cruise x
13 Poor fuel economy x x x x
14 Emissions compliance x x x x x
15 High oil consumption/leakage
16 Cooling system concerns Overheating
17 Cooling system concerns Runs cold
18 Exhaust smoke x x x
19 Fuel odor (in engine compartment)
20 Engine noise x x
21 Vibration concerns (engine) x
22 A/C does not work sufficiently.
A/C is always on/A/C compressor runs
23 continuously
24 A/C is not cut off under WOT conditions
25 Exhaust sulphur smell x
26 Intermittent concerns x x x x x x
27 Constant voltage
F1-72 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Possible factor
Fuel pump body malfunction (Mechanical or electrical
Troubleshooting item
cardiagn.com
Melting of main or other fuses 1
Will not crank 2
x x x x x x x x x Hard to start/long crank/erratic start/erratic crank 3
x x x x x x x x x x After start/at idle Engine stalls 4
x x x x x x x x x x x Cranks normally but will not start 5
x Slow return to idle 6
x x x x x x x x x Engine runs rough/rolling idle 7
x Fast idle/runs on 8
x x Low idle/stalls during deceleration 9
x x x x x x x x x x x Acceleration/cruise Engine stalls/quits
x x x x x x x x x x x Acceleration/cruise Engine runs rough
x x x x x x x x x x x Acceleration/cruise Misses
Acceleration/cruise/ 10
x x x x x x x x x x x Buck/jerk
deceleration
x x x x x x x x x x x Acceleration Hesitation/stumble
x x x x x x x x x x x Acceleration/cruise Surges
x x x x x x x Acceleration/cruise Lack/loss of power 11
x x Acceleration/cruise Knocking/pinging 12
x x x x x x x Poor fuel economy 13
x x x x x x x x x Emissions compliance 14
x High oil consumption/leakage 15
Overheating Cooling system concerns 16
Runs cold Cooling system concerns 17
x x x x x x Exhaust smoke 18
x x x Fuel odor (in engine compartment) 19
Engine noise 20
Vibration concerns (engine) 21
A/C does not work sufficiently. 22
A/C is always on/A/C compressor runs
23
continuously
A/C is not cut off under WOT conditions 24
x Exhaust sulphur smell 25
x x x x x x x x Intermittent concerns 26
Constant voltage 27
CONTINUED
F1-73
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Possible factor
Suspension malfunction
Drive line malfunction
Improper ATF level
(Except Europe)
Clutch slippage
Brake dragging
Loose parts
Troubleshooting item
cardiagn.com
1 Melting of main or other fuses
2 Will not crank
3 Hard to start/long crank/erratic start/erratic crank x
4 Engine stalls after start/at idle x x
5 Cranks normally but will not start
6 Slow return to idle
7 Engine runs rough/rolling idle x x x
8 Fast idle/runs on
9 Low idle/stalls during deceleration x x x x x x
Engine stalls/quits acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x
Engine runs rough acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x
Misses acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x
10 acceleration/cruise/
Buck/jerk x x x x x x x
deceleration
Hesitation/stumble acceleration x x x x x x x
Surges acceleration/cruise x x x x x x x
11 Lack/loss of power acceleration/cruise x x x x x
12 Knocking/pinging acceleration/cruise x
13 Poor fuel economy x x
14 Emissions compliance
15 High oil consumption/leakage
16 Cooling system concerns overheating x x
17 Cooling system concerns runs cold
18 Exhaust smoke
19 Fuel odor (in engine compartment)
20 Engine noise x
21 Vibration concerns (engine) x x x
22 A/C does not work sufficiently. x x
A/C is always on/A/C compressor runs continuously x
23
24 A/C is not cut off under WOT conditions x x
25 Exhaust sulphur smell
26 Intermittent concerns x x x x x x
27 Constant voltage x x
CONTINUED
F1-74
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
TO. MODEL .INDEX
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING:
cardiagn.com
- Misses-acceleration/cruise
- Buck/jerk – acceleration/cruise/deceleration
- Hesitation/stumble – acceleration
- Surges – acceleration/cruise FI-91-93
Symptom 11-Lack/loss of power-acceleration/cruise FI-94-96
Symptom 12-Knocking/pinging-acceleration/cruise FI-97
Symptom 13-Poor fuel economy FI-98-99
Symptom 14-Emission compliance FI-100-101
Symptom 15-High oil consumption/leakage FI-101
Symptom 16-Cooling system concerns-overheating FI-102-103
Symptom 17-Cooling system concerns-runs cold FI-103
Symptom 18-Exhaust smoke FI-104-105
Symptom 19-Fuel odor (in engine compartment) FI-106
Symptom 20-Engine noise FI-107
Symptom 21-Vibration concerns (engine) FI-107
Symptom 22-A/C does not work sufficiently FI-108
Symptom 23-A/C is always on (a/c compressor runs continuously FI-109
Symptom 24-A/C does not cut off under wide open throttle (wot) conditions FI-110
Symptom 25-Exhaust sulphur smell FI-111
Symptom 26-Intermittent concerns FI-112
Symptom 27-Constant voltage FI-113-114
CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM 1 MELTING OF MAIN OR OTHER FUSES
cardiagn.com
Generator
Ignition switch
Starter
Ignition coil
Condenser
HEAD (30 A) HEAD fuse
• Generator
A/C (10A) A/C relay
• Generator
WIPER (15 A) WIPER fuse
• A/C relay
• A/C switch
STOP (15 A) STOP fuse
• Brake switch
FUEL INJ (30 A) Main relay
• Fuel injector
• PCM
• PRC solenoid valve
• Purge solenoid valve
• IAC valve
• MAF sensor
• CMP sensor
ROOM (10 A) ROOM fuse
• PCM
ENGINE (15 A) ENGINE fuse
• Main relay
• Fuel pump relay
Fuel pump relay
• Fuel pump
METER (15 A) METER fuse
• PCM
CONTINUED
F1-75
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
4 Do any other electrical accessories work? Yes Go to next step.
No Inspect charging system.
☞ Section G, CHARGING SYSTEM, GENERATOR
INSPECTION
5 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes No DTC is displayed:
Turn ignition switch on. Inspect following:
Retrieve any DTC. • START circuit in ignition switch
Is "NO CODES RECEIVED" or "SYSTEM • Open circuit between ignition switch and starter
PASSED" displayed?
No DTC is displayed:
Go to appropriate DTC test.
Communication error message is displayed:
Inspect for following:
• Open circuit between main relay and PCM
terminal 1B
• Open main relay GND circuit
• Main relay is stuck open.
• Open or poor GND circuit at PCM
• Poor connection of vehicle body GND
6 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
CONTINUED
F1-76
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Inspect for following: Yes Go to next step.
• Vacuum leakage
• Fuel quality (e.g. proper octane, contami-
nation, winter/summer blend)
• Loose bands on intake-air system No Service as necessary.
• Cracks on intake-air system parts
• Air cleaner restriction Are all items okay?
CONTINUED
F1-77
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
Start engine.
Does fuel line pressure remain within ± 20 kPa No Inspect for clogged fuel filter.
2
{0.21 kgf/cm , 3 psi} while driving vehicle?
CONTINUED
F1-78
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
• Fuel leakage from fuel injector
• Fuel injector clogging
• Pressure regulator control (PRC) system malfunction
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always
• keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death
• and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE
• REPAIR PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
CONTINUED
F1-79
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
cranking of engine?
• Open or short circuit between CMP sensor and PCM
terminal 2E
• Open or short circuit in CMP sensor harnesses If CMP
sensor and harness okay, go to next step.
6 Visually inspect CMP sensor. Yes Go to next step.
Is CMP sensor okay? No Replace malfunctioning parts.
7 Inspect for cracks on high-tension leads Yes Repair suspected high-tension lead.
Are there any cracks on high-tension leads? No Go to next step.
8 Is strong blue spark visible at each discon- Yes Go to next step.
nected high-tension lead while cranking If symptom occurs with A/C on, go to Step 14.
engine?
No Inspect for following:
• Open or short circuit in ignition coil
• Open circuit in high-tension leads
• Open circuit between igniter connector GND terminal
and body GND
• Open circuit between ignition switch and ignition coil
• Open circuit between ignition coil and condenser
• Open circuit between condenser and igniter
• Open circuit between ignition coil and igniter
• Open circuit between igniter and PCM terminal 2F
9 Inspect spark plug condition. Yes Spark plug is wet or covered with carbon:
Is spark plug wet, covered with carbon, or Inspect for fuel leakage from injector.
grayish white? Spark plug is grayish white:
Inspect for clogged fuel injector.
No Install spark plugs on original cylinders.
Go to next step.
10 Remove and shake PCV valve. Yes Go to next step.
Does PCV valve rattle? No Replace PCV valve.
11 Is there any restriction in the exhaust system? Yes Inspect exhaust system.
No Go to next step.
CONTINUED
F1-80
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
min.
14 Note Yes Go to next step.
• The following test is for stall concerns
with A/C on. If other symptoms exist, go
to next step.
Connect pressure gauges to A/C low and high No If A/C is always on, go to symptom troubleshooting No.23
pressure side lines. Turn A/C on and measure "A/C is always on / A/C compressor runs continuously".
low side and high side pressure. For other symptoms, inspect following:
☞ Section U, REFRIGERANT SYSTEM • Refrigerant charging amount
SERVICE PROCEDURE, REFRIGER-
ANT PRESSURE CHECK
Is pressure within specifications?
15 Disconnect vacuum hose between purge Yes Inspect if purge solenoid valve sticks to open.
solenoid valve and dynamic chamber from Inspect evaporative emission control system.
purge solenoid side. Plug opening end of
vacuum hose.
Start engine. No Go to next step.
Is engine stall now eliminated?
16 Is air leakage felt or heard at intake-air system Yes Repair or replace.
components while racing engine to higher
speed? No Go to next step.
CONTINUED
F1-81
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
• Inadequate fuel pressure
POSSIBLE
• Fuel pump body mechanical malfunction
CAUSE
• Fuel leakage from injector
• Fuel injector is clogged.
• Purge solenoid valve malfunction
• Pressure regulator control (PRO) system malfunction
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described In this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Verify following: Yes Go to next step.
• Vacuum connection
• External fuel shut off or accessory (kill
switch, alarm etc.)
• Fuel quality (e.g. proper octane, contami-
nation, winter/summer blend)
• No air leakage from intake-air system
• Proper sealing of intake manifold and
components attached to intake manifold No Service as necessary.
(e.g. IAC valve) Repeat Step 11.
• Ignition wiring
• Electrical connections
• Fuses
• Smooth operation of throttle valve
CONTINUED
F1-82
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
4 Does engine start with throttle closed? Yes Go to Step 18.
No Go to next step.
5 Will engine start and run smoothly at part Yes Inspect IAC valve and wiring harness.
throttle? No Go to next step.
6 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes Go to next step.
Access RPM PID. No Inspect for following:
Is RPM PID indicating engine speed when • Open or short circuit in CMP sensor
cranking engine? • Open or short circuit between CMP sensor and PCM
terminal 2E
• Open or short circuit in CMP sensor harnesses
If CMP sensor and harness are okay, go to next step.
7 Visually inspect CMP sensor. Yes Go to next step.
Is CMP sensor okay? No Replace malfunctioning parts.
8 Inspect for cracks on high-tension leads. Yes Repair suspected high-tension leads.
Is there any cracks on high-tension leads? No Go to next step.
9 Is strong blue spark visible at each Yes Go to next step.
disconnected high-tension lead while cranking
No Inspect for following:
engine?
• Open or short circuit in ignition coil
• Open circuit in high-tension leads
• Open circuit between igniter connector GND terminal
and body GND
• Open circuit between ignition switch and ignition coil
• Open circuit between ignition coil and condenser
• Open circuit between condenser and igniter
• Open circuit between ignition coil and igniter
• Open circuit between igniter and PCM terminal 2F
10 Inspect spark plug conditions. Yes If spark plug is wet or covered with carbon, inspect for fuel
Is spark plug wet, covered with carbon, or leakage from injector.
grayish white? If spark plug is grayish white, inspect for clogged fuel
injector.
No Install spark plugs on original cylinders.
Go to next step.
11 Remove and shake PCV valve. Yes Go to next step.
Does PCV valve rattle? No Replace PCV valve.
12 Is there any restriction in exhaust system? Yes Inspect exhaust system.
No Go to next step.
CONTINUED
F1-83
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
15 Disconnect vacuum hose between purge Yes Inspect if purge solenoid valve sticks to open mechanically.
solenoid valve and dynamic chamber from Inspect evaporative emission control system.
purge solenoid valve side.
Plug opening end of vacuum hose.
Start engine. No Go to next step.
Is starting condition improved?
16 Is air leakage felt or heard at intake-air system Yes Repair or replace.
components while racing engine to higher
speed? No Go to next step.
CONTINUED
F1-84
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
reading, inspect ECT sensor.
If temperature gauge on instrument cluster indicates cold
range but ECT V PID is normal, inspect temperature gauge
and heat gauge unit.
3 Is throttle body free of contamination? Yes Inspect for air leakage from intake-air system components
while racing engine to higher speed.
No Clean or replace throttle body.
4 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
CONTINUED
F1-85
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
CAUSE
• Engine overheating
• Vacuum leakage
• Pressure regulator control (PRC) system malfunction
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
CONTINUED
F1-86
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
steering wheel right to left.
Is PSP SW PID okay?
6 Visually inspect CMP sensor. Yes Go to next step.
Is CMP sensor okay? No Replace malfunctioning parts.
7 Inspect for cracks on high-tension leads. Yes Repair suspected high-tension leads.
Are there any cracks on high-tension leads? No Go to next step.
8 Inspect spark plug conditions. Yes Spark plug is wet or covered with carbon:
Is spark plug wet, covered with carbon, or Inspect for fuel leakage from injector.
grayish white? Spark plug is grayish white:
Inspect for clogged fuel injector.
No Install spark plugs on original cylinders.
Go to next step.
9 Start engine and disconnect IAC valve con- Yes Go to next step.
nector.
Does rpm drop or engine stall? No Inspect IAC valve and wiring harness.
10 Install fuel pressure gauge between fuel main Yes Go to next step.
pipe and fuel distributor. No Zero or low
Start engine and run it at idle. Inspect fuel pump circuit
Measure fuel line pressure at idle. Inspect for open fuel pump relief valve
Is fuel line pressure correct at idle? Inspect for fuel leakage inside pressure regulator
Fuel line pressure Inspect for clogged main fuel line
210—250 kPa Inspect PRC solenoid valve, related vacuum hose
2
{2.1—2.6 kgf/cm , 30—36 psi} and harnesses
High
• Inspect pressure regulator for high pressure cause
• Inspect for clogged fuel return line
11 Visually inspect for fuel leakage at fuel injector, Yes Go to next step.
O-ring, and fuel line. Service as necessary.
Does fuel line pressure hold after ignition
switch is turned off? No Inspect pressure regulator diaphragm condition.
Fuel line pressure If condition is okay, inspect fuel injector.
2
More than 150 kPa {1.5 kgf/cm ,21 psi} for 5 If condition is not okay, replace pressure regulator.
min.
CONTINUED
F1-87
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
No Go to next step.
16 Is engine compression correct? Yes Inspect valve timing.
No Inspect for causes.
17 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
CONTINUED
F1-88
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
3 Is there air leakage felt or heard at intake-air Yes Repair or replace parts as necessary.
system components while racing engine to
higher speed? No Verify accelerator cable free play.
4 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
CONTINUED
F1-89
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
3 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes No DTC is displayed:
Turn ignition switch on. Go to next step.
Retrieve any DTC.
No DTC is displayed:
Is "NO CODES RECEIVED" or "SYSTEM
Go to appropriate DTC test.
PASSED" displayed?
4 Does idle speed drop or stall when discon- Yes Go to next step.
necting IAC valve?
No Inspect following:
• Circuit from IAC valve to PCM connector terminal 2W for
open and short
• IAC valve for sticking If okay, go to next step.
5 Disconnect vacuum hose between purge Yes Inspect evaporative emission control system.
solenoid valve and dynamic chamber from
purge solenoid valve side.
Plug opening end of vacuum hose.
No Go to next step.
Drive vehicle.
Does engine condition improve?
6 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting No.26 for "Intermittent
Access TP V, MAP V, VS, BRK SW and NL concerns".
SW PIDs.
Monitor each PID while driving vehicle.
• TP V PID No TP V PID: Inspect TP sensor.
• MAF V PID MAF V PID: Inspect MAF sensor.
• VS PID BRK VS PID: Inspect VSS.
• SW PID BRK SW PID: Inspect brake switch.
• NL SW PID
NL SW PID: Inspect neutral switch and clutch switch.
Are PIDs okay?
☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, PCM INSPECTION
7 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
CONTINUED
F1-90
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
• Vacuum leakage
• Poor fuel quality
• Spark leakage from high-tension leads
• Air cleaner restriction
• PCV valve malfunction
• Improper valve timing due to jumping out of timing belt
• Restriction in exhaust system
• Intermittent open or short in fuel pump circuit
POSSIBLE • Inadequate fuel pressure
CAUSE • Fuel pump mechanical malfunction
• Fuel leakage from fuel injector
• Fuel injector clogging
• Intermittent open or short of MAF sensor, TP sensor and VSS
• Clutch slippage
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Verify following: Yes Go to next step.
• Vacuum connection
• Air cleaner element
• No air leakage from intake-air system
• No restriction of intake-air system
• Proper sealing of intake manifold and
components attached to intake manifold
(e.g. IAC valve) No Service as necessary.
• Ignition wiring Repeat Step 1.
• Fuel quality (e.g. proper octane, contami-
nation, winter/summer blend)
• Electrical connections
• Smooth operation of throttle valve
Are all items okay?
CONTINUED
F1-91
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, PCM INSPECTION VS PID:
Inspect for open circuit of VSS and related wire harness
intermittently.
5 Visually inspect CMP sensor. Yes Go to next step.
Is CMP sensor okay? No Replace malfunctioning parts.
6 Inspect spark plug condition. Yes Spark plug is wet or covered with carbon:
Is spark plug wet, covered with carbon, or Inspect for fuel leakage from fuel injector.
grayish white? Spark plug is grayish white:
Inspect for clogged fuel injector.
No Install spark plugs on original cylinders.
Go to next step.
7 Remove and shake PCV valve. Yes Go to next step.
Does PCV valve rattle? No Replace PCV valve.
8 Verify that throttle lever is resting on throttle Yes Go to next step.
valve stop screw and/or throttle valve orifice
plug. No Adjust as necessary.
Is lever in correct position?
9 Are there restrictions in the exhaust system? Yes Inspect exhaust system.
No Go to next step.
10 Install fuel pressure gauge between fuel main Yes Go to next step.
pipe and fuel distributor.
Connect jumper wire between F/P terminal at No Zero or low:
DLC in engine compartment and GND. Inspect fuel pump circuit.
Turn ignition switch on. Inspect for open fuel pump relief valve.
Is fuel line pressure correct with ignition switch Inspect for fuel leakage inside pressure regulator.
on? Inspect for clogged main fuel line.
Fuel line pressure High:
270—310kPa Inspect pressure regulator for high pressure cause.
2
{2.7—3.2 kgf/cm , 39—45 psi} Inspect for clogged fuel return line.
11 Visually inspect for fuel leakage at fuel injector, Yes Go to next step.
O-ring, and fuel line. Service as necessary.
Does fuel line pressure hold after ignition switch
is turned off? No Inspect pressure regulator diaphragm condition.
Fuel line pressure If condition is okay, inspect fuel injector.
2
More than 150 kPa {1.5 kgf/cm , 21 psi} for If condition is not okay, replace pressure regulator.
5 min.
CONTINUED
F1-92
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
solenoid valve and dynamic chamber from Inspect evaporative emission control system.
purge solenoid valve side.
Plug opening end of vacuum hose.
Drive vehicle. No Go to next step.
Does engine condition improve?
15 Is engine compression correct? Yes Inspect following:
• Valve timing
• Clutch
No Inspect for cause.
16 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
CONTINUED
F1-93
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
• Fuel leakage from fuel injector
• Fuel injector clogging
• Intermittent open or short of MAP sensor, TP sensor and VSS
• Clutch slippage
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
CONTINUED
F1-94
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
Go to next step.
7 Remove and shake PCV valve. Yes Go to next step.
Does PCV valve rattle? No Replace PCV valve.
8 Is there restriction in exhaust system? Yes Inspect exhaust system.
No Go to next step.
9 Install fuel pressure gauge between fuel main Yes Go to next step.
pipe and fuel distributor.
Connect jumper wire between F/P terminal at No Zero or low:
DLC in engine compartment and GND. Inspect fuel pump circuit.
Turn ignition switch on. Inspect for open fuel pump relief valve.
Is fuel line pressure correct with ignition switch Inspect for fuel leakage inside pressure regulator.
on? Inspect for clogged main fuel line.
Fuel line pressure High:
270—310 kPa Inspect pressure regulator for high pressure cause.
2
{2.7—3.2 kgf/cm , 39—45 psi} Inspect for clogged fuel return line.
10 Install vacuum gauge to intake manifold. Yes Go to next step.
Start engine. No Connect vacuum hose to pressure-regulator.
Does fuel pressure gauge reading increase as Start engine.
vacuum gauge reading decreases and/or does Verify that fuel pressure gauge reading changes as vacuum
fuel pressure gauge reading decrease as changes.
vacuum reading increases? If it changes, inspect vacuum line.
If it does not change, replace pressure regulator.
11 Note Yes Go to next step.
• Following test is for engine stalling with
A/C on concern. If other symptoms exist,
go to next step.
Connect pressure gauge to A/C low and high No If A/C is always on, go to symptom troubleshooting No.23
side pressure lines. "A/C always on/ A/C compressor runs continuously".
Turn A/C on and measure low side and high For other symptoms, inspect following:
side pressure. • Refrigerant charging amount
Is the pressure within specifications?
☞ Section U, REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
SERVICE PROCEDURES, REFRIGER-
ANT PRESSURE CHECK
12 Inspect for A/C cut off operation. Yes Go to next step.
Does A/C cut-off work properly? No Inspect A/C cut-off system components.
CONTINUED
F1-95
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
CONTINUED
cardiagn.com
F1-96
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
POSSIBLE Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
CAUSE • Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE
REPAIR PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes Go to next step.
Access ECT P1D.
cardiagn.com
Verify ECT PID is less than 116°C {241 °F}
No Inspect cooling system for cause of overheating.
while driving.
Is ECT PID less than specification?
2 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes No DTC is displayed:
Turn ignition switch on. Go to next step.
Retrieve any DTC. No DTC is displayed:
Is "NO CODES RECEIVED" or "SYSTEM Go to appropriate DTC test.
PASSED" displayed?
3 Is engine compression correct? Yes Go to next step.
No Inspect for cause.
4 Install fuel pressure gauge between fuel main Yes Go to next step.
pipe and fuel distributor. No Zero or low:
Start engine and run it at idle.
Inspect fuel pump circuit.
Measure fuel line pressure at idle.
Inspect for open fuel pump relief valve.
Is fuel line pressure correct at idle?
Fuel line pressure Inspect for fuel leakage inside pressure regulator.
Inspect for clogged main fuel line.
210—250kPa
2
{2.1—2.6 kgf/cm , 30—36 psi} High:
Inspect pressure regulator for high pressure cause.
Inspect for clogged fuel return line.
5 Install vacuum gauge to intake manifold. Yes Inspect ignition timing.
Start engine. No Connect vacuum hose to pressure regulator.
Does fuel pressure gauge reading increase as
Start engine.
vacuum gauge reading decreases and/or does
fuel pressure gauge reading decrease as Verify that fuel pressure gauge reading changes as vacuum
vacuum reading increases? changes.
If it changes, inspect vacuum line.
If it does not change, replace pressure regulator.
6 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
CONTINUED
F1-97
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
cardiagn.com
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Inspect following: Yes Go to next step.
• Air cleaner element for contamination
• Automatic transmission fluid level
• Fuel quality No Service as necessary.
• Coolant level Are all items okay? Repeat Step 1.
2 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes No DTC is displayed:
Turn ignition switch on. Go to next step.
Retrieve any DTCs.
Is "NO CODES RECEIVED" or "SYSTEM No DTC is displayed:
PASSED" display? Go to appropriate DTC test.
3 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes Go to next step.
Access ECT PID.
Drive vehicle while monitoring PID. No Inspect for coolant leakage, cooling fan operation, or
☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, PCM INSPECTION thermostat operation.
Is PID within specification?
4 Is strong blue spark visible at each discon- Yes Inspect for following:
nected high-tension lead while cranking en- • Spark plug malfunction
gine? Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
If okay, go to next step.
No Inspect the following:
• High-tension leads
• Ignition coil and connector
5 Install fuel pressure gauge between fuel main Yes Go to next step.
pipe and fuel distributor. No Zero or low:
Start engine and run it at idle. Inspect fuel pump circuit.
Measure fuel line pressure at idle. Inspect for open fuel pump relief valve.
Is fuel line pressure correct at idle? Inspect for fuel leakage inside pressure regulator.
Fuel line pressure Inspect for clogged main fuel line.
210—250kPa High:
2
{2.1—2.6 kgf/cm , 30—36 psi} Inspect pressure regulator for high pressure cause.
Inspect for clogged fuel return line.
CONTINUED
F1-98
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
CONTINUED
cardiagn.com
F1-99
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Inspect following: Yes Go to next step.
• Vacuum lines for leakage or blockage
• Electrical connections
• Proper maintenance schedule followed No Service as necessary.
• Intake-air system and air cleaner element Repeat Step 1.
concerns: obstructions, leakage or dirt
Are all items okay?
2 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes No DTC is displayed:
Turn ignition switch on. Go to next step.
Retrieve any DTC.
No DTC is displayed:
Is "NO CODES RECEIVED" or "SYSTEM
Go to appropriate DTC test.
PASSED" displayed?
3 Is any other drivability concern present? Yes Go to appropriate symptom troubleshooting.
No Go to next step.
4 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Access ECT PID. Yes Go to next step.
Warm up engine and run it at idle. Is ECT PID
correct? No Inspect for coolant leakage, cooling fan operation or
thermostat operation.
5 Is strong blue spark visible at each discon- Yes Inspect for following:
nected high-tension lead while cranking en- • Spark plug malfunction
gine? Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
If okay, go to next step.
No Inspect following:
• High-tension leads
• Ignition coil and connector
6 Install fuel pressure gauge between fuel main Yes Go to next step.
pipe and fuel distributor. No Zero or low:
Start engine and run it at idle. Inspect fuel pump circuit.
Measure fuel line pressure at idle. Inspect for open fuel pump relief valve.
Is fuel line pressure correct at idle? Inspect for fuel leakage inside pressure regulator.
Fuel line pressure Inspect for clogged main fuel line.
210—250 kPa { High:
2.1—2.6 kgf/cm2, 30—36 psi} Inspect pressure regulator for high pressure cause.
Inspect for clogged fuel return line.
CONTINUED
F1-100
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
DESCRIPTION • Oil consumption is excessive.
• PCV valve malfunction
POSSIBLE • Improper dipstick
CAUSE • Improper engine oil viscosity
• Engine internal parts malfunction
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Remove and shake PCV valve. Yes Go to next step.
Does PCV valve rattle? No Replace PCV valve.
2 Inspect for following: Yes Inspect internal engine parts such as valves, valve
• External leakage guides, valve stem seals, cylinder head drain passage,
• Proper dipstick piston rings.
• Proper engine oil viscosity
No Service as necessary.
Are all items okay?
Repeat Step 2.
3 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
CONTINUED
F1-101
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
• Radiator condition
• Collapsed or restricted radiator hoses No Service as necessary.
• Radiator pressure cap Repeat Step 1.
• Overflow system
• Fan rotational direction
• Fuses
Are all items okay?
2 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes No DTC is displayed:
Turn ignition switch on. Go to next step.
Retrieve any DTC.
No DTC is displayed:
Is "NO CODES RECEIVED" or "SYSTEM
Go to appropriate DTC test.
PASSED" displayed?
3 Start engine and run it at idle speed. Yes Go to Step 5.
Turn A/C switch on. No Inspect for following and repair or replace as necessary:
Does A/C compressor engage? • Refrigerant charging amount
• Open circuit between A/C relay and PCM terminal 1J
• Seized A/C magnetic clutch
• A/C magnetic clutch malfunction
If all Items are okay, go to next step.
4 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes Go to next step.
Access A/C SW PID on NGS tester. No Inspect for following:
Start engine and run it at idle speed. • Refrigerant pressure switch operation
Turn A/C switch on. • A/C switch stuck open
Does A/C SW PID read ON? • Open or short circuit between refrigerant pressure
switch and PCM terminal 1Q
• Open circuit of blower motor fan switch and resistor
(if blower motor does not operate)
• Evaporator temperature sensor and A/C amplifier
5 Is drive belt okay? Yes Go to next step.
No Replace drive belt.
6 Is there any leakage around heater unit in Yes Inspect and service heater for leakage.
passenger compartment? No Go to next step.
7 Is there any leakage at coolant hoses and/or Yes Replace malfunctioning parts.
radiator? No Go to next step.
CONTINUED
F1-102
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
8 Cool down engine. Yes Engine coolant temperature and thermostat are okay,
Remove thermostat and inspect operation. inspect engine block for leakage or blockage.
☞ Section E, THERMOSTAT, No Access ECT V PID on NGS tester.
THERMOSTAT INSPECTION Inspect for both ECT V and temperature gauge readings.
Is thermostat okay? If temperature gauge on instrument cluster indicates normal
range but ECT V is not same as temperature gauge
reading, inspect ECT sensor.
If temperature gauge on instrument cluster indicates
overheating but ECT V is normal, inspect temperature
gauge and heat gauge unit.
9 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
cardiagn.com
compartment heat" only? No Go to next step.
2 Does engine speed continue at fast idle? Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting No.8 "Fast idle/runs on".
No Go to next step.
3 Remove thermostat and inspect operation. Yes Access ECT V PID on NGS tester.
☞ Section E, THERMOSTAT, Inspect for both ECT V PID and temperature gauge on
THERMOSTAT INSPECTION instrument cluster readings.
Is thermostat okay? If temperature gauge on instrument cluster indicates
normal range but ECT V PID is not same as temperature
gauge reading, inspect ECT sensor.
If temperature gauge on instrument cluster indicates cold
range but ECT voltage is normal, inspect temperature
gauge and heat gauge unit.
No Replace thermostat.
4 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
CONTINUED
F1-103
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Warning
cardiagn.com
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 What color is smoke coming from exhaust Blue Burning oil is indicated. Go to next step.
system? White Water in combustion is indicated. Go to Step 3.
Black Rich fuel mixture is indicated. Go to Step 4.
2 Remove and shake PCV valve. Yes Inspect for following:
Does PCV valve rattle? • Damaged valve guide, stems or valve seals
• Blocked oil drain passage in cylinder head
• Piston rings are not seated, seized or worn
• Damaged cylinder bore
If other drivability symptoms are present, return to diagnostic
index to service any additional symptoms.
No Replace PCV valve.
3 Does cooling system hold pressure? Yes Inspect for following:
• Cylinder head gasket leakage
• Intake manifold gasket leakage
• Cracked or porous engine block
If other drivability symptoms are present, return to diagnostic
index to service any additional symptoms.
No Inspect for cause.
4 Inspect for following: Yes Go to next step.
• Air cleaner restriction
• Collapsed or restricted intake-air system No Service as necessary,
• Restricted fuel return line Repeat Step 4.
Are all items okay?
5 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes No DTC Is displayed:
Turn ignition switch on. Retrieve any DTC. Go to next step.
Is "NO CODES RECEIVED" or "SYSTEM No DTC is displayed:
PASSED" displayed? Go to appropriate DTC test.
CONTINUED
F1-104
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
• Ignition coil and connector
9 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
CONTINUED
F1-105
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
POSSIBLE Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
CAUSE • Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
cardiagn.com
Service as necessary.
Install fuel pressure gauge between fuel main
pipe and fuel distributor.
Start engine and run it at idle.
Then stop engine. Does fuel line pressure No Inspect pressure regulator for high pressure cause.
remain at specification for 60 seconds when
ignition switch is turned on and off?
Fuel line pressure
210—250 kPa
{2.1—2.6 kgf/cm 2, 30—36 psi}
CONTINUED
F1-106
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
No Go to next step.
3 Is rattling sound present? Yes Inspect location of rattle for loose parts.
No Go to next step.
4 Is hissing sound present? Yes Inspect following:
• Vacuum leakage
• Spark plug looseness
• Intake-air system leakage
No Go to next step.
5 Is rapping or roaring sound present? Yes Inspect exhaust system for loose parts.
No Go to next step.
6 Is knocking sound present? Yes Go to symptom troubleshooting No.12 "Knocking/ pinging".
CONTINUED
F1-107
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
compressor magnetic clutch connector? clutch coil.
Specification
More than 10.5V No Go to next step.
3 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes Inspect for stuck open A/C relay.
Access A/C SW PID on NGS tester. Replace as necessary.
Start engine.
Turn A/C switch on and set blower fan at any
speed. No Go to next step.
Does A/C SW PI Dread ON?
4 Disconnect refrigerant pressure switch con- Yes Inspect for following:
nector. • Refrigerant charging amount
Connect a jumper wire between terminals of • Refrigerant pressure switch operation
refrigerant pressure switch connector. No Inspect for following:
Start engine and turn A/C switch on. • A/C switch is stuck open.
Does A/C work? • Open circuit between refrigerant pressure switch and
PCM terminal 1Q
• Open circuit of blower motor fan switch and resistor (if
blower motor does not operate)
• Evaporator temperature sensor and A/C amplifier
• Open circuit between A/C amplifier and refrigerant
pressure switch
5 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
CONTINUED
F1-108
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
shorts to battery power circuit.
If circuit is okay, inspect magnetic clutch engagement or
clearance.
3 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes Inspect for short to GND circuit between refrigerant
Access A/C SW PID on NGS tester. pressure switch and PCM terminal 10.
Start the engine and turn A/C switch on.
Read A/C SW PID while disconnecting re-
frigerant pressure switch connector.
Note
• A/C SW PID should read OFF when dis- No Go to next step.
connecting connector. If A/C SW PID
reading remains ON, short to GND circuit
may be present.
Does A/C SW PID reading remain ON?
4 Reconnect refrigerant pressure switch Yes Inspect for following:
connector. • Short to GND circuit between A/C switch and A/C
Read A/C SW PID while turning off A/C switch. amplifier
Note • Short to GND circuit between A/C amplifier and
• A/C SW PID should read OFF when turn- refrigerant pressure switch
ing A/C switch off. If A/C SW PID reading
remains ON, short to GND circuit may be No Inspect for stuck closed A/C switch.
present.
Does A/C SW PID reading remain ON?
5 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
CONTINUED
F1-109
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM 24 A/C DOES NOT CUT OFF UNDER WIDE OPEN THROTTLE (WOT) CONDITIONS
DESCRIPTION • A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not disengage under WOT.
• TP sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE • TP sensor misadjustment
CAUSE • TP sensor is loosely installed.
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Does A/C compressor disengage when A/C Yes Go to next step.
switch is turned off? No Go to symptom troubleshooting No.23 "A/C is always on /
A/C compressor runs continuously".
2 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes No DTC is displayed:
Turn ignition switch on. Inspect TP sensor for proper adjustment.
Retrieve any DTC.
Is "NO CODES RECEIVED" or "SYSTEM No DTC is displayed:
PASSED" displayed? Go to appropriate DTC test.
3 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms,
CONTINUED
cardiagn.com
F1-110
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
POSSIBLE Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
CAUSE • Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Are any drivability or exhaust smoke concerns Yes Go to appropriate flow chart.
present? No Go to next step.
cardiagn.com
2 Inspect following: Yes Go to next step.
• Electrical connections
No Service as necessary.
• Vacuum lines Are all items okay?
Repeat Step 2.
3 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes No DTC is displayed:
Turn ignition switch on. Go to next step.
Retrieve any DTC.
Is "NO CODES RECEIVED" or "SYSTEM No DTC is displayed:
PASSED" displayed? Go to appropriate DTC test.
4 Install fuel pressure gauge between fuel filter Yes Go to next step.
and fuel distributor. No Zero or low:
Start engine and run it at idle.
Inspect fuel pump circuit.
Is fuel line pressure correct at idle? Inspect for open fuel pump relief valve.
Fuel line pressure Inspect for fuel leakage inside pressure regulator.
210—250kPa Inspect for clogged main fuel line.
2
{2.1—2.6 kgf/cm ,30—36 psi} High:
Inspect pressure regulator for high pressure cause.
Inspect for clogged fuel return line.
5 Does fuel line pressure remain at specification Yes Go to next step.
for 60 seconds when ignition switch is turned
on?
Fuel line pressure No Inspect pressure regulator for high pressure cause.
210—250kPa
{2.1—2.6 kgf/cm 2, 30—36 psi}
6 Inspect charcoal canister for fuel saturation. Is Yes Replace charcoal canister.
excessive amount of liquid fuel present in
No Inspect fuel tank vent system.
canister?
If fuel tank vent system is okay, since sulfur content can
vary in different fuels, suggest trying a different brand.
If fuel tank vent system is not okay, repair or replace
malfunctioning parts.
7 Verify test results. If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
CONTINUED
F1-111
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
2 Connect NGS tester to DLC. Yes Inspect each wire for corrosion, bent or loose terminal
If input is switch-type component, turn on crimps.
manually.
Turn ignition switch on.
Access PIDs for suspect component.
Lightly tap on suspect component, wiggle and No Go to next step.
pull each wire/connector at suspect component
or PCM.
Are any PID values out of range, or do they
suddenly change and go back into range?
cardiagn.com
3 Start engine. Yes Inspect each wire for corrosion, bent or loose terminal
Lightly tap on suspect component, wiggle and crimps.
pull each wire/connector at suspect component
or PCM.
No Go to next step.
Are any PID values out of range, or do they
suddenly change and go back into range?
4 Start engine. Yes Fault occurred while spraying component:
Accurately spray water on suspect component Replace part and verify repair.
wire, component or vacuum line related to Fault occurred while spraying wiring:
possible fault area. Inspect each wire for corrosion, bent or loose terminals
Are any PID values out of range, or do they and poor wire terminal crimps.
suddenly change and go back into range, or was Fault occurred while spraying vacuum line:
there a noticeable engine misfire/ stumble? Repair vacuum hoses.
No Inspect wire and connector at suspect component for
corrosion, bent or loose terminals, poor wire terminal crimps
and high tension of wire. Repair as necessary.
CONTINUED
F1-112
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
terminal and GND circuit at TP sensor No Go to Step 8.
connector.
Is voltage greater than 10.5 volts and within
1.0 volt of battery voltage?
4 Note Yes Go to Step 7.
• The purpose of this step is to determine if
NGS tester is communicating with PCM.
Turn ignition switch on. No Go to next step.
Attempt to access ECT PID. Can ECT PID be
accessed?
5 Turn ignition switch off. Yes Go to next step.
Leave TP sensor and variable resistor (Except
Europe) connector disconnected.
Disconnect PCM connector.
Turn ignition switch on. No Repair open circuit between PCM terminal 1B and main
Measure voltage between PCM connector relay.
terminals 1B and 2B.
Is voltage greater than 10.5 volts?
6 Leave TP sensor, variable resistor (Except Yes Inspect for constant voltage at TP sensor and variable
Europe) and PCM connectors disconnected. resistor (Except Europe) connector again.
Disconnect NGS tester from DLC. If constant voltage is still out of range, replace PCM.
Measure resistance between PCM connector
terminals 2K and 2B. No Repair constant voltage circuit short to GND.
Is resistance greater than 10,000 ohms?
7 Turn ignition switch off. Yes Inspect for constant voltage at TP sensor and variable
Leave TP sensor and variable resistor (Except resistor (Except Europe) connector again.
Europe) connector disconnected. If constant voltage is still out of range, replace PCM.
Disconnect PCM connector.
Measure resistance between PCM connector
terminal 2K and constant voltage circuit at No Repair open constant voltage circuit.
appropriate sensor connector.
Is resistance less than 5.0 ohms?
8 Note Yes Go to next step.
• The purpose of this step is to determine if
NGS tester is communicating with PCM.
Reconnect TP sensor and variable resistor
(Except Europe) connector.
No Go to Step 10.
Turn ignition switch on.
Attempt to access ECT PID.
Can ECT PID be accessed?
CONTINUED
F1-113
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
• IAT sensor
• MAF sensor No Inspect for open GND circuit.
• TP sensor
• Variable resistor (Except Europe)
Is each resistance less than 5.0 ohms?
CONTINUED
F1-114
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
DIAGNOSTIC INSPECTION Procedure
Spark Plug Condition Inspection Purpose 1. Remove the spark plug.
Inspecting spark plugs condition can determine whether 2. Inspect spark plug condition.
problem is related to a specific cylinder or to all cylinders. 3. Go to appropriate troubleshooting chart for further
information.
Warning Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair
procedures.
cardiagn.com
POSSIBLE Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
CAUSE
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE
REPAIR PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Is spark plug wet/covered with carbon by engine Yes Working up and down inspect all areas related to oil.
oil? No Go to next step.
2 Inspect spark plug for following: Yes Go to next step.
• Cracked insulator
• Heating value
No Replace spark plug.
• Air gap
• Worn electrode Is spark plug okay?
3 Inspect compression pressure at suspected faulty Yes Go to next step.
cylinder.
☞ Section B1, COMPRESSION INSPECTION No Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Is compression pressure correct?
4 Install all spark plugs. Yes Go to next step.
Carry out spark test at suspected faulty cylinder.
Is strong blue spark visible? (Compare with No Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
normal cylinder)
5 Carry out fuel line pressure inspection. Yes Inspect fuel injector for following:
☞ TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE SYSTEM • Open or short in injector
INSPECTION. Fuel Line Pressure Inspection • Leakage
Is fuel line pressure correct? • Injection volume
Fuel line pressure No Zero or low:
270—310 kPa {2.7—3.2 kgf/cm 2, 39—45 psi} Inspect fuel pump circuit.
Inspect for fuel pump relief valve open.
Inspect for fuel leakage inside pressure regulator.
Inspect for clogged main fuel line.
High:
Inspect pressure regulator for high pressure cause.
Inspect for clogged fuel return line.
CONTINUED
F1-115
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
2 Remove suspected fuel injector. Inspect for Yes Inspect for open circuit between suspected fuel injector
following: terminal and PCM connector terminal.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL INJECTOR
INSPECTION
• Resistance No Replace fuel injector.
• Fuel injection volume Are all above items
okay?
cardiagn.com
• Air/fuel mixture—Too rich
• Compression—Low compression
• Clogging in intake/exhaust system
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
POSSIBLE Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
CAUSE • Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death
and damage. Fuel can also Irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE
REPAIR PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Is air cleaner element free of restriction? Yes Go to next step.
No Replace air cleaner element.
2 Carry out spark test. Yes Go to next step.
Is strong blue spark visible at each cylinder? No Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3 Carry out fuel line pressure inspection. Yes Go to next step.
☞ TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE SYSTEM No Zero or low:
INSPECTION. Fuel Line Pressure Inspection
Inspect fuel pump circuit.
Is fuel line pressure correct?
Inspect for fuel pump relief valve open.
Fuel line pressure Inspect for fuel leakage inside pressure regulator.
2
270—310 kPa {2.7—3.2 kgf/cm , 37—45 psi} Inspect for clogged main fuel line.
High:
Inspect pressure regulator for high pressure cause.
Inspect for clogged fuel return line.
4 Inspect following PIDs: Yes Go to next step.
☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, PID/DATA MONITOR
INSPECTION
• MAF V No Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
• ECT
• FHO2S (When engine can be started)
Are PIDs okay?
5 Carry out purge control inspection. (When engine Yes Go to next step.
can be started) Is purge control correct?
No Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
6 Carry out compression inspection. Yes Inspect for clogging in exhaust system.
Is compression correct? No Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
F1-116 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM 4 Grayish white with all plugs
• Air/fuel mixture—Too lean
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
POSSIBLE • Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
CAUSE sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious Injuries or death
and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE
REPAIR PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
cardiagn.com
☞ TROUBLESHOOTING, ENGINE SYSTEM ☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, PID/DATA MONITOR
INSPECTION, Fuel Line Pressure Inspection INSPECTION
Is fuel line pressure correct? • MAF V
• ECT
Fuel line pressure
• FHO2S (When engine can be started)
270—310 kPa {2.7—3.2 kgf/cm 2, 37—45 psi} Inspect for PCM GND condition.
No Zero or low:
Inspect fuel pump circuit.
Inspect for fuel pump relief valve open.
Inspect for fuel leakage inside pressure regulator.
Inspect for clogged main fuel line.
High:
Inspect pressure regulator for high pressure cause.
Inspect for clogged fuel return line.
CONTINUED
F1-117
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Inspection Using an Oscilloscope (Reference) Finding unusual signals
Purpose While referring to the diagnostic trouble code inspection
Using an oscilloscope, inspection such as stuck section of the on-board diagnostic system, use the
solenoid valve is made possible without actually PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD function to inspect the
removing parts. input signal system relating to the problem.
1. Turn the ignition on and run it at idle. You can assume
that any signals that are out of specifications by a wide
margin are unusual.
2. When recreating the problem, any sudden change in
monitor input signals that is not consciously created by
the driver can be judged as unusual.
cardiagn.com
the engine itself. If this is not done, the
measured voltage and actual voltage may differ.
• After connecting the pin to a waterproof
coupler, confirming continuity and measuring
the voltage, inspect the waterproof connector
for cracks. If there are any, use sealant to fix
them. Failure to do this may result in
deterioration of the harness or terminal from
water damage, leading to problems with the
vehicle.
TROUBLESHOOTING
(2) If the sensor and NGS voltages are the same, (2) If the sensor and NGS voltages are the same,
inspect the following points concerning the sensor inspect the following points concerning the
connector. If there are no problems, proceed to next sensor connector. If there are no problems,
investigation below. proceed to next investigation below.
• Female terminal opening looseness • Female terminal opening looseness
• Coupler (pin holder) damage • Coupler (pin holder) damage
• Pin discoloration (blackness) • Pin discoloration (blackness)
• Harness/pin crimp is loose or disconnected. • Harness/pin crimp is loose or disconnected.
Investigate the standard power supply system Investigate the electrical supply system
(1) Confirm that the #3 terminal is at 5 V. 1. Confirm that the sensor #3 terminal is B+.
(1) If the measured voltage on the #3 terminal is 5 V, (1) If the measured voltage on the #3 terminal is B+,
inspect the following points on the sensor inspect the following points on the sensor
connector. If there is no problem, proceed to next connector. If there is no problem, proceed to next
investigation below. investigation below.
(3) Female terminal opening looseness • Female terminal opening looseness
(4) Coupler (pin holder) damage • Coupler (pin holder) damage
(5) Pin discoloration (blackness) • Pin discoloration (blackness)
(2) If the #3 terminal measures other than 5 V, (2) If the #3 terminal measures other than B+, inspect
inspect for the following. for the following.
• Open or short circuit in harness • Open or short circuit in harness
• Harness/pin crimp is loose or disconnected.
cardiagn.com
• Harness/pin crimp is loose or disconnected.
Investigate the GND system Investigate the GND system
1. Confirm that terminal sensor #5 is at 0 V. 1. Confirm that terminal sensor #4 is at 0 V.
(1) If it is at 0 V, inspect the sensor. If necessary, (1) If it is at 0 V, inspect the sensor. If necessary,
replace the sensor. replace the sensor.
(2) If not, inspect for the following. Open or short (2) If not at 0 V, inspect for the following. Open circuit
circuit in harness Female terminal opening in harness Female terminal opening looseness
looseness Coupler (pin holder) damage Pin Coupler (pin holder) damage Pin discoloration
discoloration (blackness) Harness/pin crimp is (blackness) Harness/pin crimp is loose or
loose or disconnected. disconnected.
Variable resistance type 2 (Mass air flow (MAP) sensor) Thermistor type (Intake air temperature (IAT) and
engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensors)
TROUBLESHOOTING
(2) If the sensor and NGS voltages are the same, • Pin discoloration (blackness)
inspect for the following points concerning the • Harness/pin crimp is loose or disconnected.
sensor connector. If there are no problems,
proceed to next investigation below, ENGINE SYSTEM INSPECTION
• Female terminal opening looseness Main Relay Operation Inspection
• Coupler (pin holder) damage 1. Verify that the main relay clicks when the ignition switch
• Pin discoloration (blackness) is turned to on and off.
• Harness/pin crimp is loose or disconnected.
cardiagn.com
• Main relay
• Harness and connector between ignition switch and
main relay
TROUBLESHOOTING
Idle Air Control (IAC) Inspection (3) Verify that DTC P0505 is not displayed. If DTC
Engine coolant temperature (ECT) compensation P0505 is shown, carry out DTC inspection.
inspection (4) Select the SIMULATION TEST function on the
1. Connect the SSTs (NQS tester) to DLC. NGS display.
(5) Change the duty value of the IAC valve to 100%
using the IACV PID.
(6) Verify that the idle speed increases.
① If the idle speed increases, replace the PCM.
② If the idle speed does not change, inspect the
following.
• IAC valve air passage
• Open or short circuit between IAC valve
connector terminals and PCM connector
terminal 2W
4. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature
and run it at idle.
5. Select the PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD
2. Select the PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD function on the NGS display.
function on the NGS display.
6. Select the following PIDs.
3. Select the following PIDs.
• ECT • A/C SW
• IACV • IAC V
cardiagn.com
• RPM • PSP SW
• RPM
4. Verify that the engine is cold, then start the engine.
5. Verify that the engine speed decreases as the 7. Turn the electrical loads on and verify that the engine
engine warms up. speed is within the specification.
6. If the engine speed does not decrease or decreases
slowly, carry out the following. Engine speed (rpm)
1
• ECT sensor inspection Load condition Idle-up speed (rpm)*
2
• IAC valve inspection P/S ON*
700—800 (750 ± 50)
A/CON*3
Load compensation inspection
*1 Excludes temporary idle speed drop just after the
1. Start the engine and run at idle. electrical loads (E/L) are turned on.
2
2. Disconnect the IAC valve connector and verify that the * : Steering wheel is fully turned.
3
engine rotation changes. * : A/C switch and fan switch are on.
Note
• Excludes temporary idle speed drop just after the
electrical loads are turned on.
CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
jumper wire.
5. Turn the ignition switch on and measure the fuel line 3. Connect the negative battery cable.
pressure.
Caution
Specification
2 • Connecting the wrong DLC terminals may
270—310 kPa {2.7—3.2 kgf/cm , 39—45 psi}
possibly cause a malfunction. Carefully connect
the specified terminals only.
6. Turn off the ignition switch and disconnect the jumper
wire.
4. Short the DLC terminal F/P to body GND using a jumper
7. If the pressure is higher than specified, inspect the fuel wire.
pump maximum pressure. If normal, inspect fuel return
hose or the pressure regulator for clogging.
8. If the pressure is lower than specified, measure the fuel
line pressure while pinching the return hose.
Specification
2
More than 150 kPa {1.5 kgf/cm , 21 psi}
• If the fuel line pressure quickly increases, inspect
the pressure regulator and PRC solenoid valve.
8. If the pressure is lower than specified, measure the fuel
line pressure while pinching the return hose.
CONTINUED
F1-122
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Inspection 1
1. Connect the SSTs (NGS tester) to the DLC.
cardiagn.com
Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. 7. Turn the PRC solenoid valve from off to on and inspect if
• To prevent this, always complete the "BEFORE the fuel pressure changes.
REPAIR PROCEDURE". (1) If the pressure changes, inspect the following.
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR • ECT, IATDC and TP V PIDs
PROCEDURE.) (Refer to CONTROL SYSTEM, PID/DATA
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. MONITOR INSPECTION.)
2. Connect a fuel pressure gauge between the fuel filter and (2) If the pressure does not change, do as follows.
fuel distributor. ① Select the SIMULATION TEST function on the
NGS display.
② Select IDLING TEST mode.
③ Select PRCV PID.
④ Press START.
⑤ Turn the PRC solenoid valve from off to on and
inspect if the operation sound of the valve is
heard.
⑥ If the operating sound is heard, inspect the
pressure regulator.
⑦ It the operating sound is not heard, inspect the
PRC solenoid valve.
Inspection 2
1. Connect the SSTs (NGS tester) to the DLC.
3. Connect the negative battery cable.
4. Measure the fuel line pressure under the following
conditions.
Specifications
2
Condition Fuel pressure [kPa {kgf/cm , psi}]
210—250
{2.1—2.6,
Idling
30—36}
During 120 270—310
sec. of hot {2.7—3.2, 210—250 270—310 2. Turn the ignition switch on.
start 39—45} {2.1—2.6, {2.7—3.2, 3. Select the SIMULATION TEST function on the NGS
30—36} 3&—45} display.
After 120 210—250
sec. of hot {2.1—2.6, 4. Turn the PRC solenoid valve from off to on using the
start 30—36} PRCV PID and inspect if the operating sound is heard.
(1) If the operating sound is heard, inspect for a
Not Normal Not Normal loose or damaged vacuum hose. (Pressure
Judgment Normal (Perform (Perform regulator—PRC solenoid valve—intake manifold)
Inspection 1) Inspection 2) (2) If the operating sound is not heard, inspect the
PRC solenoid valve)
CONTINUED
F1-123
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Fuel Injector Operation Inspection
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 While cranking engine, inspect for fuel injector Yes Fuel injector operation is okay.
operating sound at each cylinder using a No Not heard at all cylinders:
soundscope. Is operating sound heard? Go to next step.
Not heard at some cylinders:
Go to Step 3.
2 Carry out main relay operation inspection. Yes Inspect following:
Is main relay operation okay? • Fuel injector power system related wiring harnesses
and connectors
• PCM connectors
• Fuel injector GND and related wiring harnesses and
connectors
No Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3 Change fuel injector connector of not operating Yes Go to next step.
fuel injector and operating fuel injector.
Is operating sound heard? No Replace fuel injector.
4 Are wiring harnesses and connectors of not Yes Inspect PCM terminal voltage of fuel injector signal.
operating fuel injector okay? (Open or short) No Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
cardiagn.com
Fuel Cut Control Inspection Fuel Pump Operation Inspection
1. Warm up engine and let it idle. 1. Connect the SSTs (NGS tester) to the DLC.
2. Turn off the electrical loads and A/C switch.
3. Connect the SSTs (NGS tester) to the DLC.
CONTINUED
F1-124
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Fuel Pump Control Inspection 4. Increase the engine speed and verify the ignition timing
1. Connect the SSTs (NGS tester) to the DLC. is advanced.
5. If the ignition timing is not advanced, carry out the
following.
• CMP sensor inspection
• MAP sensor inspection
cardiagn.com
2. Turn the ignition switch on.
3. Select the SIMULATION TEST function on the NGS
display.
4. Select IG ON TEST mode.
5. Select FP RLY PID.
6. Press START.
7. Turn the fuel pump relay from off to on and inspect if
the operating sound of the fuel pump relay is heard.
Specification
BTDC 9°—11°(10° ± 1°)
CONTINUED
F1-125
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Spark Test
1. Remove the fuel pump relay.
2. Verify that each high-tension lead and connector is connected properly.
3. Inspect the ignition system in the following procedure.
Warning
• High voltage in the ignition system can cause strong electrical shock which can result in serious injury. Avoid
direct contact to the vehicle body during the following spark test.
cardiagn.com
4 Is igniter okay? Yes Go to next step.
No Replace igniter.
5 Is ignition coil winding resistance okay? Yes Go to next step.
No Replace ignition coil.
6 Are distributor cap and rotor okay? Yes Go to next step.
No Replace distributor cap or rotor.
7 Are following parts okay? Yes Inspect for open or short in wiring harness and
• CMP sensor connector of CMP sensor.
• PCM terminal 2F voltage
Specification No Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Approx. 1.5 V
CONTINUED
F1-126
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Purge Control Inspection A/C CUT-OFF CONTROL INSPECTION
1. Start the engine. 1. Start the engine.
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose between the purge 2. Turn the A/C switch and fan switch on.
solenoid valve and the charcoal canister. 3. Verify that the A/C compressor magnetic clutch
3. Put a finger to the purge solenoid valve and verify that actuates.
there is no vacuum applied when the engine is cold. 4. If it does not actuate, go to symptom troubleshooting
4. If there is a vacuum, inspect the following. No.22 "A/C does not work sufficiently".
• Wiring harness and connectors (Purge solenoid Note
valve—PCM terminal 2X)
• Specification of A/C cut-off control time is from 2
• Purge solenoid valve to 5 seconds.
5. Warm up the engine to the normal operating 5. Fully open the throttle valve in a short period and verify
temperature. that the A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not
6. Stop the engine. actuate.
7. Connect the SSTs (NGS tester) to DLC. 6. If it actuates, inspect the following.
(1) Connect the SSTs (NGS tester) to DLC.
cardiagn.com
8. Turn the ignition switch on. (2) Turn the A/C switch off.
9. Select the PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD (3) Turn the ignition switch on.
function on the NGS display. (4) Select the SIMULATION TEST function on the
10. Select ECT PID. NGS display.
11. Verify that the engine coolant temperature is above (5) Select IG ON TEST mode.
60°C {140°F}. (6) Select A/C RLY PID
12. If the SSTs (NGS tester) indicates below 60 °C {140 °F}, (7) Press START.
carry out the ECT sensor inspection.
(8) Turn the A/C relay from off to on and inspect if the
13. Select the SIMULATION TEST function on the NGS operating sound of the relay is heard.
display.
(9) If the operating sound is heard, inspect TP V PID.
14. Select PRGV PID.
(10) If the operating sound is not heard, inspect the
15. Press START. following.
16. Increase the duty value of the purge solenoid valve to • /C relay
50% and inspect if the operating sound of the valve is
heard. • Open or short to GND circuit in wiring
harnesses and connectors (Main relay—A/C
(1) If the operating sound is heard, inspect the loose
relay—PCM terminal 1J)
or damaged vacuum hose. (Intake manifold—
purge solenoid valve—charcoal canister) • A/C related parts
(2) If the operating sound is not heard, carry out the
purge solenoid valve inspection.
CONTINUED
F1-127
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2– 9 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–23/25
GLOW PLUG RELAY INSPECTION . . . . . . . . F2–10 EMISSION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–25
GLOW PLUG CORD INSPECTION . . . . . . . . F2–10 ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . F2–25
ACCELERATOR PEDAL EVAPORATIVE CHAMBER INSPECTION . . . F2–25
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–10/11 EGR VALVE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–26
ACCELERATOR CABLE EGR SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION . . . . . F2–26
INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–11 EGR PIPE, EGR VALVE
IDLING KNOB, IDLING CABLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–26
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–11 CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–27
FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–12 COMPONENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–27
BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . F2–12 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–12 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–28
FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . F2–13/15 POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)
FUEL FILTER DISASSEMBLY/ INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–28/31
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–15/16 NE SENSOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–32
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–16 SENSOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–32/33
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT IDLE SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–33
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–16 CONTROL LEVER POSITION SENSOR
FUEL FILTER AIR BLEEDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–16 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–33/34
SEDIMENTOR WATER DRAINING . . . . . . . . . F2–16 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . F2–35
SEDIMENTOR SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . F2–16/17 DTC READING PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–35
FUEL WARMER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–17 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–35
FUEL INJECTION PUMP (FIP) DTC INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–36/38
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–17 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–39
FUEL INJECTION PUMP (FIP) FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–39
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–17/18 TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE . . . . . . . . F2–39
INJECTION NOZZLE SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . F2–40/60
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–18 SYSTEM INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F2–61/64
CONTINUED
F2–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE TUNE-UP
ENGINE TUNE-UP 4. After adjusting the idle speed, tighten the locknut
securely.
ENGINE TUNE-UP PREPARATION
1. Warm up the engine to normal operating IDLE-UP SPEED ADJUSTMENT
temperature. 1. Perform “Engine tune-up preparation”.
2. Turn the all electrical loads off. 2. Turn all electrical loads off in neutral shift position.
3. Connect a tachometer. 3. Apply vacuum of –53.3 kPa {–400 mmHg, –15.8
inHg} or over to actuator B, and measure the
IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT idle-up speed.
WL WL
1. Perform “Engine tune-up preparation”. ADJUSTING
SCREW B
2. Verify that the idle speed is within the specification. ADJUSTING
SCREW C
Specification
700—740 (72020) rpm
LOCKNUT B
3. If not within the specification, adjust the idle speed
by turning the IAS (idle adjustment screw).
ACTUATOR A
LOCKNUT
5.9—8.8 N·m ACTUATOR B
cardiagn.com
{60—90 kgf·cm,
53—78 in·lbf}
WL, WL Turbo
ADJUSTING
SCREW B
IAS ADJUSTING
SCREW C
LOCKNUT B
LOCKNUT Specification
11.8—14.7 N·m WL vehicle: 805—855 (83025) rpm
{120—150 kgf·cm,
104—130 in·lbf} WL Turbo, WL (Europe only):
825—875 (85025) rpm
CONTINUED
F2–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE TUNE-UP
Caution
After tightening the FIP mounting nuts and
bolt after loosening them, be sure to
inspect the timing belt tension. If the belt
tension is not inspected, the timing belt and
the camshaft may become damaged. (Refer ATDC 10° (WHITE MARK)
cardiagn.com
to Section B2, TIMING BELT, TIMING BELT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Timing Belt
Installation Note.) Specification
0.95—1.05 mm {0.038—0.041 in}
1. Remove the injection pipes (1.00.05 mm {0.0390.019 in})
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL INJECTION PUMP (FIP)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) 9. If not as specified, adjust by loosening the FIP
2. Remove the cooling fan mounting nut and bolt and turn the FIP.
(Refer to Section E, COOLING FAN, COOLING FAN 10. Tighten the FIP mounting nuts and then the bolt.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Turn the crankshaft pulley at slow rotation to align Tightening torque
the timing mark (BTDC 0° : yellow mark) with 19—25 N·m {1.9—2.6 kgf·m, 14—18 ft·lbf}
indicator pin. MOUNTING NUT
INDICATOR PIN
BTDC 0 °
(YELLOW MARK)
MOUNTING BOLT
F2–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
VACUUM HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM
WL TO POWER
BRAKE UNIT
FICD SOLENOID
VALVE No.1
FICD SOLENOID
VALVE No.2
cardiagn.com
FICD ACTUATOR
VACUUM PUMP
WL TURBO TO POWER
BRAKE UNIT
FICD SOLENOID
VALVE No.2
TO RFW
ACTUATOR
4WD ONLY
FICD SOLENOID
VALVE No.1
EGR VALVE
EGR SOLENOID
VALVE
FICD ACTUATOR
VACUUM PUMP
CONTINUED
F2–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
Warning
When the engine and intake-air system are hot, they can badly burn. Turn off the engine and wait
until they are cool before removing the intake-air system.
WL
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the injection pipe. (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, INJECTION NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
7.9—10.7 N·m
cardiagn.com
{80—110 kgf·cm,
70—95 in·lbf}
18.7—25.4
{1.9—2.6,
13.8—18.8}
2.0—2.9 N·m
{20—30 kgf·cm, 18—26 in·lbf}
2.0—2.9 N·m
{20—30 kgf·cm,
18—26 in·lbf}
7.9—11.7 N·m
{80—120 kgf·cm,
18.7—25.4 70—104 in·lbf}
{1.9—2.6,
13.8—18.8}
8.9—12.7 N·m
R {90—130 kgf·cm,
79—112 in·lbf}
7.9—11.7 N·m
{80—120 kgf·cm,
70—104 in·lbf}
F2–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
WL Turbo
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Drain the engine coolant from radiator.
(Refer to Section E, COOLING SYSTEM, ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT.)
3. Remove the front mud guard.
(Refer to Section S, FRONT FENDER PANEL, FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the injection pipe. (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, INJECTION NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
7. Refill the engine coolant to radiator.
(Refer to Section E, COOLING SYSTEM, ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT.)
STEP 1
cardiagn.com
7.9—11.7 N·m 2.0—2.9 N·m
{80—120 kgf·cm, {20—30 kgf·cm, 18—26 in·lbf}
8.9—12.7 N·m 70—104 in·lbf}
{90—130 kgf·cm,
79—112 in·lbf}
7.9—11.7 N·m
{80—120 kgf·cm,
70—104 in·lbf}
4.9 N·m
{50 kgf·cm, 43 in·lbf}
8.9—12.7 N·m
7.9—11.7 N·m {90—130 kgf·cm,
{80—120 kgf·cm, A 79—112 in·lbf}
70—104 in·lbf}
8.9—12.7 N·m
{90—130 kgf·cm,
79—112 in·lbf}
CONTINUED
F2–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
STEP 2
19—25
{1.9—2.6, 14—18}
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
cardiagn.com
19—25
{1.9—2.6, 14—18}
CONTINUED
F2–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
TURBOCHARGER INSPECTION
Wastegate Actuator Inspection
Caution
Compressed air used in the workshop is
highly pressurized and can damage the
actuator. Adjust the air pressure with a
A
transformer, and inspect the actual
pressure by using an air blower before
actual use. Stop blowing air if the rod
MIRROR
moved. TURBOCHARGER
Note
If scratches are found inside the housing but
cardiagn.com
the fins are okay, the turbocharger is okay.
Scratches are made in the turbocharger made
1. Disconnect the air hose of the wastegate actuator by factory.
on the compressor housing side.
2. Apply the compressed air using the air gun.
3. Note the air pressure when the wastegate actuator
is moved.
Specification
107—115 kPa
{1.09—1.18 kgf/cm2, 15.5—16.8 psi}
WASTEGATE
ACTUATOR
Note MIRROR
To make work accurate, use a penlight to TURBOCHARGER
inspect.
4. Inspect all fins of turbine wheel while rotating the
turbine wheel by hand.
CONTINUED
F2–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
5. If the turbine wheel is interfering with the housing, GLOW PLUG INSPECTION
it is likely that one or more fins are damaged, 1. Remove the glow plug cord.
cracked or bent. Replace the turbocharger. 2. Inspect the resistance between the glow plug
terminal and the cylinder head.
Note
Grinding marks on the shaft are normal. This Specification
mark is for adjusting the shaft balance at the Glow plug resistance
factory. Approx. 0.75 Ω [20 °C {68 °F}]
GLOW PLUG
GRINDING MARK
cardiagn.com
GLOW PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
3. If not as specified, replace the glow plug.
Caution
Do not damage the heated section of the GLOW PLUG RELAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
glow plug. 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Do not reuse a glow plug that has been 2. Remove glow plug relay.
dropped over a height of 10 cm {0.4 in}. 3. Install the glow plug relay.
When removing the glow plug, first loosen
it over one pitch by using a tool, then 8.9—12.7 N·m
loosen by hand. {90—130 kgf·cm,
79—112 in·lbf}
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal. GLOW PLUG
RELAY
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
0.8—15 N·m
{8—15 kgf·cm,
7—13 in·lbf}
CONTINUED
F2–9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
C D
R
cardiagn.com
A B
19—25
{1.9—2.6,
14—18}
A B
: Continuity
Step A B C D
1 B+ GND
2
19—25
{1.9—2.6, 14—18}
3. If there is no continuity, replace the glow plug relay.
(Refer to GLOW PLUG RELAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
If as specified but the
System Inspection is failed, inspect following:
Open circuit
Power circuit (Glow plug relay connector terminal A
R
(1-pin: R/B) and battery) 5.0 N·m {50 kgf·cm, 44 N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
Power circuit (Glow plug relay connector terminal A
123456567 in·lbf}
(2-pin) and PCM connector terminal O)
1 Idling knob
GND circuit (Glow plug relay connector terminal A
(1-pin: R) and glow plug cord) 2 Idling cable
GND circuit (Glow plug relay connector terminal B 3 Brake switch connector
(2-pin) and engine GND)
4 Accelerator cable
Signal circuit (Glow plug relay connector terminal A + Installation Note
(1-pin: R) and PCM connector terminal I)
5 Spring pin
Short circuit 6 Clevis pin
Glow plug relay connector terminal A (1-pin: R/B) 7 E clip
and battery to GND.
8 Pin
Glow plug relay connector terminal A (2-pin) and
PCM connector terminal O to GND. 9 Bushing
Glow plug relay connector terminal A (1-pin: R) 10 Push rod
and PCM connector terminal I to GND. 11 Clevis
4. Repair or replace faulty areas.
5. Install the glow plug relay. 12 Nut
13 Nut
14 Pedal component
+ Installation Note
CONTINUED
F2–10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
LOCKNUT
cardiagn.com
3. If not as specified, adjust by turning locknut.
CONTINUED
F2–11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL SYSTEM
BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
Warning
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily
ignite, causing serious injury and damage.
Always keep sparks and flames away from
fuel.
Warning
Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous.
Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries
or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate
skin and eyes. To prevent this, always
complete the following “Fuel Line Safety
Procedures”.
cardiagn.com
Fuel Line Safety Procedures
Avoid fuel line spills and leaks by completing the
following procedures.
(1) Remove the fuel-filler cap and release the
pressure in the fuel tank.
(2) When disconnecting a fuel hose, wrap a rag
around it to protect against fuel leakage.
(3) Plug the fuel hose after removal.
Warning
Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous.
Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries
or death and damage. When installing the
fuel hose, observe “Fuel Hose Installation”
described below.
F2–12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
Warning
Repairing a fuel tank that has not been properly steam cleaned can be dangerous. Explosion or fire
may cause death or serious injury. Always properly steam clean a fuel tank before repairing it.
cardiagn.com
7.9–10.7 N·m {80—110 kgf·cm, 69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
R
WITH BOX
1.1–2.1 N·m
{11—22 kgf·cm,
10—19 in·lbf}
A B
SEAL
RUBBER
R R
R
2.5—4.6 N·m
{25—47 kgf·cm,
22—40 in·lbf}
2.5—3.5 N·m
{25—36 kgf·cm,
22—26 in·lbf}
11.8—16.6 N·m
{120—170 kgf·cm,
105—147 in·lbf}
11.8—16.6 N·m
{120—170 kgf·cm,
16—22 105—147 in·lbf}
{1.6—2.3, 12—16}
32—46
WITHOUT BOX {3.2—4.7, 24—33}
EUROPE
DRAIN PLUG
26—32 {2.6—3.3, 19—23}
32—46 {3.2—4.7, 24—33}
EXCEPT EUROPE
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
CONTINUED
F2–13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
SEAL R
RUBBER
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm, 69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
R
WITH BOX
B 1.1–2.1 N·m
A
cardiagn.com
{11—22 kgf·cm,
10—19 in·lbf}
2.5—4.6 N·m
{25—47 kgf·cm,
22—40 in·lbf}
2.5—3.5 N·m
{25—36 kgf·cm,
22—26 in·lbf} 11.8—16.6 N·m
{120—170 kgf·cm,
105—147 in·lbf}
11.8—16.6 N·m
16—22 {120—170 kgf·cm,
{1.6—2.3, 12—16} 105—147 in·lbf}
DRAIN HOSE
26—32 {2.6—3.3, 19—23} 32—46 {3.2—4.7, 24—33}
EXCEPT EUROPE
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
CONTINUED
F2–14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
Length
Evaporative hose: 25 mm {0.98 in}
9—12 mm 9—12 mm
{0.36—0.47 in} {0.36—0.47 in}
10 mm {0.39 in}
VIEW A VIEW B
cardiagn.com
specification, and install clamp as shown. (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE.)
Length 6. Bleed air from the fuel filter.
Fuel hose: 25 mm {0.98 in} (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL FILTER AIR BLEEDING.)
7. Start the engine and verify that fuel does not leak
from the fuel system.
8. If fuel leaks, reassemble the fuel filter.
10 mm {0.39 in} WITH FUEL 19—25 {1.9—2.6, 14—18}
WARMER
FUEL HOSE
Length
Breather hose: 25 mm {0.98 in}
10 mm {0.39 in} R
BREATHER HOSE
Length
Joint hose: 35 {1.4 in} CONTINUED
F2–15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
DOWN
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION FLOAT
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL TANK
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
A C
B D
HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
(VIEW FROM TERMINAL SIDE)
CONTINUED
F2–16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Verify that the resistance between terminal A and 5. Set the No.1 cylinder to TDC.
the fuel warmer body is within the specification 6. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
when vacuum of –26.6—–40.0 kPa 7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
{–200—–300mmHg, –7.9—–11.8 inHg} is applied 8. Complete the “AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE”.
to port A of the fuel warmer. (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE.)
9. Inspect injection timing. (Refer to ENGINE
TUNE-UP, INJECTION TIMING ADJUSTMENT.)
10. Check the timing belt tension.
(Refer to Section B2,TIMING BELT, TIMING BELT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Timing Belt Installation
Note.)
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
Specification
2.4—3.4 N·m
Water temperature °C {°F} Resistance (Ω) {25—35 kgf·cm,
22—30 in·lbf} 59—68
20 {68} 0.5—1.5 A
{6.0—7.0,
44—50}
19—25
5. If not as specified, replace the fuel warmer. {1.9—2.6,
14—18}
FUEL INJECTION PUMP (FIP) INSPECTION
Caution
FIP is sealed to maintain proper function.
Special tools and testers are required when A
disassembling the FIP. Disassembling the
FIP without special tools and testers will R
cause a malfunction.
CONTINUED
F2–17
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
3. Remove the pulley with the SST.
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
49 S120 215A
1 Injection pipe
2 Fuel leak pipe
3 Fuel leak washer
4 Injection nozzle
+ Installation Note
5 Nozzle washer
6 Corrugated gasket
FIP PULLY + Installation Note
LOCKNUT
Corrugated Gasket Installation Note
INJECTION NOZZLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Install the bead side facing combustion chamber.
F2–18
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
Note
Adding/subtracting 0.02 mm {0.0008 in}
29—49
{3.0—5.0, thickness shim increases/decreases the
22—36} starting pressure approx. 470 kPa {4.8
kgf/cm2, 68 psi}.
cardiagn.com
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
Caution
Fuel and fuel tank used for the nozzle tester
must be kept clean. Otherwise, foreign
material may get stuck between the nozzle
and the nozzle tester, causing damage.
NORMAL FAULTY FAULTY
ANGLE DIRECTION
F2–19
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
Nozzle Leakage 4. Remove the needle valve from the nozzle body.
1. Connect the injection nozzle to the nozzle tester. 5. Clean the needle valve and the nozzle body with
2. Bleed the air by pumping the nozzle tester handle clean light oil.
several times. 6. Verify that the needle valve moves smoothly in the
3. Apply 8.8 MPa {90 kgf/cm2, 1,280 psi} pressure to nozzle body.
the injection nozzle, and inspect for fuel leakage 7. If not, replace the nozzle assembly.
from the nozzle spray port.
CORRECT WRONG
cardiagn.com
injection nozzle. 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Complete the “BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE”.
Operating Inspection (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR
1. Verify that the needle valve and nozzle body are PROCEDURE.)
not damaged. 3. Remove the FCV.
2. Verify that the nozzle body is not damaged. Hold 4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
the nozzle body upright and insert approximately
two thirds of the needle valve; then see if the
needle valve drops to the valve seat by its own NUT
2.0—2.4 N·m
weight when released. {20—25 kgf·cm,
18—21 in·lbf}
NEEDLE VALVE
FCV
15—25
{1.5—2.6, 11—18}
Off-vehicle Inspection
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the FCV.
3. Connect the battery positive voltage to the FCV
terminal and GND the FCV body,
4. Verify that the FCV stem is drawn into the FCV.
CONTINUED
F2–20
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
: Continuity : Airflow
Terminal Port
Step
A B A B C
1
2 B+ GND
B A
GND B
B+
cardiagn.com
ENGINE SWITCH
If as specified but the “System Inspection” is failed,
A B inspect following:
Vacuum hose improper routing, kinks or leakage.
Open circuit
GND circuit (FICD solenoid valve No.1 connector
A C terminal B and PCM connector terminal C)
GND circuit (FICD solenoid valve No.2 connector
B D terminal B and PCM connector terminal P)
HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR Power circuit (FICD solenoid valve No.1 connector
(VIEW FROM TERMINAL SIDE) terminal A and engine switch connector terminal
IG1)
Short circuit Power circuit (FICD solenoid valve No.2 connector
GND circuit (FCV body and engine switch terminal A and engine switch connector terminal
connector terminal IG1 to GND) IG1)
Power circuit (FCV connector terminal and
engine switch connector terminal IG1 to GND) ENGINE SWITCH
A B
6. Repair or replace faulty areas.
7. Install the FCV.
8. Reconnect the negative battery cable.
A C
FICD SOLENOID VALVE NO.1, NO.2 INSPECTION
System Inspection B D
1. Carry out the “FICD System Inspection”. HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
(Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING, (VIEW FROM TERMINAL SIDE)
SYSTEM INSPECTION, FICD System Inspection.)
2. If not as specified, perform the further inspection
Short circuit
for the FICD solenoid valve No.1, No.2.
GND circuit (FICD solenoid valve No.1 connector
terminal B and PCM connector terminal IG1)
Airflow Inspection
GND circuit (FICD solenoid valve No.2 connector
terminal B and PCM connector terminal P)
Note
Power circuit (FICD solenoid valve No.1 connector
Perform the following test only when directed.
terminal A and engine switch connector terminal
IG1 to GND)
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Power circuit (FICD solenoid valve No.2 connector
2. Remove the FICD solenoid valve No.1, No.2.
terminal A and engine switch connector terminal
(Refer to INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM, INTAKE-AIR
IG1 to GND)
SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Inspect for airflow between ports of the solenoid
5. Repair or replace faulty areas.
valve.
6. Install the FICD solenoid valve No.1, No.2.
7. Reconnect the negative battery cable.
CONTINUED
F2–21
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
Continuity Inspection
Note
Perform the following test only when directed.
FIP
cardiagn.com
A C E G
B D F H
F2–22
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXHAUST SYSTEM
EXHAUST SYSTEM
EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION
1. Start the engine and inspect each exhaust system component for exhaust gas leakage.
2. If leakage is found, repair or replace as necessary.
Warning
When the engine and exhaust system are hot, they can badly burn. Turn off the engine and wait
until they are cool before removing the exhaust system.
WL
cardiagn.com
(R.H.D., L.H.D.)
EUROPE and UK
F2–23
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXHAUST SYSTEM
WL TURBO
cardiagn.com
EUROPE and UK
CONTINUED
F2–24
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXHAUST SYSTEM, EMISSION SYSTEM
Tightening torque
24—35 N·m {2.4—3.6 kgf·m, 18—26 ft·lbf}
OIL PIPE A
cardiagn.com
WATER PIPE that there is no airflow.
F2–25
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EMISSION SYSTEM
EGR VALVE INSPECTION 4. If not as specified, replace the EGR solenoid valve.
WL Turbo for Europe and UK If the EGR solenoid valve is okay, but PCM
Airflow Inspection terminal voltage is out of specification, inspect as
follows and repair or replace as necessary.
Note Vacuum hose improper routing, kinks or leakage.
Perform the following test only when directed.
Open circuit
1. Remove the EGR valve. Power circuit (EGR solenoid valve connector
2. Inspect for airflow between 1 and 2 when vacuum terminal A and PCM connector terminal 1R)
is applied using a vacuum pump as shown in the GND circuit (EGR solenoid valve connector
figure. terminal B and body GND through common
connector)
A B
cardiagn.com
Vacuum (kPa {mmHg, inHg}) Airflow
Short circuit
Below –21.3—–25.3 EGR solenoid valve connector terminal A and PCM
Yes
{–160— –190, –6.3— –7.4} connector terminal 1R.
Except above No 5. Repair or replace faulty areas.
6. Install the EGR solenoid valve connector.
3. If not as specified, replace the EGR valve.
EGR PIPE, EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
EGR SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION WL Turbo for Europe and UK
WL Turbo for Europe and UK 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Airflow Inspection 2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Note 7.9—10.7 N·m
19—25
{80—110 kgf·cm,
Perform the following test only when directed. 69.5—95.4 in·lbf} {1.9—2.6, 14—18}
B A
GND B
B+
C A
123456567
AIR FILTER
CONTINUED
F2–26
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROL SYSTEM
COMPONENT PARTS
WL TURBO
cardiagn.com
WL TURBO
F2–27
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
8.9—12.7 N·m
{90—130 kgf·cm, 78—112 in·lbf}
cardiagn.com
1 PCM connector
2 PCM installation nut
3 PCM
Caution
The PCM terminal voltages vary with
change in measuring conditions and
vehicle conditions. Always carry out a total
inspection of the input systems, output
systems, and PCM to determine the cause
of trouble. Otherwise, a wrong diagnosis
will be made.
Note
With the PCM connector connected, body
ground the voltmeter negative (–) lead and
measure the voltage at each PCM terminal by
inserting the voltmeter positive (+) lead.
F2–28
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
S Q O M K I G E C A O M K I G E C A
T R P N L J H F D B P N L J H F D B
cardiagn.com
C FICD FICD sole- Idle ECT is below 20°C {68°F}. Below Inspect FICD solenoid
control noid valve 1.0 valve No.1.
No.1 + FUEL SYSTEM, FICD
SOLENOID VALVE No No.1,
1
ECT is above 20°C {68°F}. B+
No.2 INSPECTION
Inspect related harness
D Start Engine Engine switch is on. Below Inspect related harness
switch 1.0
(Starter) While cranking Approx.
10
E ECT ECT sensor Engine ECT is 20°C {68°F}. Approx. Inspect engine coolant
switch is on. 3.1 temperature sensor.
+ ECT SENSOR
After warm-up Approx. INSPECTION
0.8 Inspect related harness
F Engine NE sensor Engine switch is on. Approx. Inspect NE sensor.
speed 0 + NE SENSOR
(Input) Idle Approx. INSPECTION
0.05 Inspect related harness
G A/C Temperature Engine Temperature control dial is B+ Inspect microswitch.
(With A/C) control dial switch is on. off and fan switch is off. + Section U, CONTROL
SYSTEM, HEATER
CONTROL UNIT
INSPECTION
Temperature control dial is Below Inspect fan switch.
at position other than off 1.0 + Section U, CONTROL
and fan switch is on. SYSTEM, HEATER
CONTROL UNIT
INSPECTION
Inspect related harness
H – – – – –
H*1 Idle (Control Idle switch Engine Accelerator pedal is de- B+ Inspect idle switch.
lever open switch is on. pressed. + IDLE SWITCH
or close) Accelerator pedal is re- Below INSPECTION
leased. 1.0 Inspect related harness.
*1: Europe and UK
CONTINUED
F2–29
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
While cranking B+
J Power Engine Engine OFF Below Inspect engine switch.
supply switch switch 1.0 + Section T, POWER
SYSTEM,, IGNITION
ON B+ SWITCH INSPECTION
Inspect related harness.
J*1 Control le- Control le- Engine Accelerator pedal is fully Approx. Inspect control lever posi-
ver position ver position switch is on. open. 4.2 tion sensor.
((Detection)) sensor + CONTROL LEVER
Accelerator pedal is fully Approx. POSITION SENSOR
closed. 0.8—1.5 INSPECTION
Inspect related harness.
K Engine Instrument Engine switch is on. B+ Inspect related harness.
speed (Out-
(Out cluster
put) Idle 6.9—7.1
N*1 A/C control A/C relay Engine switch is on. B+ Inspect A/C relay.
(With A/C) + S ti U,
Section U CONTROL
Idle A/C is not operating B+
SYSTEM, A/C RELAY
A/C is operating Below INSPECTION
1.0 Inspect related harness.
N*2 – – – – –
*1: Europe and UK
*2: Turkey and General (R.H.D., L.H.D.) CONTINUED
F2–30
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
While cranking B+
P FICD FICD sole- Idle Temperature control dial Below Inspect FICD solenoid
control noid valve is not at OFF 1.0 valve No.2.
No.2 Engine coolant temper- + FUEL SYSTEM, FICD
ature is below 60°C SOLENOID VALVE No.1,
{140°F}. No.2 INSPECTION
Temperature control dial B+ Inspect related harness.
is not at OFF
Engine coolant temper-
ature is above 60°C
{140°F}.
Q – – – – –
Q*1 Timer TCV Engine switch is on. B+ Inspect TCV.
control + CONTROL SYSTEM,
Idle Below TIMER CONTROL VALVE
1.0 (TCV) INSPECTION
Inspect related harness.
R – – – – –
R*3 EGR valve EGR Engine switch is on. B+ Inspect EGR solenoid
control solenoid valve.
valve + EMISSION SYSTEM,
SYSTEM
Idle Below EGR SOLENOID VALVE
1.0 INSPECTION
Inspect related harness.
S – – – – –
S*1 Diagnostic Data link Engine Open terminal TEN B+ Inspect related harness.
test mode connector switch is on
on.
(DLC) (Ter- Short terminal TEN Below
minal TEN) 1.0
T – – – – –
T*1 DTC output Data link No DTC output Below Inspect related harness.
connector 1.0
(DLC) (Ter
(Ter-
minal FEN) DTC output 0—B+
*1: Europe and UK
*2: Turkey and General (R.H.D., L.H.D.) CONTINUED
*3: WL Turbo for Europe and UK
F2–31
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
Specification
800—920 Ω
Tightening torque
7.9—10.7 N·m A B
{80—110 kgf·cm, 69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
Tightening torque
16—23 N·m {1.6—2.4 kgf·m, 12—17 in·lbf}
CONTINUED
F2–32
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
Note
Perform the following test only when directed. Short circuit
Power supply circuit (Idle switch connector terminal
cardiagn.com
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. E and PCM connector terminal H through common
2. Disconnect the 8-pin connector of FIP. connector to GND)
3. Inspect for continuity between the idle switch 6. Repair or replace faulty areas.
terminal E and ground using an ohmmeter. 7. Reconnect the 8-pin connector of FIP.
Specification Specification
: Continuity Measuring condition Voltage (V)
Measuring
g Terminal Accelerator pedal is fully
condition Approx. 4.2
E GND open.
Not accelerated Accelerator pedal is fully
Approx. 0.8—1.5
Other closed.
CONTINUED
F2–33
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
G E C A
H F D B
Short circuit
Control lever position sensor connector terminal B
and PCM connector terminal A through common
connector to GND
Control lever position sensor connector terminal A
and PCM connector terminal J through common
connector to GND
4. Repair or replace faulty areas.
cardiagn.com
5. Reconnect the 8-pin connector of FIP.
CONTINUED
F2–34
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
49 H018 9A1A
FEN
cardiagn.com
2. Set the select switch on the SST (self-diagnosis
checker) to A.
3. Turn the dial switch on the SST (system selector) DLC
to 1, and the test switch to SELF TEST. GND
4. Turn the engine switch on. TEN +B
5. Verify that the buzzer sounds for approximately
3 seconds and code “88” flashes for 5 seconds. If 4. turn the engine switch on.
DTC is not detected, “00” will then be indicated. 5. The voltmeter indicates the battery positive voltage
for approximately 3 seconds, then indicates 0V.
Note 6. Read the DTCs indicated by the movement of the
If the “88” does not flash, inspect +B terminal of voltmeter’s needle. If DTC is not detected, the
the data link connector, and the related needle does not move.
harnesses and connectors. 7. If any DTCs are indicated, inspect the appropriate
If the “88” flashes and the buzzer sounds more areas and repair as necessary.
than 20 seconds, inspect the harness between 8. After completion of repairs, erase all DTCs from
the PCM terminal and the DLC. If the harness the memory. (Refer to AFTER REPAIR
is normal, replace the PCM and inspect. PROCEDURE.)
9. Remove the voltmeter and the jumper wire.
6. If any DTCs are indicated, inspect the appropriate
areas and repair as necessary. AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
1. After repairs, disconnect the negative battery cable
Note for at least 20 seconds, and depress the brake
A DTC consists of four numbers. They are pedal. Reconnect the negative battery cable.
flashed one by one in the right window on the 2. Warm up the engine to normal operating
display. (“1” is always shown on the left temperature.
window.)
When there are multiple malfunctions, the Note
codes are displayed in numerical order. If the engine will not start, keep the starter
operated for 5-6 seconds.
7. After completion of repairs, erase all DTCs from
the memory. (Refer to AFTER REPAIR 3. Perform the “DTC READING PROCEDURE”
PROCEDURE.) again.
8. Remove the SSTs. 4. Verify that the DTC is not detected.
CONTINUED
F2–35
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
DTC INSPECTION
DTC Table
DTC No. Indicator Pattern Condition
Engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor
09
malfunction
cardiagn.com
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Does ECT sensor or PCM connector have Yes Repair or replace connector, then go to Step 6.
poor connection? No Go to next step.
2 Disconnect ECT sensor connector. Yes Go to next step.
Turn engine switch on. Is there 5 V at No Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring harness. (PCM
connector terminal A? terminal B–ECT sensor terminal B)
3 Is there continuity between connector Yes Go to next step.
terminal A and PCM terminal E? No Repair or replace wiring harness, then go to Step 6.
4 Is ECT sensor okay? Yes Go to next step.
+ CONTROL SYSTEM, ENGINE
COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) No Replace ECT sensor, then go to Step 6.
SENSOR INSPECTION
5 Clear DTC from memory. Yes Go to Step 1.
Is same code No. present after performing No Intermittent poor connection in harnesses or connector.
“After Repair Procedure”? Repair connectors and/or harnesses, then go to next step.
6 Clear DTC from memory. Yes Go to applicable DTC inspection.
Is there any DTC present after performing
“After Repair Procedure”? No Troubleshooting completed.
E A B
J B
CONTINUED
F2–36
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
terminal A–control lever position sensor terminal B)
3 Is there continuity between connector Yes Go to next step.
terminal A and PCM terminal J? No Repair or replace wiring harness, then go to Step 7.
4 Is there continuity between connector Yes Replace control lever position sensor, then go to Step 7.
terminal C and PCM terminal B? No Repair or replace wiring harness, then go to Step 7.
5 Is there continuity between connector Yes Go to next step.
terminal E and PCM terminal H? No Repair or replace wiring harness, then go to Step 7.
6 Is idle switch okay? Yes Go to next step.
+ CONTROL SYSTEMSYSTEM, IDLE SWITCH
INSPECTION No Replace idle switch.
G E C A
A
J B H F D B
CONTINUED
F2–37
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
terminal B and body GND? No Repair or replace wiring harness.
4 Is there continuity between connector Yes Go to next step.
terminal A (R) and glow fuse? No Repair or replace wiring harness.
5 Is glow plug relay okay? Yes Go to next step.
+ INTAKE-AIR
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM,
SYSTEM GLOW PLUG
RELAY INSPECTION No Replace glow plug relay.
CONTINUED
F2–38
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
Battery is in normal condition.
6 Slow return to idle/fast idle Engine takes more time than normal to return to idle speed.
Engine speed continues at fast idle after warm-up.
7 Engine runs rough/rolling idle Engine speed fluctuates between specified idle speed and
lower speed and excessive engine shake.
Idle speed is too slow and engine shakes excessively.
8 Runs on Engine runs after engine switch is turned off.
9 Engine stalls/quits Acceleration/cruise Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of acceleration dur-
ing acceleration or while cruising.
Engine runs rough Acceleration/cruise Engine speed fluctuates during acceleration or cruising.
Misses Acceleration/cruise Engine misses during acceleration or cruising.
Buck/jerk Acceleration/cruise/ Vehicle bucks/jerks during acceleration, cruising, or decel-
deceleration eration.
Hesitation/stumble Acceleration Momentary pause at beginning of acceleration or during ac-
celeration.
Surges Acceleration/cruise Momentary minor irregularity in engine output.
10 Lack/loss of power Acceleration/cruise Performance is poor under load (i.e. power down when
climbing hills).
11 Poor fuel economy Fuel economy is unsatisfactory.
12 High oil consumption/leaks Oil consumption is excessive.
13 Cooling system concerns Overheating Engine runs at higher than normal temperature/overheats.
14 Cooling system concerns Runs cold Engine does not reach normal operating temperature.
15 Excessive black smoke Excessive black smoke is observed in exhaust gas.
16 Engine noise Engine noise from under hood.
17 Vibration concerns (engine) Vibration from under hood or driveline.
18 A/C does not work. A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not engage when A/C
is turned on.
19 A/C always on/A/C compressor runs continuously. A/C compressor magnetic clutch does not disengage.
20 Intermittent concerns Symptom occurs randomly and is difficult to diagnose.
CONTINUED
F2–39
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
TO. MODEL .INDEX
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING:
cardiagn.com
- Buck/jerk – acceleration/cruise/deceleration
- Hesitation/stumble – acceleration
- Surges – acceleration/cruise F2-49-50
Symptom 10-Lack/loss of power-acceleration/cruise F2-51-52
Symptom 11-Poor fuel economy F2-53
Symptom 12-High oil consumption/leaks F2-54
Symptom 13-Cooling system concerns-overheating F2-55
Symptom 14-Cooling system concerns-runs cold F2-55
Symptom 15-Excessive black smoke F2-56
Symptom 16-Engine noise F2-56-58
Symptom 17-Vibration concerns (engine) F2-58
Symptom 18-A/C does not work F2-58-59
Symptom 19-A/C is always on/a/c compressor runs continuously F2-59-60
Symptom 20-Intermittent concerns F2-60
CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM 1 MELTS MAIN OR OTHER FUSE
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Inspect the condition of the fuse.
Deterioration
Shorted harness
fuse
cardiagn.com
Repair shorted harness and replace fuse Replace fuse
CONTINUED
F2–40
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
Disconnect engine switch and starter connec-
tors.
Inspect for electrical connections, loose wire,
bent or corroded terminals.
Inspect
Ins ect for continuity on following circuits:
Engine switch connector terminal STA and No Repair or replace open circuit.
starter terminal S
Battery positive cable and starter magnet
switch terminal B.
Are all circuits okay?
5 Inspect engine switch. Yes Go to next step.
+ Section T, POWER SYSTEM, IGNITION
SWITCH INSPECTION. No Replace engine switch.
Is engine switch okay?
6 Inspect starting system. Yes Inspect for seized/hydrolocked engine, flywheel.
Is starting system okay? + Section H, CLUTCH, FLYWHEEL INSPECTION
No Service as required.
+ Section G, STARTING SYSTEM, STARTER
INSPECTION
CONTINUED
F2–41
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
No Go to next step.
3 Does engine start normally after warm-up? Yes Inspect glow system operation.
+ SYSTEM INSPECTION, Glow System Inspection
Replace any defective parts as necessary.
If quick start system is okay, go to next step.
No Go to next step.
4 Is idle speed correct? Yes Go to next step.
No Adjust idle speed.
+ ENGINE TUNE-UP, IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT
5 Is there any restriction in exhaust system? Yes Repair or replace as necessary.
No Go to next step.
6 Inspect for fuel leakage from fuel pipe. Yes Repair or replace as necessary.
Is any fuel leakage found in fuel pipe? No Go to next step.
7 Measure engine compression. Yes Go to Step 9.
Is compression okay? No Go to next step.
8 Inspect timing belt for the following: Yes Inspect for the following:
Chipping of gear teeth Burnt valve
Low tension Worn piston, piston ring, or cylinder
Breakage, damage, or cracks Damaged cylinder head gasket.
Is timing belt okay? Damaged valve seat.
Worn valve stem or valve guide.
Repair or replace as necessary.
No If tension or timing of timing belt is incorrect, adjust
timing belt.
If timing belt is broken, damaged or cracked, replace
the timing belt.
9 Inspect injection timing. Yes Go to next step.
Is injection timing okay? No Inspect TCV (if equipped).
+ TIMER CONTROL VALVE (TCV) INSPECTION
If TCV is okay, adjust injection timing.
+ ENGINE TUNE-UP, INJECTION TIMING
ADJUSTMENT
CONTINUED
F2–42
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
A/C system improper operation Low engine compression
Glow system malfunction FICD malfunction
STEP INSPECTION RE- ACTION
SULTS
1 Note: Yes Go to “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION” of
The following test should be performed immobilizer system.
on vehicles with immobilizer system.
Go to next step for vehicles without
immobilizer system.
system
No Go to next step.
Does immobilizer indicator light flash and
indicate?
2 Verify the following: Yes Go to next step.
Fuel quality including water contamination
Loose bands on intake-air system
y
Cracks on intake-air system parts No Service as necessary and repeat Step 2.
Air cleaner element restriction
Are all items okay?
3 Is engine overheating? Yes Go to flowchart No.13 for “COOLING SYSTEM
CONCERNS-OVERHEATING”.
No Go to next step.
4 Does engine run normally after warm-up? Yes Go to next step.
No Go to Step 6
5 Inspect glow system operation, Yes Go to next step.
+ SYSTEM INSPECTION, Glow System No Repair or replace any defective part according to glow
Inspection. system operation results.
Is quick start system operation normal? + SYSTEM INSPECTION, Glow System Inspection
6 Note: Yes Go to next step.
If the following test cannot be
performed due to engine stalls, go to
step.
next ste
No If A/C is always on, go to symptom troubleshooting
Connect the pressure gauge to A/C lines. No.19 “A/C always ON/A/C compressor runs continu-
Turn the fan switch on. ously”. For other symptoms, inspect following:
Is pressure within specification? Refrigerant charging amount.
+ section U, REFRIGERANT SYSTEM Cooling fan operation.
SERVICE PROCEDURES,
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK.
CONTINUED
F2–43
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
8 Depress accelerator pedal slightly. Yes Inspect and adjust idle speed.
Crank the engine. + ENGINE TUNE-UP, IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT
If symptom still appears, go to next step.
Does engine start now? No Go to next step.
9 Inspect fuel leakage from fuel pipe. Yes Repair or replace as necessary.
Is any fuel leakage found in fuel pipe? No Go to next step.
10 Measure engine compression. Yes Go to Step 12.
Is compression okay? No Go to next step.
11 Inspect timing belt for the following: Yes Inspect for the following:
Chipping of gear teeth Burnt valve
Low tension Worn piston, piston ring, or cylinder
Breakage, damage, or cracks Damaged cylinder head gasket.
Is timing belt okay? Damaged valve seat
Worn valve seat or valve guide
Repair or replace as necessary.
No If tension or timing of timing belt is incorrect, adjust
timing.
If timing belt is broken, damaged or cracked, replace
timing belt.
12 Inspect injection timing. Yes Go to next step.
Is injection timing okay? No Adjust injection timing.
+ ENGINE TUNE-UP, INJECTION TIMING
ADJUSTMENT
13 Inspect fuel filter for clogging. Yes Go to next step.
Is fuel filter okay? No Replace fuel filter cartridge.
14 Remove injection nozzle. Yes Go to next step.
Inspect injection nozzle for the following: No Clogged nozzle or seized needle valve:
Clogged nozzle Disassemble and clean or replace the injection nozzle.
Seized needle valve Incorrect valve opening pressure:
Incorrect valve opening pressure Adjust injection nozzle opening pressure.
Faulty nozzle gasket Faulty nozzle gasket:
Is injection nozzle okay? Replace nozzle gasket.
15 Is valve clearance correct? Yes Remove FIP.
Inspect FIP.
No Adjust valve clearance.
CONTINUED
F2–44
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
2 Verify the following: Yes Go to next step.
Fuel quality including water contamination
Loose bands on intake-air system
Cracks on intake-air system parts No Service as necessary.
Air cleaner element restriction Repeat Step 2.
Fuses
Are all items okay?
3 Turn engine switch to ON. Yes Go to next step.
Is FCV operation sound heard? No Inspect for the following:
Stuck FCV
Open circuit in FCV
Open wiring harness between engine switch and
FCV.
Poor ground of FCV.
4 Measure engine compression. Yes Go to step 6.
Is compression okay? No Go to next step.
5 Inspect timing belt for the following: Yes Inspect for the following:
Chipping of gear teeth Burnt valve
Low tension Worn piston, piston ring or cylinder
Breakage, damage, or cracks Damaged cylinder head gasket.
Is timing belt okay? Damaged valve seat
Worn valve stem or valve guide
Repair or replace as necessary.
No If tension or timing of timing belt is incorrect, adjust
timing.
If timing belt is broken, damaged or cracked, replace
timing belt.
6 Inspect injection timing. Yes Go to next step.
Is injection timing okay? No Adjust injection timing.
+ ENGINE TUNE-UP, INJECTION TIMING
ADJUSTMENT
7 Inspect fuel filter for clogging. Yes Go to next step.
Is fuel filter okay? No Replace fuel filter cartridge.
8 Remove injection nozzle. Yes Go to next step.
Inspect injection nozzle for the following: No Clogged nozzle or seized needle valve:
Clogged nozzle Disassemble and clean or replace the injection nozzle.
Seized needle valve Incorrect valve opening pressure:
Incorrect valve opening pressure Adjust injection nozzle opening pressure.
Faulty nozzle gasket Faulty nozzle gasket:
Is injection nozzle okay? Replace nozzle gasket.
CONTINUED
F2–45
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION
FICD solenoid valves
+ FUEL SYSTEM, FICD SOLENOID VALVE No.1,
No.2 INSPECTION
FICD actuators.
PCM terminal voltage (J)
+ CONTROL SYSTEM, PCM INSPECTION
Short to ground circuit between FICD solenoid valve
No.1 connector terminal B and PCM connector ter-
minal C.
Short to ground circuit between FICD solenoid valve
No.2 connector terminal B and PCM connector ter-
minal P
Repair or replace any defective part as necessary.
If FICD system is okay, go to next step.
2 Inspect injection timing. Yes Go to next step.
+ ENGINE TUNE-UP, INJECTION TIMING No Adjust injection timing.
ADJUSTMENT. + ENGINE TUNE-UP, INJECTION TIMING
Is injection timing okay? ADJUSTMENT
3 Remove thermostat and inspect operation. Yes Inspect for free play of accelerator cable. Adjust free
+ section E, THERMOSTAT, THERMOSTAT play as necessary.
INSPECTION. If free play is okay, inspect and adjust idle and/or idle-
up speed.
Is thermostat okay? + ENGINE TUNE-UP, IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT
No Replace thermostat.
CONTINUED
F2–46
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
3 Does engine run normally after warm-up? Yes Go to next step.
No Go to Step 5.
4 Inspect glow system operation. Yes Go to Step 6.
+ SYSTEM INSPECTION
INSPECTION, Glow System
Inspection. No Repair or replace any defective part according to glow
system operation results.
Is glow system operation normal? + SYSTEM INSPECTION, Glow System Inspection
CONTINUED
F2–47
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
Is compression okay? No Go to next step.
11 Inspect timing belt for the following: Yes Inspect follows:
Chipping of gear teeth Burnt valve
Low tension Worn piston, piston ring, or cylinder
Breakage, damage, or cracks Damaged cylinder head gasket
Is timing belt okay? Damaged valve seat
Worn valve stem or valve guide
Repair or replace as necessary.
No If tension or timing of timing belt is incorrect, adjust
timing belt.
If timing belt is broken, damaged or cracked, replace
timing belt.
12 Inspect injection timing. Yes Go to next step.
Is injection timing okay? No Inspect TCV (if equipped).
+ TIMER CONTROL VALVE (TCV) INSPECTION
If TCV is okay, adjust injection timing.
+ ENGINE TUNE-UP, INJECTION TIMING
ADJUSTMENT
13 Inspect fuel filter for clogging. Yes Go to next step.
Is fuel filter okay? No Replace fuel filter cartridge.
14 Remove injection nozzle. Yes Go to next step.
Inspect injection nozzle for the following: No Clogged nozzle or seized needle valve:
Clogged nozzle Disassemble and clean or replace the fuel injection
Seized needle valve nozzle.
Incorrect valve opening pressure Incorrect valve opening pressure:
Faulty nozzle gasket Adjust fuel injection nozzle opening pressure.
Is injection nozzle okay? Faulty nozzle gasket:
Replace nozzle gasket.
15 Is valve clearance correct? Yes Remove fuel injection pump.
Inspect fuel injection pump.
No Adjust valve clearance.
CONTINUED
F2–48
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM 8 RUNS ON
DESCRIPTION Engine runs after engine switch is turned off.
POSSIBLE FCV malfunction
CAUSE
STEP INSPECTION RE- ACTION
SULTS
1 Run the engine at idle speed. Yes Inspect for the following:
Disconnect the FCV connector. Short to power line between engine switch and
Verify that the engine stops. FCV.
Does the engine stop? Repair or replace wire harness.
No Inspect for FCV stuck to open.
ENGINE STALLS/QUITS-ACCELERATION/CRUISE
ENGINE RUNS ROUGH-ACCELERATION/CRUISE
MISSES-ACCELERATION/ CRUISE
SYMPTOM 9
BUCK/JERK-ACCELERATION/CRUISE/DECELERATION
HESITATION/STUMBLE-ACCELERATION
SURGES-ACCELERATION/CRUISE
Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of acceleration, during acceleration or while cruis-
cardiagn.com
DESCRIPTION
ing.
Engine speed fluctuates during acceleration or cruising.
Engine misses during acceleration or cruising.
Vehicle bucks/jerks during acceleration, cruising, or deceleration.
Momentary pause at beginning of acceleration or during acceleration.
Momentary minor irregularity in engine output.
POSSIBLE Poor fuel quality Glow system malfunction
CAUSE Starting system malfunction Fuel filter clogged
Air leaks from intake-air system Incorrect injection timing
Air cleaner restriction FIP malfunction
Engine overheating Injection nozzle malfunction
A/C system improper operation Low engine compression
Fuel leakage Clutch slippage
STEP INSPECTION RE- ACTION
SULTS
1 Is idle speed stable? Yes Go to next step.
No Go to flowchart No.7 “ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/ROL-
LING IDLE”.
2 Is engine overheating? Yes Go to flowchart No.13 “COOLING SYSTEM CON-
CERNS OVERHEATING”.
No Go to next step.
3 Does symptom disappear after warm-up? Yes Go to next step.
No Go to Step 5.
4 Inspect for glow system operation. Yes Go to next step.
+ SYSTEM INSPECTION, Glow System No Repair or replace any defective part according to glow
Inspection. system operation results.
Is glow system operation normal? + SYSTEM INSPECTION, Glow System Inspection
5 Connect the pressure gauge to A/C lines. Yes Go to next step.
Turn the blower switch on. No If A/C is always on, go to symptom troubleshooting
Is the pressure within specifications? No.19 “A/C ALWAYS ON/ A/C COMPRESSOR RUNS
+ section U, REFRIGERANT SYSTEM CONTINUOUSLY”. For other symptoms, inspect fol-
SERVICE PROCEDURES, lowing:
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK. Refrigerant charging amount.
Cooling fan operation.
6 Inspect air cleaner for clogging. Yes Go to next step.
Is air cleaner okay? No Clean or replace air cleaner element.
CONTINUED
F2–49
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
9 Remove injection nozzle. Yes Go to next step.
Inspect injection nozzle for the following No Clogged nozzle or seized needle valve:
Clogged nozzle. Disassemble and clean or replace the injection nozzle.
Seized needle valve Incorrect valve opening pressure:
Incorrect valve opening pressure. Adjust injection nozzle opening pressure.
Faulty nozzle gasket. Faulty nozzle gasket:
Is injection nozzle okay? Replace nozzle gasket.
10 Is there any restriction in exhaust system? Yes Repair or replace as necessary.
No Go to next step.
11 Inspect for fuel leakage from pipe. Yes Repair or replace as necessary.
Is any fuel leakage found in fuel pipe? No Go to next step.
12 Inspect fuel filter for clogs. Yes Go to next step.
Is fuel filter okay? No Replace fuel filter cartridge.
13 Measure engine compression. Yes Go to Step 15.
Is compression okay? No Go to next step.
14 Inspect timing belt for the following: Yes Inspect for the following:
Chipping of gear teeth Burnt valve
Low tension Worn piston, piston ring, or cylinder
Breakage, damage, or cracks Damaged cylinder head gasket
Is timing belt okay? Damaged valve seat
Worn valve stem and valve guide
Repair or replace as necessary.
No If tension or timing of timing belt is incorrect, adjust
timing belt.
If timing belt is broken, damaged or cracked, replace
timing belt.
15 Inspect injection timing. Yes Inspect follows:
Is injection timing okay? Clutch slippage
FIP
No Adjust injection timing.
+ ENGINE TUNE-UP, INJECTION TIMING
ADJUSTMENT
CONTINUED
F2–50
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
3 Connect the pressure gauge to A/C lines. Yes Go to next step.
Turn the fan switch on. No If A/C is always on, go to symptom troubleshooting No.19
Is the pressure within specification? “A/C ALWAYS ON/ A/C COMPRESSOR RUNS
+ section U, REFRIGERANT SYSTEM CONTINUOUSLY”. For other symptoms, inspect the
SERVICE PROCEDURES, following:
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK. Refrigerant charging amount.
Cooling fan operation.
4 Inspect air cleaner for clogging. Yes Go to next step.
Is air cleaner okay? No Clean or replace air cleaner element.
5 Note: Yes Retighten the hose band.
The following test should be performed If the concern is resolved, complete the inspection.
on turbocharger equipped model. For If the concern still exists, go to next step.
other models, go to Step 13.
CONTINUED
F2–51
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
13 Remove injection nozzle. Yes Go to next step.
Inspect injection nozzle for the following: No Clogged nozzle or seized needle valve:
Clogged nozzle. Disassemble and clean or replace the injection nozzle.
Seized needle valve Incorrect valve opening pressure:
Incorrect valve opening pressure. Adjust injection nozzle opening pressure.
Faulty nozzle gasket. Faulty nozzle gasket:
Is injection nozzle okay? Replace nozzle gasket.
14 Is there any restriction in exhaust system? Yes Repair or replace as necessary.
No Go to next step.
15 Inspect fuel leakage from pipe. Yes Repair or replace as necessary.
Is any fuel leakage found on fuel pipe? No Go to next step.
16 Inspect fuel filter for clogging. Yes Go to next step.
Is fuel filter okay? No Replace fuel filter cartridge.
17 Note: Yes Go to next step.
The following test should be performed
on vehicles with EGR system. Go to next
step for vehicles without EGR system.
F2–52 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
2 Inspect for idle speed and idle-up speed. Yes Go to next step.
+ ENGINE TUNE-UP,
TUNE-UP IDLE-UP SPEED
ADJUSTMENT. No Go to flowchart No.6 “SLOW RETURN TO
Is idle-up speed within specifications? IDLE/FAST IDLE”.
3 Inspect fuel leakage from pipe. Yes Repair or replace as necessary.
Is any ffuel leakage ffound in ffuel pipe?
? No Go to next step.
4 Remove injection nozzle. Yes Go to next step.
Inspect injection nozzle for the following: No Clogged nozzle or seized needle valve:
Clogged nozzle. Disassemble and clean or replace the injection nozzle.
Seized needle valve Incorrect valve opening pressure:
Incorrect valve opening pressure. Adjust injection nozzle opening pressure.
Faulty nozzle gasket. Faulty nozzle gasket:
Is injection nozzle okay? Replace nozzle gasket.
5 Is there restriction in exhaust system? Yes Inspect exhaust system.
No Go to next step.
6 Is brake system functioning properly? Yes Go to next step.
No Inspect for cause.
7 Note: Yes Go to next step.
The following test should be performed
on vehicles with EGR system. Go to next
step for vehicles without EGR system.
F2–53 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
ger. No Go to next step.
Inspect if the turbocharger primary compres-
sor wheel is bent, damaged, or interfering with
the housing on the vehicle.
+ INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM, TURBOCHARGER
INSPECTION
Is there any problem?
3 Inspect if the turbocharger compressor wheel Yes Replace the turbocharger.
locknut is loose or has fallen down inside
turbocharger. No Go to next step.
Is there any problem?
4 Turn the turbocharger compressor wheel by Yes Go to next step.
hand
hand.
Does the wheel turn easily and smoothly? No Replace the turbocharger.
F2–54 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
Are all items okay?
2 Connect the pressure gauge to A/C lines. Yes Go to next step.
Turn the blower switch on. No If A/C is always on, go to symptom troubleshooting
Is the pressure within specification? No.19 “A/C ALWAYS ON/ A/C COMPRESSOR RUNS
+ section U, REFRIGERANT SYSTEM CONTINUOUSLY”. For other symptoms, inspect the
SERVICE PROCEDURES, following:
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK. Refrigerant charging amount
Cooling fan operation
3 Inspect water temperature sender unit. Yes Inspect thermostat.
Is water temperature sender unit okay? + section E, THERMOSTAT, THERMOSTAT
INSPECTION
No Replace water temperature sender unit.
CONTINUED
F2–55
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
4 Remove injection nozzle. Yes Go to next step.
Inspect injection nozzle for the following: No Clogged nozzle or seized needle valve:
Clogged nozzle. Disassemble and clean or replace the injection nozzle.
Seized needle valve Incorrect valve opening pressure:
Incorrect valve opening pressure Adjust injection nozzle opening pressure.
Faulty nozzle gasket Faulty nozzle gasket:
Is injection nozzle okay? Replace nozzle gasket.
5 Note: Yes Go to next step.
The following test should be performed
on vehicles with EGR system. Go to
next step for vehicles without EGR
system.
No Repair or replace as necessary.
Carry out EGR system inspection.
+ SYSTEM INSPECTION, EGR System
Inspection
Is EGR system okay?
6 Measure engine compression. Yes Inspect fuel injection pump.
Is compression okay? No Inspect for the following:
Damaged valve seat.
Worn valve stem and valve guide.
Worn or stuck piston ring.
Worn piston, piston ring, or cylinder.
Service as necessary.
CONTINUED
F2–56
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
4 Inspect if the turbocharger turbine wheel is Yes Replace the turbocharger.
damaged, cracked, or interfering with the
housing on the vehicle. No Go to next step.
Is there any problem?
5 Is any engine oil found inside the turbocharger Yes If an excessive amount of oil is found on the vehicle,
turbine housing? replace the turbocharger.
If a small amount of oil is found, wipe the oil off the
vehicle. Then, go to next step.
No Go to next step.
6 Is any engine oil found inside the turbocharger Yes Wipe the oil off of the vehicle. Then, go to next step.
compressor housing? No Go to next step.
7 Is any exhaust gas leakage found around the Yes Remove turbocharger. Inspect for cracks on center
location where the turbocharger is attached to housing inlet surface.
the exhaust manifold? If cracks are found, replace turbocharger.
If no cracks are found, DO NOT replace turbocharger.
Replace gaskets, bolts, and nuts only. Then, go to next
step.
No Go to next step.
8 Are any of the attaching bolts of center hous- Yes Retighten the loose bolts.
ing and turbine housing loose? If any bolt is missing, attach the appropriate new bolt.
No Turbocharger is okay. Install all removed parts in
Step1. Go to next step.
9 Is squeal, click, or chirp sound present? Yes Inspect engine oil level or drive belt.
No Go to next step.
10 Is rumble or grind sound present? Yes Inspect drive belt.
No Go to next step.
11 Is rattle sound present? Yes Inspect location of rattle for loose parts.
No Go to next step.
12 Is hiss sound present? Yes Inspect for the following:
Vacuum leaks
Intake-air system leaks
No Go to next step.
13 Is rap or roar sound present? Yes Inspect exhaust system for loose parts.
No Go to next step.
CONTINUED
F2–57
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
Clogged nozzle. Bent connecting rod
Seized needle valve Damaged valve seat
Incorrect valve opening pressure No After-leakege, clogged nozzle or seized needle valve:
Faulty nozzle gasket Disassemble and clean or replace the injection nozzle.
Fuel dripping (fuel leakage) Incorrect valve opening pressure:
Is injection nozzle okay? Adjust injection nozzle opening pressure.
Faulty nozzle gasket:
Replace nozzle gasket.
CONTINUED
F2–58
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
and frost switch connector terminal.
Specification: Open circuit between frost switch connector termi-
Less than 2.7 V nal and fan switch connector terminal.
Is voltage correct? Repair or replace as necessary.
3 Start the engine and run it at idle speed. Yes Go to next step.
Set the fan switch to 1st position. No Inspect for the following:
Measure the voltage at terminal of A/C relay Open circuit in A/C relay coil
connector terminal C. Poor contact in A/C relay
Specification: A/C relay stuck open
More than 10.5 V Open circuit between PCM connector terminal L
Is voltage correct? and A/C relay connector terminal.
Open circuit in battery supply line
Open circuit between engine switch and A/C relay
connector terminal
Engine coolant temperature sensor malfunction
Repair or replace as necessary.
4 Disconnect the A/C magnetic clutch connec- Yes Inspect for the following:
tor, Poor ground of A/C magnetic is clutch
Measure the A/C magnetic clutch connector Open circuit in magnet is clutch coil
terminal voltage. Refrigerant charging amount
Specification: Repair or replace as necessary.
More than 10.5 V No Inspect for the following:
Is voltage okay? Open circuit between pressure switch connector
terminal and A/C magnetic clutch connector termi-
nal
Refrigerant charging amount
A/C pressure switch is stuck open.
Magnetic clutch clearance
A/C compressor is seized.
Repair or replace as necessary.
CONTINUED
F2–59
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
Repair or replace as necessary.
CONTINUED
F2–60
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
SYSTEM INSPECTION
FICD System Inspection
Fast-Idle Function
1. Verify that the FICD actuator rod is not pulled.
2. Verify that the engine is cold (ECT is below 20 °C
{68 °F}).
3. Turn fan switch off.
4. Start the engine.
5. Verify that the FICD actuator rod is pulled.
VACUUM HOSE A
cardiagn.com
6. If not, disconnect the vacuum hoses from the FICD
actuator and inspect if there is vacuum as shown.
FICD ACTUATOR
Caution
FIP is sealed to maintain proper function.
Special tools and testers are required when
disassembling the FIP. Disassembling the
FIP without special tools and testers will
cause a malfunction.
CONTINUED
F2–61
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
17. If there is no vacuum, consult your distributor for
replacement of the FICD actuator.
18. If there is vacuum, inspect the following.
FICD solenoid valve No.2
PCM terminal E, G and P voltages
(Refer to CONTROL SYSTEM, POWERTRAIN 3. Warm up the engine.
CONTROL MODULE (PCM) INSPECTION.) 4. With the accelerator at the wide open throttle,
Wiring harness between FICD solenoid valve increase the engine speed to 4800—5000 rpm and
No.2 and PCM terminal P. verify that the boost pressure is within the
specification.
A/C Idle-up Function
1. Start the engine. Specification
2. Warm up the engine to normal operating 60.0—73.3 kPa
temperature and run it at idle speed. {0.62—0.74 kgf/cm2, 8.82—10.52 psi}
3. Set the fan switch at 1st position.
4. Verify that the FICD rod is pulled for one notch. 5. If not as specified, inspect the exhaust system.
5. If not, disconnect the vacuum hose B from the (Refer to EXHAUST SYSTEM, EXHAUST
FICD actuator and inspect if there is vacuum as SYSTEM INSPECTION.)
shown. 6. If the exhaust system is normal, inspect the
wastegate actuator. (Refer to INTAKE-AIR
SYSTEM, TURBOCHARGER INSPECTION,
Wastegate Actuator Inspection.)
VACUUM HOSE B 7. If the wastegate actuator is normal, inspect the
turbocharger. (Refer to INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM,
TURBOCHARGER INSPECTION.)
WL
Caution TCV
FIP is sealed to maintain proper function.
Special tools and testers are required when
disassembling the FIP. Disassembling the
FIP without special tools and testers will
cause a malfunction.
F2–62
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
WL Turbo
TCV
cardiagn.com
Q
F2–63
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
Short circuit between engine coolant temperature
sensor and PCM connector terminal E
3. Will not illuminate
Glow indicator light
Open circuit between glow indicator light and PCM
connector terminal M
Open circuit in instrument cluster print plate
4. Illuminates for approx. 9 seconds (same condition
after engine is warmed up and cold)
Extremely high resistance of engine coolant temper-
ature sensor
Open circuit between engine coolant temperature
sensor and PCM connector terminal E
3 Leave engine switch on while engine is cold. Yes Go to next step.
Does glow plug voltage indicate B+ for No Inspect for open or short circuit in harnesses and con-
approx. 15 seconds.? nectors between battery, glow plug relay, and glow
plug.
Inspect if glow plug relay is stuck open or closed.
Inspect glow plug relay ground circuit.
Inspect for open circuit between glow relay and PCM
terminal O.
4 Does glow plug voltage indicate B+ while Yes Go to next step.
cranking engine? No Inspect for open or short to ground circuit in harness
and connectors between engine switch (starter) and
PCM connector terminal D.
5 Is power supplied to the glow plug for maxi- Yes Go to next step.
mum 10 minutes after engine started when No Inspect for open or short circuit in harnesses and con-
engine is cold? nectors between NE sensor and PCM connector termi-
nal F.
6 Remove the glow plug wire from glow plugs. Yes Glow system is okay.
Measure resistance between glow plug and
bodyygground.
Is glow plug resistance approx. 1 Ω or less? No Replace glow plug.
+ INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM, GLOW PLUG
INSPECTION
CONTINUED
F2–64
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
AIR THERMO VALVE N0.2 PURGE CONTROL VALVE
INSPECTION ..........................................................F4-8 INSPECTION ......................................................... F4-26
VACUUM CONTROL DIAPHRAGM WATER THERMO VALVE INSPECTION .............. F4-26
INSPECTION ..........................................................F4-8 AIR VENT SOLENOID INSPECTION ...................... F4-26
ACCELERATOR PEDAL CHECK VALVE (TWO-WAY)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ..................................F4-9 INSPECTION ......................................................... F4-26
ACCELERATOR CABLE CHARCOAL CANISTER INSPECTION ................. F4-26
INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT .............................. F4-9 ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION ......................... F4-26/27
FUEL SYSTEM ..............................................................F4-10 WATER THERMO VALVE
BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE.............................F4-10 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ................................. F4-27
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE ...............................F4-10 PCV VALVE INSPECTION ...................................... F4-27
FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ...............F4-11/13 CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION (CTP)
NONRETURN VALVE INSPECTION ......................F4-13 SWITCH ADJUSTMENT ...................................... F4-27
FUEL PUMP UNIT FLANGE THERMOSWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION...................................F4-13 INSPECTION ......................................................... F4-27
FUEL PUMP UNIT CONTROL SYSTEM .................................................... F4-28
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ................................F4-13/14 COMPONENT LOCATION ...................................... F4-28
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ........................... F4-29
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ..................................F4-14 PCM INSPECTION .................................................... F4-29
FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT PTC HEATER RELAY INSPECTION ..................... F4-30
INSPECTION ..........................................................F4-14 THROTTLE POSITIONER T/P) SOLENOID
FUEL PUMP INSPECTION ......................................F4-14/15 VALVE INSPECTION ........................................... F4-30
FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION ..................F4-15 WATER THERMOSWITCH (INTAKE
FUEL LINE FLOW AMOUNT MANIFOLD SIDE) INSPECTION ......................... F4-30/31
INSPECTION ..........................................................F4-15/16 WATER THERMOSWITCH
FAST IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT ........................F4-16 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ................................. F4-31
DASHPOT (D/P) INSPECTION ................................F4-16 TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................ F4-32
FUEL PUMP RELAY INSPECTION ........................F4-16/17 FOREWORD ............................................................. F4-32
SERVO DIAPHRAGM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE ...................... F4-32
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ..................................F4-17 QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART ................................. F4-33
CARBURETOR SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ......................... F4-34/47
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ..................................F4-17
CONTINUED
F4-1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE TUNE-UP
ENGINE TUNE-UP
ENGINE TUNE-UP PREPARATION
1. Check the condition of the engine (plugs, leaks in
hoses, etc.)
2. Make sure all accessories are OFF.
3. Connect a tacho dwell tacho tester to the engine.
4. Warm up the engine and run it for three minutes
at 2,500—3,000 rpm in neutral.
IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT
1. Perform the "ENGINE TUNE-UP PREPARATION.
IDLE MIXTURE ADJUSTMENT
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose for vacuum spark
1. Attach an exhaust gas analyzer and measure the
advance between the distributor and the CO concentration.
carburetor at the distributor side and plug it.
cardiagn.com
2. Perform the "ENGINE TUNE-UP PREPARATION"
and "IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT."
3. While checking the ignition timing by using a
3. Verify that CO concentration in exhaust gas at the
timing light, adjust the crankshaft pulley alignment
tail pipe during idling is as specified in the table
mark position (yellow paint) by turning the
below.
distributor as specified.
Specification
For CO concentration (%)
BTDC: 5°—7°(6°±1°)
GULF 2.0—2.5 (2.0 )
General 2.0—3.0 (2.5 ±0.5)
4. If not within the specification, adjust the CO
concentration by turning the MAS (mixture adjust
screw).
5. Remove the blind cap. (GULF)
F4-2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE TUNE-UP
DASHPOT (D/P) ADJUSTMENT
1. Perform the "ENGINE TUNE-UP PREPARATION"
and "IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT"
2. Increase the engine speed to 2,500 rpm.
3. Pull the throttle lever until the rod and arm of the
dashpot separate.
4. Slowly return the throttle lever from the position
above, then verify that the engine speed is as
specified when the arm contacts the rod.
Specification
1,900—2,100 (2,000 ± 100) rpm
5. If not as specified, loosen the dashpot locknut and
turn the dashpot body to adjust.
cardiagn.com
7. Reconfirm that the engine speed is within the
specification.
6. After adjustment, tighten the locknut.
8. If not within the specification, adjust the idle
speed by turning the TAS (throttle adjust Tightening torque
screw). 9.8—17.6 N.m {100—180 kgf.cm, 87—156 in.lbf}
Note 7. Race the engine and again verify that the engine
speed returns smoothly to idle speed. 8. If not,
GULF only
repeat the above procedure to adjust the idle speed
• Run the engine at idle for 3—5 seconds, or D/P inspect
then fit a blind cap to the MAS (mixture (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, DASHPOT (D/P) INSPECTION)
adjust screw) of the vehicles for the following
THROTTLE POSITIONER (T/P) ADJUSTMENT
markets.
GULF only
1. Perform the "ENGINE TUNE-UP PREPARATION"
and "IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT."
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose for vacuum spark
advance between the distributor and the carburetor
at the distributor side and plug it.
3. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the servo
diaphragm.
CONTINUED
F4-3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE TUNE-UP
5. If not within the specification, adjust the engine 6. Disconnect the vacuum hose for vacuum spark
speed by the adjust screw. advance between the distributor and the
carburetor at the distributor side and plug it.
7. Disconnect the vacuum hose from port B.
cardiagn.com
diaphragm.
1,050—1,250 (1,150 ±100) rpm
A/C IDLE-UP ADJUSTMENT
9. If not within the specification, adjust the engine
GULF only with, A/C
speed by the adjust locknut on the dual servo
1. Perform the "ENGINE TUNE-UP PREPARATION" diaphragm head.
and "IDLE SPEED ADJUSTMENT."
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose from port A.
F4-4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
ENGINE TUNE-UP
cardiagn.com
5. Reconnect the proper vacuum hose to port.
6. After adjusting the engine speed reconnect the vacuum
hose to the proper port. Verify that the servo diaphragm
operates when the A/C is operated.
7. If the servo diaphragm does not operate, inspect the A/C
idle-up solenoid valve.
8. If the solenoid valve is okay, replace the servo
diaphragm.
CONTINUED
F4-5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
VACUUM HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM
cardiagn.com
1 Air cleaner 12 Distributor
2 Carburetor 13 T/P solenoid valve
3 Vacuum control diaphragm 14 Servo diaphragm
4 Idle compensator 15 A/C idle-up solenoid valve
5 Air thermos sensor 16 Dual servo diaphragm
6 FICB solenoid valve 17 To intake manifold
7 High-altitude compensator 18 Fuel main line (to fuel tank)
8 FICB diaphragm 19 Fuel return line (to fuel tank)
9 Charcoal canister 20 To charcoal canister or ventilation
10 No.1 purge control valve 21 To carburetor
11 Water thermo valve 22 To check valve (two-way)
CONTINUED
F4-6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
INTAKE - AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Warning
• When the engine and intake-air system are hot, they can badly bum. Turn off the engine and wait
until they are cool before removing the intake-air system.
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the "Fuel Line
Safety Procedures". (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE.)
cardiagn.com
1 Air cleaner (in idle compensator, vacuum control 8 Intake manifold
diaphragm, shutter valve, air thermo sensor) 9 Water thermoswitch
2 Air cleaner element ☞ CONTROL SYSTEM, WATER THERMOSWITCH
3 Carburetor REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
4 Fuel hose 10 Intake manifold gasket
5 Accelerator cable 11 Water thermo valve
6 PTC heater gasket ☞ FUEL SYSTEM, WATER THERMO VALVE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
7 PTC heater 12 Servo diaphragm
CONTINUED
F4-7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION AIR THERMO VALVE INSPECTION
• Visually check the air cleaner element for Note
excessive dirt, damage or oil, replace if • Perform the following test only when directed.
necessary. 1. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the vacuum
IDLE COMPENSATOR INSPECTION control diaphragm.
1. Confirm that the valve is in the closed position 2. Verify that vacuum is felt at the vacuum hose
when the bimetal temperature is lower than the when the engine is cold (below 30 °C {86 °F}) and
specified temperature. idling.
Opening temperature 3. Warm up (above 30 °C {86 °F}) the engine and
63—71 °C {145.4—159.8 °F} verify that vacuum is not felt.
cardiagn.com
2. To check, suck air from the tube A. If excessive air 4. If vacuum condition is not as specified in Steps 2
leakage is found, replace the idle compensator. and 3, replace the air thermo valve.
F4-8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
2. Install in the reverse order of removal.
cardiagn.com
1 Accelerator cable
☞ ACCELERATOR CABLE
INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT
2 Accelerator pedal
ACCELERATOR CABLE
INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT
1. Verify that the throttle valve is entirely closed.
2. Measure the free play of the accelerator cable.
Free play
1—3 mm {0.04—0.11 in}
CONTINUED
F4-9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL SYSTEM
BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
Warning
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily
ignite, causing serious injury and damage.
Always keep sparks and flames away from
fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous.
Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries
or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate
skin and eyes. To prevent this, always
complete the following "Fuel Line Safety
Procedures". 3. Install a hose clamp over the fuel hose within the
Fuel Line Safety Procedures clamp installation range as shown, avoiding the
Note original clamp position.
• Fuel in the fuel system is under high
pressure also when the engine is not
running.
1. Remove the fuel-filler cap and release the pressure
cardiagn.com
in the fuel tank.
2. Disconnect the fuel pump relay connector located
under the passenger's side front side trim.
F4-10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Warning
• Repairing a fuel tank that has not been properly steam cleaned can be dangerous.
Explosion or fire may cause death or serious injury. Always properly steam clean a
fuel tank before repairing it.
• Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious
injuries or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this,
do not damage the sealing surface of the fuel pump unit when removing or
installing.
DOUBLE CAB
cardiagn.com
CONTINUED
F4-11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
REGULAR CAB
cardiagn.com
Joint hose 7 Rollover valve
1
☞ Installation Note 8 Fuel pump unit
2 Breather hose w Installation Note 9 Fuel-filler pipe
10 Dust cover
3 Under guard
11 Fuel inlet pipe
4 Fuel hose
12 Non return valve
5 Fuel tank
Evaporative gas check valve (two-way)
13
6 Evaporative hose - Installation Note ☞ Installation Note
CONTINUED
F4-12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
Evaporative Gas Check Valve (Two-way)
Installation Note
• Install the arrow mark of the evaporative gas
check valve (two-way) facing the charcoal
canister.
Evaporative Hose Installation Note
• Fit each hose onto the respective fittings within
the specification, and install clamps as shown.
cardiagn.com
valve and the fuel inlet pipe end is within 1.5 mm
Breather Hose Installation Note {0.06 in} when the nonreturn valve is returned to
• Fit each hose onto the respective fittings within the closed position.
the specification, and install clamp as shown.
Joint Hose Installation Note 3. If not as specified, replace the nonreturn valve.
• Fit the joint hose onto the respective fittings
within the specification, and install clamps as FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
shown. 1. Remove the fuel pump unit.
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL TANK
Length Joint hose: REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
35—40 mm {1.4—1.5 in} 2. Install the fuel pump unit.
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL TANK
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Warning
• Fuel line spills and leakage are
dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause
serious injuries or death and damage. Fuel
can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent
this, do not damage the sealing surface of
the fuel pump unit when removing or
installing.
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
CONTINUED
F4-13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
DOUBLE CAB Fuel Pump Assembly Note
• After installing the fuel pump body to the
bracket; pull the pump down so that it is tight
against the bracket.
cardiagn.com
the fuel hose onto the fuel pump nipple.
2. Install the clamps as shown.
REGULAR CAB
FUEL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
terminal D through common connector) Specification
20—25kPa {0.20—0.25 kgf/cm2, 2.8—3.6 psi}
7. If not as specified, perform the fuel pump
inspection.
(Refer to FUEL PUMP INSPECTION.)
FUEL LINE FLOW AMOUNT INSPECTION
HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR Note
(VIEW FROM TERMINAL SIDE) • Perform the following test only when directed.
Short circuit
• Fuel pump relay connector terminal C and 1. Complete the "BEFORE REPAIR
fuel pump unit connector terminal D through PROCEDURE".
common connector to GND (Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR
6. Repair or replace faulty areas. If the harnesses PROCEDURE.)
are okay, inspect the fuel pump relay. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL PUMP 3. Disconnect the main fuel hose (A), and insert the
RELAY INSPECTION.) end into a measuring beaker.
7. Install the fuel tank. 4. Connect the C and D terminals of the fuel pump
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL TANK relay with a jumper wire.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
8. Reconnect the negative battery cable.
9. Complete the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE".
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE.)
FUEL LINE PRESSURE
INSPECTION
Note
• Perform the following test only when directed.
1. Complete the "BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE".
(Refer to FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE.)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Disconnect the main fuel hose (A), and connect a
fuel pressure gauge to it.
CONTINUED
F4-15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
pump relay by hand.
1. Warm up the engine to normal operation
3. Verify that clicking sound is heard or vibration is
temperature.
felt from the fuel pump relay white cranking the
2. Stop the engine. engine.
3. Plug the hoses of the idle compensator. 4. If there is no clicking sound or vibration, inspect
4. While holding the throttle valve slightly open, the harness for the following,
push the choke fully closed; then release the Open circuit
choke valve after releasing the throttle valve.
• Power circuit (fuel pump relay connector
5. Start the engine, but do not touch the accelerator
terminal A, D and ignition switch IG1)
pedal.
• GND circuit (fuel pump relay connector
6. Verify that the engine speed is 3,000—4,000
terminal B and PCM terminal H)
rpm. If the engine speed is not as specified, turn
the adjust screw to adjust.
Short circuit
• Fuel pump relay connector terminal A, D
and ignition switch IG1 to GND. 5. If the
harnesses are okay, perform the following
DASHPOT (D/P) INSPECTION off-vehicle inspection.
1. Open the throttle valve fully then push the dash Off-Vehicle Inspection
pot rod with a finger and make sure the rod goes 1. Remove the fuel pump relay.
into the dash pot slowly. 2. Inspect for continuity between the fuel pump relay
2. Release the finger and make sure the rod terminals by using an ohmmeter.
comes out quickly.
CONTINUED
F4-16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
Tightening torque
9.8—24 N.m
{100—250 kgf.cm-cm, 87—216 in.lbf}
CARBURETOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
(Refer to INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM INTAKE-AIR
SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
cardiagn.com
1. Loosen the servo diaphragm installation nut.
FUEL SYSTEM
CARBURETOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. (Refer to Carburetor After Assembly Note.)
Caution
• Replace the O-rings, gaskets, and washers when assembling the carburetor. If not, it will possibly
cause a malfunction.
cardiagn.com
CONTINUED
F4-18
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
17 Primary venturi and nozzle
18 Secondary venturi and nozzle
19 Primary main air bleed
20 Secondary main air bleed
21 Main body
6 Air horn and automatic choke assembly (separate
22 Vacuum diaphragm from main body)
23 Throttle body 7 Air vent solenoid valve, spring, and gasket, if
24 Mixture adjust screw necessary
25 Bimetal
26 Choke breaker diaphragm Needle Valve and Float Disassembly/Assembly
27 Power jet 1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
1 Vacuum hose
2 Accelerator pump connecting rod, spring, and lever
3 Connect spring
CONTINUED
F4-19
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
Air Bleeds and Jets Disassembly/Assembly
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
cardiagn.com
5 Primary main air bleed
6 Slow jet and plug
7 Primary slow air bleed (No.1)
8 Primary main jet
9 Primary slow air bleed (No.2)
10 Power jet
3 Accelerator pump plunger assembly and spring
Caution 4 Retaining clip
• Note the size of all jets and air bleeds so that 5 Strainer and accelerator pump inlet check ball
they will be reassembled in the correct
6 Check valve plug
position
7 Accelerator pump outlet check ball and spring
Note
• One bolt is inside the throttle body
F4-20
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
11 Diaphragm cover screws and cover (4) Adjust the CTP switch.
12 Spring and diaphragm (5) After the idle adjustment has been
13 Accelerator cable hanger completed, check the fast idle speed as
follows.
Throttle Body Disassembly/Assembly CARBURETOR INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT
Caution Body, Valve, Jet
• Do not remove the throttle valve and shaft, the 1. Check for cracks on the air horn, distortion on the
cardiagn.com
Venturis, or the choke valve and shaft. installing surface attached to the main body, and
wear on the contact surface of the choke valve
1. Disassemble in the following order.
shaft. If necessary, replace it.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. (1)
2. Check for cracks and distortion on the throttle
When removing the mixture adjust screw, tap out
body, and wear on the contact surface of the
the spring pin as shown in the figure.
throttle valve shaft. If necessary, replace it.
3. Check for deformity, bends, and wear on the
levers, arms, and connecting rods. If necessary,
replace it.
Caution
• Do not use a piece of wire to clean the
jets. The wire may scratch, crack, or
deform the port of the jets and become
the cause of malfunctions.
4. Check for clogging in jets and air bleeds. If
necessary, clean with clean gasoline or kerosene
and dry with compressed air.
5. Check the taper part of the MAS, solenoid valves,
and needle valve (float) for cracks and dents, and
wear. If necessary, replace it.
6. Check the rubber part of the accelerator pump for
cracks and damage. If necessary, replace it.
CONTINUED
F4-21
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
Diaphragms
1. Push the rod fully and plug the port by hand.
2. Verify that the rod does not return when the port is
plugged.
Clearance L
44—45 mm {1.732—1.772 in}
cardiagn.com
Float Level Adjusting
1. Measure the clearance H between the float and air
horn.
Choke Valve
1. Use a vacuum pump to apply approximately 53
kPa {400 mmHg, 15.7 inHg} vacuum to the choke
diaphragm.
2. Push the choke valve lightly to close it, and check
the clearance R,
Clearance H
8—9 mm {0.315—0.354 in}
2. If not as specified, bend the float seat lip A until
the proper clearance is obtained.
Clearance R
1.72—2.22 mm {0.068—0.087 In}
3. Measure the clearance L between the bottom of 3. If the clearance is not as specified, adjust by
the float and air horn. bending the choke lever D.
CONTINUED
F4-22
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
Fast-idle cam
1. Set the fast-idle cam to the second highest
position.
2. Adjust the throttle valve clearance G by turning the
adjust screw. (The clearance becomes larger as
the screw is turned clockwise.)
Clearance G
0.64—0.84 mm {0.025—0.033 in}
3. Set the fast idle cam at the second highest
cardiagn.com
position.
4. Check the choke valve clearance R.
Clearance R
2.82—3.70 mm {0.111—0.146 in}
3. If the clearance is not as specified, adjust by
bending tab A.
Clearance R
0.60—1.20 mm {0.024—0.047 in}
5. If necessary, adjust the choke valve clearance R by
bending the starting arm B. If large adjustments are
required, the choke rod should be bent.
Unloader system
1. Open the primary throttle valve fully.
2. Measure the choke valve clearance R.
CONTINUED
F4-23
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL SYSTEM
Clearance R
7.35—8.25 mm {0.289—0.325 in}
cardiagn.com
500m {1,640 ft} or higher
(High altitude): Air passes.
Note
• Perform the following test only when directed.
1. Run the engine at idle speed.
2. Disconnect the carburetor connector (6-pin).
3. Disconnect the carburetor connector and
verify that the engine stops.
4. If the engine does not stop, replace the
slow fuel cut solenoid valve.
CONTINUED
F4-24
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXHAUST SYSTEM
EXHAUST SYSTEM
EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION
1. Start the engine and inspect the exhaust system component for exhaust gas leakage.
2. If leakage is found, repair or replace as necessary.
Warning
• When the engine and exhaust system are hot, they can badly burn. Turn off the engine and wait
until they are cool before removing the exhaust system.
cardiagn.com
1 After pipe 4 Front pipe
2 Main silencer 5 Exhaust manifold
3 Pre-silencer
CONTINUED
F1-25
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EMISSION SYSTEM
EMISSION SYSTEM 3. Turn the ignition switch to "ON" and "OFF". If
N0.1 PURGE CONTROL VALVE INSPECTION there is a "clicking" noise, the air vent solenoid
1. Blow through port A and verify that air does not valve is working properly.
flow.
2. Connect a vacuum pump and apply vacuum of
-14.7 KPa {-110 mmHg, -4.33 inHg} or above and
blow through port A again.
3. Verify that air flows from port A.
cardiagn.com
1. Disconnect vacuum hose B from the pipe. No
mmHg, +0.87 inHg} to port A
2. Blow into the hose and make sure air flows freely.
Apply pressure over +5.9 kPa {+44
Yes
mmHg, +1.7 inHg} to port A
Apply pressure over -0.98 KPa
Yes
{-7.36 mmHg, -0.29 inHg} to port A
EMISSION SYSTEM
3. Turn the valve upside-down as shown. Blow air CLOSED THROTTLE POSITION (CTP) SWITCH
into port A and verify that there is no airflow. ADJUSTMENT
1. Warm up the engine and run it at idle.
2. Connect a dwell tacho tester to the engine.
3. Connect a voltmeter to the CTP switch terminal.
4. Increase the engine speed to more than 2,000 rpm;
decelerate gradually and verify that the volt meter
indicates as follows.
Engine speed Voltage
At idle Approx. 12 V
4. If not as specified, replace the rollover valve.
1,000—1,200 (1,100
Less than 1.5 V
±100) rpm
WATER THERMO VALVE REMOVAL/NSTALLATION
5. If not as specified, turn the adjust screw to adjust.
1. Drain the engine coolant.
(Refer to Section E, ENGINE COOLANT, ENGINE
COOLANT REPLACEMENT.)
2. Remove the water thermo valve from the intake
manifold.
3. Wrap sealing tape two or three times around the
threaded part of the valve before installing.
cardiagn.com
FLANGE THERMOSWITCH INSPECTION
Note
• Perform the following test only when directed.
4. Use a new washer and install in the reverse order Continuity Inspection
of removal. 1. Drain the coolant into a container.
(Refer to Section E, COOLING SYSTEM, ENGINE
Tightening torque COOLANT REPLACEMENT.)
25—39 N.m {2.5—4.0 kgf.m-m, 19—28 ft.lbf} 2. Remove the flange thermoswitch from the
PCV VALVE INSPECTION carburetor.
1. Remove the PCV valve. 3. Place the thermoswitch in water with a thermometer,
2. Check the airflow of the valve under the following and heat the water gradually.
conditions.
Condition Airflow
Blow from port A Yes
Blow from port B No
3. If not as specified, replace the PCV valve. 4. Inspect the thermoswitch terminals by using
an ohmmeter.
Specification
Water temperature (°C {°F}) Continuity
Below 67 {153} Yes
Above 67 {153} No
5. If not as specified, replace the flange thermoswitch.
CONTINUED
F4-27
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROL SYSTEM
COMPONENT LOCATION
cardiagn.com
1 Ignition coil 4 T/P solenoid valve (GULF only)
2 Water thermoswitch 5 PTC heater relay
3 PCM 6 Fuel pump relay
CONTINUED
F4-28
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Remove the PCM.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Reconnect PCM connector and battery negative
2. Remove the front left side trim. terminal.
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table. Note
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. • With the PCM connector connected, body
ground the voltmeter negative (-) lead and
PCM INSPECTION measure voltage at each PCM terminal by
Caution inserting the voltmeter positive (+) lead.
• The PCM terminal voltages vary with
3. Measure the voltage at PCM terminal using a
change in measuring conditions and
vehicle conditions. Always carry out a voltmeter.
total inspection of the input systems, 4. If any incorrect voltage is detected, inspect
output systems, and PCM to determine related systems, wiring harnesses and
the cause of trouble. Otherwise, a wrong connectors referring to the Action column in the
diagnosis will be made. terminal voltage list.
cardiagn.com
Terminal Signal Connected to Test condition Voltage (V) Action
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
3. If not as specified, replace the PTC heater relay. Open circuit
• Power circuit (T/P solenoid valve connector
THROTTLE POSITIONER (T/P) SOLENOID VALVE terminal A and ignition switch IG1 through
INSPECTION common connector.)
Voltage Inspection • GND circuit (T/P solenoid valve connector
Note terminal B and PCM connector terminal A.) Short
• Perform the following test only when directed. circuit
• T/P solenoid valve connector terminal A and
1. Run the engine at idle. ignition switch IG1 through common connector to
2. Connect a voltmeter to terminals of the T/P GND
solenoid valve as shown. 5. Repair or replace faulty areas.
3. Measure the voltage as shown. 6. Install the T/P solenoid valve.
7. Connect the negative battery cable.
WATER THERMOSWITCH INSPECTION
Note
• Perform the following test only when directed.
Continuity Inspection
1. Drain the coolant into a container.
(Refer to Section E, COOLING SYSTEM,
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT.)
2. Remove the water thermoswitch from the under
side of the intake manifold.
3. Place the thermoswitch in water with a
thermometer, and heat the water gradually.
CONTROL SYSTEM
Specification
Water temperature (°C {°F}) Continuity
Below 40 {104} Yes
Above 40 {104} No
cardiagn.com
5. Use a new washer and install in the reverse order of
removal.
Tightening torque
5.9—8.8 N.m {60—90 kgf.cm-cm, 53—78 in.lbf}
CONTINUED
F4-31
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING
FOREWORD
• Before proceeding with the following troubleshooting;
(1) Refer to section Gl to understand the basic troubleshooting procedure.
(2) Perform the diagnostic trouble code inspection.
(3) If a diagnostic trouble code is displayed, proceed with inspection steps for the code.
(4) When the engine can be started, perform "ENGINE TUNE-UP".
3 Cranks normally but won't start or hard start (engine Requires excessive cranking of longer than 5 seconds for
cold) more than 3 times for engine to start.
4 Cranks normally but won't start or hard start (engine Requires excessive cranking time (more than 5 seconds)
warm)
cardiagn.com
5 Rough idle/engine stalls at idle (always) —
6 Rough idle/engine stalls at idle (engine cold) Idling is stable when engine is warm.
7 Rough idle/engine stalls at idle (engine warm) Idling is stable when engine is cold.
8 Rough idle/engine stalls at idle when A/C or P/S ON Engine runs normally at idle with no load, but stalls or vibrates
(if equipped) excessively when load (A/C or P/S) is ON.
9 Engine suddenly stalls often —
10 High idle speed after warm-up —
11 Engine stalls at drive away —
12 Engine stalls on deceleration —
13 Hesitation —
14 Poor acceleration —
15 No power, fastest speed is low —
16 Knocking —
17 Afterburn occurs during deceleration —
18 Poor fuel economy —
CONTINUED
F4-32
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART
Intake-air
Fuel system
Emission
system
Control
system
system
Engine
Engine
No Item electrical
Carburetor system
cardiagn.com
(engine warm)
8 Rough idle/engine stalls at idle
when A/C or P/S ON (If
equipped)
9 Engine suddenly stalls often O O O
10 High idle speed after warm-up O O O
11 Engine stalls at drive away O O O O O O O
12 Engine stalls on deceleration O
13 Hesitation O O O O O O O O O O O
14 Poor acceleration O O O O O O O O O O O O O
15 No power, fastest speed is low O O O O O O O O O O O O O
16 Knocking O O O O O O O
17 Afterburn occurs during decel-
eration O O
18 Poor fuel economy O O O O O O O O O O O O
Malfunctioning slow cut solenoid valve
Malfunctioning air vent solenoid valve
Misadjusted CO, HC concentration
Manufacturing accelerator pump
Misadjusted accelerator cable
Malfunctioning distributor
Clogged secondary main
Clogged secondary slow
Malfunctioning starter
Malfunctioning hoses
Clogged air cleaner
Float lever
Battery
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING:
Symptom 1-Cranks normally but will not start or hard start F4-34
Symptom 2-Cranks normally but will not start or hard start (always) F4-35
Symptom 3-Cranks normally but will not start or hard start (engine cold) F4-36-37
Symptom 4-Cranks normally but will not start or hard start (engine warm) F4-37
Symptom 5-Rough idle/engine stalls at idle (always) F4-38
Symptom 6-Rough idle/engine stalls at idle (engine cold) F4-39
Symptom 7-Rough idle/engine stalls at idle (engine warm) F4-39
Symptom 8-Rough idle/engine stalls at idle-when a/c or p/s on (if equipped) F4-40
Symptom 9-Engine suddenly stalls often F4-40
Symptom 10-High idle speed after warm-up F4-41
Symptom 11-Engine stalls at drive away F4-41-42
cardiagn.com
Symptom 12-Engine stalls on deceleration F4-42
Symptom 13-Hesitation F4-42-43
Symptom 14-Poor acceleration F4-43-44
Symptom 15-No power, fastest speed is low F4-44-45
Symptom 16-Knocking F4-46
Symptom 17-Afterburn occurs during deceleration F4-46
Symptom 18-Poor fuel economy F4-47
CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM 1 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT WON'T START OR HARD START
1. Air/Fuel mixture too lean
• Air leak
2. Poor ignition or misfire
3. Slow fuel cut solenoid valve malfunction
4. Low engine compression
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures. Read
POSSIBLE following warnings before performing fuel system service:
CAUSE • Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily Ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and teaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious Injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
cardiagn.com
2 Disconnect high-tension lead at idle, then check Yes Go to next step.
engine speed. Does it decrease equally at each
cylinder? No Refer to section G.
3 Check float level. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No If float level is high, check float and needle valve.
If level is low, check for clogging between float to needle
valve and to fuel pump, and between fuel pump to fuel
tank.
4 Open and close throttle valve 2-3 times. Does Yes Check each jet and air bleed for clogging.
engine start? No Go to next step.
5 Check each spark plug. Yes Go to next step.
Are they okay? No Repair or replace spark plug.
6 Check ignition timing at idle. Yes Go to step 8.
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
7 Perform ignition timing adjustment. Yes Adjust ignition timing.
Can timing be adjusted? No Check both distributor and timing belt.
8 Check slow fuel cut solenoid. Yes Go to step 10.
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
9 Shake carburetor's connector (6-pin) with Yes Repair or replace wiring harness between slow fuel cut
ignition switch at ON. Is a "click" sound heard? solenoid valve and carburetor.
No Repair or replace slow fuel cut solenoid valve.
10 Check compression pressure. Yes Go to step 12.
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
11 Add oil through plug hole. Yes Check pistons and cylinders for wear,
Does engine start? No Check for the following:
• Burnt valve
• Worn piston, piston ring, or cylinder
• Damaged cylinder gasket
12 Check primary main, slow system. Yes Check for the following:
Is it okay? • Fuel filter (clogging)
• Float room (dust)
• Fuel hose (clogging)
• Fuel tank (dust)
No Clean or replace each jet and air bleed.
CONTINUED
F4-34
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Check if there is any air leakage. Is there any? Yes Repair or replace appropriate parts.
No Go to next step.
2 Disconnect high-tension lead at idle, then Yes Go to next step.
check engine speed. Does it decrease equally
at each cylinder? No Refer to Section G.
3 Check ignition timing at idle. Yes Go to Step 8.
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
4 Perform ignition timing adjustment. Yes Adjust ignition timing.
Can timing be adjusted? No Check both distributor and timing belt.
5 Check float level. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No If float level is high, check float and needle valve. If level
is low, check for clogging between float to needle valve
and to fuel pump, and between fuel pump to fuel tank.
6 Open and close throttle valve 2-3 times. Yes Check each jet and air bleed for clogging.
Does engine start? No Go to next step.
7 Check each spark plug. Yes Go to next step.
Are they okay? No Repair or replace spark plug.
8 Check slow fuel cut solenoid. Yes Go to Step 10.
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
9 Shake carburetor's connector (6-pin) with Yes Repair or replace wiring harness between slow fuel cut
ignition switch at ON. Is a "click" sound heard? solenoid valve and carburetor.
No Repair or replace slow fuel cut solenoid valve.
10 Check compression pressure. Yes Go to Step 12.
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
11 Add oil through plug hole. Yes Check pistons and cylinders for wear.
Does engine start? No Check for the following:
• Burnt valve
• Worn piston, piston ring, or cylinder
• Damaged cylinder gasket
12 Check primary main, slow system. Yes Check for the following:
Is it okay? • Fuel filter (clogging)
• Float room (dust)
• Fuel hose (clogging)
• Fuel tank (dust)
No Clean or replace each jet and air bleed.
CONTINUED
F4-35
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM 3 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT WON'T START OR HARD START (ENGINE COLD)
1. Air/Fuel mixture too lean
• Air leak
2. Poor ignition or misfire
3. Slow fuel cut solenoid valve malfunction
4. Low engine compression
5. Air/Fuel mixture too rich
• Choke system malfunction
• Loose primary main jet
POSSIBLE Warning
CAUSE Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures. Read
following warnings before performing fuel system service:
• Fuel vapor Is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
cardiagn.com
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Check if there is any air leakage. Yes Repair or replace appropriate parts.
Is there any? No Go to next step.
2 Disconnect high-tension lead at idle, then check Yes Go to next step.
engine speed, Does it decrease equally at each
cylinder? No Refer to Section G.
3 Check float level. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No If float level is high, check float and needle valve.
If level is low, check for clogging between float to needle
valve and to fuel pump, and between fuel pump to fuel
tank.
4 Open and close throttle valve 2-3 times. Yes Check each jet and air bleed for clogging.
Does engine start? No Go to next step.
5 Check each spark plug. Yes Go to next step.
Are they okay? No Repair or replace spark plug.
6 Check ignition timing at idle. Yes Go to Step 9.
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
7 Perform ignition timing adjustment. Yes Adjust ignition timing.
Can timing be adjusted? No Check both distributor and timing belt.
8 Check choke system. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Repair or replace choke system.
9 Check slow fuel cut solenoid. Yes Go to Step 11.
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
10 Shake carburetor's connector (6-pin) with Yes Repair or replace wiring harness between slow fuel cut
ignition switch at ON. Is a "click" sound heard? solenoid valve and carburetor.
No Repair or replace slow fuel cut solenoid valve.
11 Check compression pressure. Yes Go to Step 13.
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
12 Add oil through plug hole. Yes Check pistons and cylinders for wear.
Does engine start? No Check for the following:
• Burnt valve
• Worn piston, piston ring, or cylinder
• Damaged cylinder gasket
CONTINUED
F4-36
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM 4 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT WON'T START OR HARD START (ENGINE WARM)
1. Percolation
• Air vent solenoid valve malfunction
2. Air/Fuel mixture too rich
• High float level
• Choke system malfunction
Warning
POSSIBLE Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures.
CAUSE Read following warnings before performing fuel system service:
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage.
Always keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
cardiagn.com
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE
REPAIR PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Inspect spark plugs. Yes Repair or replace
Are spark plugs wet or covered with carbon? No Go to next step.
2 Check choke system. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Repair or replace choke system.
3 Check air vent solenoid valve. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace air vent solenoid valve.
4 Check float level? Yes Check for the following:
Is it okay? (float level is high.) • Fuel filter (clogging)
• Float room (dust)
• Fuel hose (clogging)
• Fuel tank (dust)
No Inspect both float and needle valve.
CONTINUED
F4-37
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Check if there is any air leakage. Yes Repair or replace appropriate parts.
Is there any? No Go to next step.
2 Disconnect high-tension lead at idle, then check Yes Go to next step.
engine speed.
Does it decrease equally at each cylinder? No Refer to Section G.
3 Check idle-up system. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Repair or adjust system.
4 Check ignition timing at idle. Yes Go to Step 6.
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
5 Perform ignition timing adjustment. Yes Adjust ignition timing.
Can timing be adjusted? No Check both distributor and timing belt.
6 Check idling speed. Yes Go to Step 8.
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
7 Perform idling speed adjustment. Yes Adjust idling speed.
Can idling speed be adjusted? No Adjust or inspect idling mixture.
8 Check pcv valve. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Repair or replace pcv valve.
9 Check compression pressure? Yes Go to Step 11.
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
10 Drive vehicle. Yes Check pistons and cylinders for wear.
Does engine stop at takeoff? No Check for the following:
• Burnt valve
• Worn piston, piston ring, or cylinder
• Damaged cylinder gasket
11 Check primary main, slow system. Yes Check for the following:
Is it okay? • Fuel filter (clogging)
• Float room (dust)
• Fuel hose (clogging)
• Fuel tank (dust)
No Clean or replace each jet and air bleed.
CONTINUED
F4-38
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
SYMPTOM 7 ROUGH IDLE/ENGINE STALLS AT IDLE (ENGINE WARM)
1. Choke system malfunction
2. Float level incorrect
3. Air vent solenoid valve malfunction
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures. Read
following warnings before performing fuel system service:
POSSIBLE
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
CAUSE
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Start and warm engine. Yes Go to next step.
Check choke valve.
Is it fully open? No Repair or replace choke system.
2 Inspect spark plugs. Yes Repair or replace spark plugs.
re spark plugs wet or covered with carbon? No Go to next step.
3 Check air vent solenoid valve. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace valve.
4 Check fuel check valve. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Repair or replace valve.
5 Check float level. Yes Check for the following:
Is it okay? (float level is high.) • Fuel filter (clogging)
• Float room (dust)
• Fuel hose (clogging)
• Fuel tank (dust)
No Inspect both float and needle valve.
F4-39 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM 8 ROUGH IDLE/ENGINE STALLS AT IDLE - WHEN A/C OR P/S ON (IF EQUIPPED
1. Idle-up system malfunction
• Solenoid valve malfunction
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures. Read
following warnings before performing fuel system service:
POSSIBLE • Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious Injury and damage. Always keep
CAUSE sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Inspect idle-up system. Yes Follow steps for troubleshooting item
Is it okay? "Rough idle/engine stalls at idle (Always)".
No Adjust or repair system,
cardiagn.com
SYMPTOM 9 ENGINE SUDDERLY STALLS OFTEN
1. Disconnected starter connector
2. Poor connection of starter connector
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures. Read
following warnings before performing fuel system service:
POSSIBLE • Fuel vapor Is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep sparks
CAUSE and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
CONTINUED
F4-40
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
Is it closed? No Repair or inspect secondary diaphragm link.
4 Check float level. Yes Check for the following:
Is it okay? (float level is high.) • Fuel filter (clogging)
• Float room (dust)
• Fuel hose (clogging)
• Fuel tank (dust)
No Inspect both float and needle valve.
F4-41 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
SYMPTOM 13 HESITATION
• Spark advance control malfunction
• Restricted jets
• Air leakage
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures. Read
following warnings before performing fuel system service:
POSSIBLE
• Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
CAUSE
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE REPAIR
PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Check system for air leakage. Yes Repair or replace any parts as necessary.
Is there any? No Go to next step.
2 Check throttle wiring. Yes Go to next step.
Is there sufficient slack in wiring? No Adjust or repair accelerator cable.
CONTINUED
F4-42
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
• Fuel hose (clogging)
• Fuel tank (dust)
No Clean or replace jets. Note
• Dirt and grime can be removed from jets by covering
the air horn with your hand.
CONTINUED
F4-43
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
• Cylinder heads, gaskets
• Valve clearance
12 Inspect all jets and air bleeds (including high Yes Clean or replace each jet and air bleed.
speed richer) of both primary and secondary
No Check for the following:
main passage.
• Fuel filter (clogging)
Is there blockage? • Float room (dust)
• Fuel hose (clogging)
• Fuel tank (dust)
CONTINUED
F4-44
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
No Go to next step.
12 Add oil through plug hole. Yes Check pistons and cylinders for wear.
Does engine start? No Check for the following:
• Burnt valve
• Worn piston, piston ring, or cylinder
• Damaged cylinder gasket
13 Check main (primary) system. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Check the following:
• Main jet
• Air bleed
Note
• Dirt and grime can be removed from jets by
covering the air horn with your hand.
14 Check main (secondary) system. Yes Check for the following:
Is it okay? • Fuel filter (clogging)
• Float room (dust)
• Fuel hose (clogging)
• Fuel tank (dust)
No Check the following: •
Main jet
• Air bleed
Note
• Dirt and grime can be removed from jets by
covering the air horn with your hand.
CONTINUED
F4-45
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
SYMPTOM 16 KNOCKING
1. Air/Fuel mixture too lean
• Restricted primary main, slow system
• Poor ignition or misfire
• Insufficient engine coolant
Warning
Following troubleshooting flowchart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair procedures. Read
POSSIBLE following warnings before performing fuel system service:
CAUSE • Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
• Fuel line spills and leaks are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious Injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete "BEFORE
REPAIR PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this manual.
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE
☞ FUEL SYSTEM, AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
STEP INSPECTION RESULTS ACTION
1 Check engine Yes Stop vehicle and let it idle to cool engine.
Does it seem to be overheating? Inspect coolant and engine oil,
No Go to next step.
2 Inspect spark plugs. Yes Replace fuel,
cardiagn.com
Are spark plugs electrode free of carbon ac-
cumulation? No Clean or replace spark plugs.
CONTINUED
F4-46
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
3 Perform ignition timing adjustment. Yes Adjust ignition timing.
Can timing be adjusted? No Check both distributor and timing belt.
4 Check idling speed. Yes Go to Step 6.
Is it correct? No Go to next step.
5 Perform idling speed adjustment. Yes Adjust idling speed.
Can it be adjusted? No Adjust or repair any part as necessary.
6 Check slow fuel cut solenoid valve. Yes Go to Step 8.
Is it okay? No Go to next step.
7 Shake carburetor's connector (6-pin) with Yes Repair or replace wiring harness between slow fuel cut
ignition switch at ON. solenoid valve and carburetor.
Is a "click" sound heard? No Repair or replace slow fuel cut solenoid valve.
8 Check both CO and HC concentration. Yes Go to next step.
Are they okay? No Adjust CO and HC concentrations.
9 Check choke valve. Yes Go to next step.
Is it fully open after warm-up? No Repair or replace choke system.
10 Check float level. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? (float level is high.) No Check the following:
• Float
• Needle valve
11 Check distributor, (centrifugal spark advance, Yes Go to next step.
vacuum spark advance)
Is it okay? No Repair or replace distributor.
CONTINUED
F4-47
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
3.5—4.9
{35—50, 31—43}
FRONT
75D26R
FRONT
CONTINUED
G–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CHARGING SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
– 7 °C {20 °F} 8.9 34B19R (27) 3.0—4.0 20
–12 °C {10 °F} 8.7 55D23R (48) 4.5—5.5 30
–18 °C { 0 °F} 8.5 75D26L (52) 5.5—6.5 35
75D26R (52) 5.5—6.5 35
Back-up Current
80D26R (55) 5.5—6.5 35
1. Verify that the ignition switch (engine switch) is at the
OFF position and that the key has been removed. 95D31R (64) 6.5—8.0 40
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
4. After the battery has been recharged, measure the
Caution battery positive voltage and verify that the battery
Operating electrical loads while measuring keeps specified voltage for more than 1 hour.
the back-up current can damage the circuit
tester. Specification
Above 12.4 V
3. Measure the back-up current between the negative
battery terminal and the negative battery cable. 5. If not as specified, replace the battery.
G–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CHARGING SYSTEM
G6 WL, WL Turbo
5.0—6.8 N·m
{50—70 kgf·cm, 44—60 in·lbf}
20—30
{2.0—3.1, 15—22}
A
B
C
38—51
{3.8—5.3, A
19—25 28—38}
{1.9—2.6, 5.0—6.8 N·m
14—18} B {50—70 kgf·cm,
44—60 in·lbf}
38—51 C
{3.8—5.3, 28—38}
38—51
cardiagn.com
{3.8—5.3, 28—38}
S L CONTINUED
G–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CHARGING SYSTEM
WL, WL Turbo
Standard voltage
Engine switch ON (V) Idle (V) [20°C {68°F}]
Terminal
WL, WL Turbo WL, WL Turbo
B B+ 14.05—14.85
A S I A B+ 14.05—14.85
S 0 7.025—7.425
I 2.0—4.0 13.00—14.85
cardiagn.com
1. Verify that the battery is fully charged.
harness.
2. Verify that the drive belt deflection/tension is within
5. Connect the negative battery cable.
the specification. (Refer to Section B2, DRIVE
6. Turn all electrical loads off.
BELT, DRIVE BELT INSPECTION.)
7. Start the engine and increase the engine speed to
3. Turn off all electrical loads.
2,000—2,500 rpm.
4. Turn the ignition switch (engine switch) to START
8. Turn the following electrical loads on and verify that
position and verify that the generator turns
the current reading increases.
smoothly without any noise while the engine is
Headlights
running.
Blower motor
5. Measure the voltage at the terminals shown in the
Rear window defroster
table.
Note
G6, F2 CARB, F2 CIS
Current required for generating power varies
with electrical loads applied.
A S I
CONTINUED
G–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
IGNITION SYSTEM
G6, F2 CIS
1. Disconnect the igniter connector. 1.5—1.9
2. Turn the ignition switch on and measure the {15—20, 14—17}
voltage at connector terminal A using the
voltmeter.
G6, F2 CIS
cardiagn.com
Specification 6.87—9.80
Battery positive voltage {70—100, 60.8—86.8]
N·m {kgf·cm, in·lbf}
Specification
Approx. 0.5 V
ST
N·m {kgf·cm, in·lbf}
1 Center lead
2 Connector
3 Ignition coil bracket
4 Condenser
5 Ignition coil
6 Igniter
CONTINUED
G–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
IGNITION SYSTEM
DISTRIBUTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
G6, F2 CARB, F2 CIS
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
F2 CARB
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
cardiagn.com
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
4. Adjust the ignition timing.
(Refer to Section F2, ENGINE TUNE-UP,
IGNITION TIMING ADJUSTMENT.)
G6
Specification
10—16 k [20 °C {68 °F}]
19—25 {1.9—2.6, 14—18}
G6, F2 CIS
CONTINUED
G–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
IGNITION SYSTEM
MATCHING MARKS
cardiagn.com
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
F2 CIS
1 Vacuum hose
2 High-tension lead
+ HIGH-TENSION LEAD
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
3 Connector
4 Distributor
+ Installation Note CONTINUED
G–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
IGNITION SYSTEM
DISTRIBUTOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
G6, F2 CARB, F2 CIS
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
G6 F2 CIS
cardiagn.com
R
F2 CARB
G–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
IGNITION SYSTEM
( ° ) 11—15
cardiagn.com
VACUUM HOSE 0—2
0 20 53.3
{150, 5.9} {400, 15.7}
5. While gradually increasing the engine speed, use
ADVANCE (DEGREE) VACUUM ( kPa { mmHg , inHg })
the timing light to check the advance angle on
crankshaft pulley. 6. If necessary, disassemble and inspect the
distributor.
19—23
Pick-up Coil With Igniter Inspection
1. Connect an ohmmeter to the pick-up coil.
(°)
9—13
0—2
ADVANCE (DEGREE) 0 1,200 2,200 6,000
ENGINE SPEED ( rpm )
G–9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
STARTING SYSTEM
STARTING SYSTEM
WL, WL Turbo
STARTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
9.9—11.7 N·m
Warning {100—120 kgf·cm,
When the battery cables are connected, 87—104 in·lbf}
touching the vehicle body with starter
terminal B will generate sparks. This can
cause personal injury, fire, and damage to
the electrical components. Always
disconnect the battery before performing
the following operation.
cardiagn.com
G6, F2 CARB, F2 CIS 9.9—11.7 N·m
{100—120 kgf·cm,
87—104 in·lbf} N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
38—51 {3.8—5.3, 28—38}
1 Terminal B wire
2 Terminal S wire
3 Starter
STARTER INSPECTION
On-vehicle Inspection
1. Verify that the battery is fully charged.
2. Crank the engine and verify that the starter turns
smoothly without any noise.
3. If not as specified, measure the voltage at
terminals S and B when the ignition switch (engine
switch) is at START position.
Specification
Above 8 V
No Load Test
1. Verify that the battery is fully charged.
2. Connect the starter, battery, voltmeter, and
ammeter as shown.
A
B
IGNITION M
SWITCH
(ENGINE V
SWITCH)
STARTER
BATTERY
TERMINAL S
CONTINUED
G–10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
STARTING SYSTEM
Specification
Engine type
Item F2 CARB, WL,
G6
F2 CIS WL Turbo
Voltage (V) 11.5 11.5 11
Current (A) Below 100 Below 60 Below 130
cardiagn.com
G–11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CLUTCH
GENERAL PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 1 CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 7
CLUTCH FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 1 CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER
CLUTCH FLUID INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 7
CLUTCH FLUID REPLACEMENT/AIR CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER
BLEEDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 1/2 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 7
CLUTCH PEDAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 2 CLUTCH UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 8
CLUTCH PEDAL INSPECTION/ CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . H– 8/10
ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 2/3 CLUTCH COVER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . H–10
CLUTCH PEDAL REMOVAL/ CLUTCH DISC INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H–11
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 3 CLUTCH RELEASE COLLAR
CLUTCH PEDAL DISASSEMBLY/ INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H–11
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 4 FLYWHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H–11
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 5 PILOT BEARING INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . H–11
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER FLYWHEEL INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H–11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 5
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H– 5/6
cardiagn.com
Clutch Pipe Removal/Installation CLUTCH FLUID INSPECTION
1. If any clutch pipe has been disconnected any time
during the procedure, add brake fluid, bleed the air, Note
and inspect for leakage after the procedure has The fluid in the reservoir must be maintained
been completed. between the MIN/MAX level during
2. If removing the clutch pipe, remove it using the replacement.
SST (49 0259 770B). If installing the clutch pipe,
modify the clutch pipe tightening torque to allow for CLUTCH FLUID REPLACEMENT/AIR BLEEDING
the use of a torque wrench–SST (49 0259 770B)
combination, and then tighten the clutch pipe using Caution
the SST (49 0259 770B). Clutch fluid will damage painted surfaces,
be careful not to spill clutch fluid on a
painted surface. If this should happen,
wash it off immediately.
Do not mix different brands of clutch fluid.
Do not reuse the clutch fluid that was
drained out.
1. Draw the fluid from the reserve tank with a suction
pump.
2. Remove the bleeder cap from the clutch release
cylinder and attach a vinyl hose to the bleeder plug.
3. Place the other end of the vinyl hose into a
container.
4. Slowly pump the clutch pedal several times.
5. With the clutch pedal depressed, loosen the
bleeder screw using the SST to let fluid escape.
Close the bleeder screw using the SST.
BLEEDER SCREW
49 0259 770B
CONTINUED
H–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CLUTCH FLUID, CLUTCH PEDAL
1.Repeat steps 4 and 5 until only clean fluid is seen. CLUTCH PEDAL
2.Tighten the bleeder screw.
CLUTCH PEDAL INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT
Tightening torque Clutch Pedal Height
5.9—8.8 N·m {60—90 kgf·cm, 52—78 in·lbf} 1. Measure the distance from the upper surface of the
pedal pad to the carpet.
3.Add fluid to the MAX mark.
4.Check for correct clutch operation. Pedal height
241.6—246.6 mm {9.52—9.70 in}
A 14—17
{1.4—1.8, 11—13}
cardiagn.com
PEDAL HEIGHT
CARPET
CONTINUED
H–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CLUTCH PEDAL
L.H.D.
D
19—25
{1.9—2.6,
14—18}
C
12—16
{1.2—1.7,
8.7—12.3}
cardiagn.com
19—25
{1.9—2.6,
PEDAL 14—18}
FREE PLAY
WL, WL Turbo
Refer to section F2, INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM,
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
RELEASE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.
POINT
FULL
STROKE
END
POSITION PEDAL STROKE
Pedal stroke
146.5—151.5 mm {5.8—5.9 in}
(reference value)
CONTINUED
H–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CLUTCH PEDAL
Note
Apply lithium-based grease to the spring and
bush when assembling.
12—16
{1.2—1.7, 8.7—12.3}
14—17
{1.4—1.8,
11—13}
cardiagn.com
R
H–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
SST *
12.8—21.5
{130—220, 113—190}
cardiagn.com
* 49 0259 770B
N·m {kgf·cm, in·lbf}
84—112 N·m
{8.5—11.5 kgf·m,
61.5—83.1 ft·lbf}
CONTINUED
H–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
1 Snap ring
+ Disassembly Note
+ Assembly Note
2 Piston
3 Protector
4 Primary cap
5 Return spring
6 Tank cap
7 Reservoir
8 Bushing
9 Joint bolt
10 Gasket
11 One-way valve piston
12 Return spring
13 One way valve pin
14 Clutch master cylinder body
cardiagn.com
Snap Ring Disassembly Note
Hold the piston down using a cloth-wrapped pin
punch.
CONTINUED
H–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER
cardiagn.com
16—22 {1.6—2.3, 12—16}
1 E-clip 3 Bolt
2 Clutch hose 4 Clutch release cylinder
G6
5.9—8.8 N·m
{60—90 kgf·cm,
53—78 in·lbf}
EXCEPT
G6
CONTINUED
H–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CLUTCH UNIT
CLUTCH UNIT
CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
2. Install in the reverse order of removal.
SST
cardiagn.com
18—26 {1.8—2.7, 14—19}
SST
SST
SST
(MOLYBDENUM SULFIDE)
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
H–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CLUTCH UNIT
1
49 SE01 310A 5 7
3
4
49 E011 1A0 8 6
2
Pilot Bearing Removal Note
Note
The pilot bearing does not need to be removed
cardiagn.com
unless you are replacing it. EXCEPT G6
Use the SSTs to remove the pilot bearing.
1
3 6
49 E011 1A0
5 4
2
49 1285 071
49 E011 1A0
Ä ÀÆ
 Ã
Ç Å
Á
EXCEPT G6
1
3 6
49 E011 1A0
5 4
2
CONTINUED
H–9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CLUTCH UNIT
cardiagn.com
Clearance
0.5 mm {0.020 in} max.
49 SE01 310A
49 SE01 310A
CONTINUED
H–10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CLUTCH UNIT
0.3 mm
{0.012 in}
cardiagn.com
3. Measure the clutch disc runout using a dial
indicator. FLYWHEEL INSPECTION
1. Install a dial indicator on the cylinder block.
Runout 2. Measure the flywheel runout using a dial indicator.
0.7 mm {0.027 in} max.
Runout
0.2 mm {0.079 in} max.
H–11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
(M15M-D, M15MX-D)
MANUAL TRANSMISSION .............................. J1-1 VEHICLE SPEEDOMETER SENSOR
TRANSMISSION OIL INSPECTION ................ J1-1 INSPECTION .....................................................J1-2
TRANSMISSION OIL REPLACEMENT ........... J1-1/2 MANUAL TRANSMISSION
OIL SEAL (M15M-D) REPLACEMENT............. J1-2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ................................J1-3/7
VEHICLE SPEEDOMETER SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ........................ J1-2
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION OIL INSPECTION
1. Remove the check plug A.
cardiagn.com
2. Drain the oil into a container.
3. Clean the drain plug B.
2. Verify that the oil is at the brim of the check plug hole 4. Install the drain plug B with new washer.
as shown. If it is low, add the specified oil from the
check plug hole. Tightening torque
Specified oil B: 40—58 N.m {4.0—6.0 kgf.m, 29—43 ft.lbf}
Grade: 5. Add the specified oil from check plug A port until the
API service GL-4 or GL-5 level reaches the brim of check plug hole.
Viscosity:
SAE 75W-90 (All season) or
SAE 80W-90 (Above 10 °C {50 °F})
Capacity:
2.0 L {2.1 US qt, 1.8 Imp qt} (M15M-D)
2.5 L {2.6 US qt, 2.2 Imp qt} (M15MX-D)
3. Install a new check plug A.
Tightening torque
A: 25—39 N.m {2.5-4.0 kgf.m, 19—28 ft.lbf}
CONTINUED
J1-1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Tightening torque
7.9—10.7 N.m
{80—110 kgf.cm, 69.5—95.4 in.Ibf}
cardiagn.com
Meter needle Action
Speedometer sensor is
normal.
Moves slightly under 5 V Inspect wiring harness.
(Instrument cluster-Vehicle
speedometer sensor)
Replace vehicle speedometer
Does not move
sensor.
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
MANUAL TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
4x2(M15M-D)
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Drain the transmission oil into a container.
3. Remove the propeller shaft.
(Refer to section L, PROPELLER SHAFT (4x2), PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the starter. (Refer to section G, STARTING SYSTEM, STARTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
7. Add the specified type and amount of transmission oil.
(Refer to MANUAL TRANSMISSION, TRANSMISSION OIL REPLACEMENT.)
8. Warm up the engine and transmission, inspect for oil leakage, and verify the transmission operation.
cardiagn.com
1 Shift lever knob 12 Speedometer sensor connector
2 Console 13 Back-up light switch connector
3 Dust boot 14 Neutral switch connector (F2 CIS)
4 Change boot upper plate 15 Front pipe bracket
5 Boot 16 Clutch release cylinder
6 Dust boot 17 Crossmember
7 Gasket ☞ Removal Note
8 Wave washer 18 Transmission lower mount
9 Change bush 19 Transmission
☞ Removal Note
10 Change lever ☞ Installation Note
11 Change seat
CONTINUED
J1-3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
cardiagn.com
1 Shift lever knob 12 Speedometer sensor connector
2 Console 13 Back-up light switch connector
3 Dust boot 14 Front pipe bracket
4 Change boot upper plate 15 Clutch release cylinder
5 Boot 16 Crossmember
6 Dust boot ☞ Removal Note
7 Gasket 17 Dynamic damper
8 Wave washer 18 Transmission lower mount
9 Change bush 19 Transmission
☞ Removal Note & Installation Note
10 Change lever
11 Change seat
CONTINUED
J1-4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Crossmember removal note
• Securely support the transmission on
a transmission jack, then remove the
crossmember.
cardiagn.com
• A transmission that is not securely
supported on a transmission jack is
dangerous. It can slip or fall, causing
serious injury. Never work without the
transmission jack until crossmember
installation is finished.
CONTINUED
J1-5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
4x4(M15MX-D)
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Drain the transmission and transfer oil into a container.
3. Remove the front and rear propeller shaft,
(Refer to section L, FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT (4x4), FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(Refer to section L, REAR PROPELLER SHAFT (4x4), REAR PROPELLER SHAFT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the starter. (Refer to section G, STARTING SYSTEM, STARTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
7. Add the specified type and amount of transmission and transfer oil.
(Refer to MANUAL TRANSMISSION, TRANSMISSION OIL REPLACEMENT.)
(Refer to section J3, TRANSFER, TRANSFER OIL REPLACEMENT.)
8. Warm up the engine and transmission, inspect for oil leakage, and verify the transmission operation.
cardiagn.com
1 Shift lever knob 12 Transfer under cover
2 Console 13 Speedometer sensor connector
3 Dust boot 14 Back-up light switch connector
4 Change boot upper mount 15 4x4 indicator switch connector
5 Boot 16 Front pipe bracket
6 Dust boot 17 Clutch release cylinder
7 Gasket 18 Crossmember
8 Wave washer ☞ MANUAL TRANSMISSION, MANUAL TRANS-
MISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, 4x2 (M15M-D),
9 Change bush Crossmember removal Note
10 Change lever
11 Change seat
CONTINUED
J1-6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
cardiagn.com
Warning
• A transmission and transfer that are not securely
supported on a transmission jack are dangerous. They
can slip or fall, causing serious injury. Never work
without the transmission jack until crossmember
installation is finished.
CONTINUED
J1-7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
(R15M–D, R15MX–D)
MANUAL TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J2–1 VEHICLE SPEEDOMETER SENSOR INSPECTION...J2–2
TRANSMISSION OIL INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . J2–1 MANUAL TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION OIL REPLACEMENT . . . . . . J2–1/2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J2–3/9
OIL SEAL (R15M–D) REPLACEMENT . . . . . . J2–2
VEHICLE SPEEDOMETER SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J2–2
Tightening torque
A: 40—58 N·m {4.0—6.0 kgf·m, 29—43 ft·lbf}
cardiagn.com
B: 21—31 N·m {2.1—3.2 kgf·m, 16—23 ft·lbf}
FILLER PLUG
2. Verify that the oil is at the brim of the filler plug hole
as shown. If it is low, add the specified oil from the
filler plug hole.
Specified oil DRAIN PLUG B
Grade: DRAIN PLUG A
API service GL–4 or GL–5
Viscosity: 4. Remove the filler plug and add the specified oil
SAE 75W–90 (All season) or through the filler plug port until the level rises to the
SAE 80W–90 (Above 10°C {50°F}) bottom of the port.
Specified oil
Grade:
API service GL–4 or GL–5
Viscosity:
FILLER PLUG HOLE SAE 75W–90 (All season) or
SAE 80W–90 (Above 10°C {50°F})
Capacity:
2.8 L {3.0 US qt, 2.5 lmp qt} (R15M–D)
3.2 L {3.4 US qt, 2.8 lmp qt} (R15MX–D)
CONTINUED
J2–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Tightening torque
25—39 N·m {2.6—4.0 kgf·m, 19—28 ft·lbf}
cardiagn.com
4. Apply the specified oil to the new oil seal.
5. Install the oil seal until it touches the case using a
suitable piece of pipe.
PIPE
J2–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
MANUAL TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
42 (R15M–D)
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Drain the transmission oil into a container.
3. Remove the propeller shaft.
(Refer to section L, PROPELLER SHAFT (4x2), PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the starter. (Refer to section G, STARTING SYSTEM, STARTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
7. Add the specified amount and type of transmission oil.
(Refer to MANUAL TRANSMISSION, TRANSMISSION OIL REPLACEMENT.)
8. Warm up the engine and transmission, inspect for oil leakage, and verify the transmission operation.
7.9—10.7 N·m
F2 {80—110 kgf·cm,
69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
69—88
{7.0—9.0,
cardiagn.com
51—65}
A
69—88
{7.0—9.0,
51—65}
16—22
38—51 {1.6—2.3,
{3.8—5.3, 12—16}
28—38} 69—88
{7.0—9.0,
51—65}
69—88
{7.0—9.0, 16—22
A
51—65} {1.6—2.3,
12—16}
ST
38—51 38—51
{3.8—5.3, 32—46 {3.2—4.7, 24—33} 38—46
{3.8—5.3,
28—38} {3.8—4.7,
28—38}
22—28 {2.2—2.9, 16—20} 28—33}
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm, 69.5—95.4 in·lbf} N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
J2–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
G6
cardiagn.com
1 Shift lever knob 12 Vehicle speedometer sensor connector
2 Console 13 Back-up light switch connector
3 Dust boot 14 Neutral switch connector
4 Change boot upper plate 15 Front pipe bracket
5 Boot 16 Clutch release cylinder
6 Dust boot 17 Crossmember
7 Gasket ☞ Removal Note
8 Wave washer 18 Transmission lower mount
9 Change bush 19 Transmission
☞ Removal note
10 Change lever ☞ Installation note
11 Change seat
CONTINUED
J2-4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
WL, WL TURBO
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
38—51
19—25 {1.9—2.6, 14—18} {3.8—5.3,
28—38}
cardiagn.com
38—51 {3.8—5.3, 28—38}
16—22
{1.6—2.3,
12—16}
A 16—22
{1.6—2.3,
12—16}
CONTINUED
J2–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
Warning
Do not allow the transmission to fall from
the transmission jack.
cardiagn.com
Transmission installation note
Warning
A transmission that is not securely
supported on a transmission jack is
dangerous. It can slip or fall, causing
serious injury. Never work without the
transmission jack until crossmember
installation is finished.
ST
CONTINUED
J2–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
44 (R15MX–D)
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Drain the transmission and transfer oil into a container.
3. Remove the front and rear propeller shaft.
(Refer to section L, FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT (4x4), FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(Refer to section L, REAR PROPELLER SHAFT (4x4), REAR PROPELLER SHAFT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the front pipe. (G6 engine)
(Refer to section F2, EXHAUST SYSTEM, EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the starter. (Refer to section G, STARTING SYSTEM, STARTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
8. Add the specified type and amount of transmission and transfer oil.
(Refer to MANUAL TRANSMISSION, TRANSMISSION OIL REPLACEMENT.)
(Refer to section J3, TRANSFER, TRANSFER OIL REPLACEMENT.)
9. Warm up the engine and transmission, inspect for oil leakage, and verify the transmission operation.
G6
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
cardiagn.com
R
19—25
{1.9—2.6,
14—18}
37—50
{3.7—5.1,
27—36} 44—53 {4.4—5.3, 32—39}
CONTINUED
J2–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
WL, WL TURBO
cardiagn.com
7.9—10.7 N·m
{80—110 kgf·cm,
69.5—95.4 in·lbf}
R
R
38—51
{3.8—5.3,
19—25 28—38}
{1.9—2.6, 14—18}
ST 38—51
{3.8—5.3, 28—38}
A
32—46
{3.2—4.7, 24—33}
16—22
{1.6—2.3,
12—16}
A 37—50
{3.7—5.1,
27—36}
44—53
{4.4—5.3, 32—39}
22—28
{2.2—2.9, 16—20}
CONTINUED
J2–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
cardiagn.com
18 Clutch release cylinder Warning
19 Crossmember A transmission and transfer that are not
+ MANUAL TRANSMISSION, MANUAL securely supported on a transmission jack
TRANSMISSION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, are dangerous. They can slip or fall,
42 (R15M–D), Crossmember removal note causing serious injury. Never work without
20 Transmission lower mount the transmission jack until crossmember
installation is finished.
21 Transmission and transfer
+ Removal note 1. Place the transmission and transfer on a
+ Installation note transmission jack.
2. Maintain the stability of the transmission and
transfer while installing them.
CONTINUED
J2–9
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
TO. MODEL .INDEX
TRANSFER
TRANSFER ..................................................................J3-1 TRANSFER OIL REPLACEMENT................ J3-1
TRANSFER OIL INSPECTION ...............................J3-1
cardiagn.com
2. Verify that the oil is at the brim of the filler plug hole
as shown. If it is low, add the specified oil from the 2. Drain the oil into a container.
filler plug hole. 3. Clean the filler and drain plugs.
4. Install the drain plug with new washer.
Specified oil
Grade: Tightening torque
API service GL-4 or GL-5 40—58 N.m {4.0—6.0 kgf.m, 29—43 ft.lbf}
Viscosity:
SAE 75W-90 (All season) or 5. Add the specified oil from filler plug port until the level
SAE 80W-90 (Above 10 °C {50 °F}) reaches the brim of filler plug hole.
Capacity:
2.0 L {2.1 USqt,1.8 lmp qt}
Specified oil
Grade:
API service GL-4 or GL-5
Viscosity:
SAE 75W-90 (All season) or
SAE 80W-90 (Above 10 °C {50 °F})
Capacity:
2.0 L {2.1 USqt,1.8lmpqt}
Tightening torque
40—58 N-m {4.0—6.0 kgf.m, 29—43 ft.lbf}
Tightening torque
40—58 N-m {4.0-6.0 kgf.m, 29—43 ft.lbf}
CONTINUED
J3-1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
PROPELLER SHAFT
PROPELLER SHAFT (42) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L–1 FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT INSPECTION . . L–3
PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/ FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L–1 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L–3/4
PROPELLER SHAFT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . L–2 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT (44) . . . . . . . . . . . . L–5
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT (44) . . . . . . . . . . . L–2 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/ INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L–5
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L–2 REAR PROPELLER SHAFT INSPECTION . . . . L–5
50—58
{5.0—6.0, 37—43}
cardiagn.com
WL TURBO, G6: 49 S120 440
WL, F2 CIS, F2 CARB: 49 0259 440
SST
Propeller Shaft Installation Note
Align the marks made during removal, and install
37—52 {3.7—5.4, 27—39} the propeller shaft. If installing a new propeller
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
shaft, align the differential companion flange
precast marking with the tag on the propeller shaft.
1 Bolt, nut TAG
MARK
2 Nut
+ Installation Note
3 Propeller shaft
+ Removal Note
+ Installation Note
L–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
PROPELLER SHAFT (42), FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT (44)
28—30
{2.8—3.1, 21—22}
cardiagn.com
3. Move the universal joint in the direction shown, and
inspect joint play.
Note
Starting torque
0.3—1.1 N·m
{3.0—12.0 kgf·cm, 2.7—10.4 in·lbf} N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
1 Bolt, nut
2 Front propeller shaft
+ Removal Note
+ Installation Note
CONTINUED
L–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT (44)
R
R
Runout
1 Snap ring
0.4 mm {0.016 in} max.
+ Disassembly Note
2 Universal joint yoke
cardiagn.com
3 Universal joint
+ Disassembly Note
+ Assembly Note
4 Sliding yoke
5 Propeller shaft
Note
Starting torque
0.3—0.7 N·m
{3.0—8.0 kgf·cm, 2.7—6.9 in·lbf}
YOKE
CONTINUED
L–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT PROPELLER SHAFT (44)
cardiagn.com
SPIDER
BEARING CUP
YOKE
SNAP RING
CLEARANCE
SPIDER
Note
Starting torque
0.3—0.7 N·m
{3.0—8.0 kgf·cm, 2.7—6.9 in ·lbf}
CONTINUED
L–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR PROPELLER SHAFT (44)
50—58
{5.0—6.0, 37—43}
Runout
0.4 mm {0.016 in} max.
cardiagn.com
37—52
{3.7—5.4, 27—39}
50—58
{5.0—6.0, 37—43}
1 Bolt, nut
2. If the runout is excessive, replace the rear
2 Nut
propeller shaft.
+ PROPELLER SHAFT (42), PROPELLER
3. Move the universal joint in the direction shown.
SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Nut
Inspect starting torque and joint play.
Installation Note
3 Rear propeller shaft Note
+ Removal Note Starting torque
+ Installation Note 0.3—1.1 N·m
4 Dynamic damper (WL Turbo) {3.0—12.0 kgf·cm, 2.7—10.4 in·lbf}
L–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–13/15 DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–38/39
OUTPUT SHAFT (MFW) JOINT SHAFT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–39
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–16 JOINT SHAFT COMPONENT ASSEMBLY . . . M–40/42
OUTPUT SHAFT CONTROL BOX REMOVAL/
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–17/18 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–42
REAR DIFFERENTIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–19 CONTROL BOX DISASSEMBLY/
REAR DIFFERENTIAL OIL INSPECTION . . . . M–19 ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–43/44
REAR DIFFERENTIAL OIL SHIFT FORK INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–44
REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–19 FRONT DIFFERENTIAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–45
REAR DIFFERENTIAL REMOVAL/ FRONT DIFFERENTIAL OIL
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–20 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–45
STANDARD DIFFERENTIAL FRONT DIFFERENTIAL OIL
DISASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–21/23 REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–45
STANDARD DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY . . . M–24/27 FRONT DIFFERENTIAL OIL SEAL
REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–45
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–46/47
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL DISASSEMBLY . . . . M–48/50
MANUAL FREEEWHEEL (MFW) FRONT DIFFERENTIAL ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . M–51/55
MECHANISM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–32 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–56
ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M–32 REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) . . . . . . . . . . . . M–56/62
CONTINUED
M–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
GENERAL PROCEDURES, FRONT AXLE (42)
cardiagn.com
Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces. If turned by hand.
brake fluid gets on a painted surface, wipe 5. Attach a pull scale to a hub bolt and measure the
it off immediately. frictional force.
6. Tighten the locknut until the reading reaches the
Tighten the brake pipe flare nut using the specified amount.
SST (49 0259 770B). Be sure to modify the brake
pipe fIare nut tightening torque to allow use of a Preload
torque wrench-SST combination. Frictional force plus
(Refer to section GI, FUNDAMENTAL 5.9—10.7 N {0.6—1.1 kgf, 1.4—2.4 lbf}
PROCEDURES, TORQUE FORMULAS.)
If any brake line has been disconnected any time 7. Install the set cover, and secure with a new cotter
during the procedure, add brake fluid, bleed the pin.
brakes, and inspect leakage after the procedure 8. Install the hub cap and brake caliper component.
has been completed.
Connectors disconnection/connection
Disconnect the negative battery cable before doing
any work that requires the handling of connectors.
Reconnect the negative battery cable only after the CONTINUED
work is completed.
M–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT AXLE (42)
SST
108—127 {11—13, 80—94}
R
R
SST SST
cardiagn.com
R
R
SST SST
R
R
45—58 {4.5—6.0, 33—43}
19—25
118—156 {12—16, 87—115} {1.9—2.6,
14—18}
R R
CONTINUED
M–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT AXLE (42)
Brake Caliper Component Removal Note Outer Bearing Outer Race, Inner Bearing Outer
Remove the brake caliper component, and Race Installation Note
suspend it by a rope. Install the bearing outer race using the SSTs and a
press. For the other side, reverse the wheel hub
and install the outer race.
OUTSIDE BEARING
cardiagn.com
49 H033 101
INSIDE BEARING
49 B025 001
49 F019 001
MARK
Note
When the inner bearing outer race is removed,
the inner race and oil seal are removed
together.
CONTINUED
M–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT AXLE (42), FRONT AXLE (44)
Hub and Disc Plate Component Installation Note FRONT AXLE (44)
1. Apply grease to the areas indicated in the figure.
WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE INSPECTION
Wheel Bearing Play Inspection
(Refer to FRONT AXLE (42), WHEEL HUB,
STEERING KNUCKLE INSPECTION, Wheel Bearing
Play Inspection.)
Preload Adjustment
Caution
When replacing the locknut, tighten it using
the SST and turn the wheel hub a few times
to seat the bearing. Then, perform the
preload adjustment.
2. Install the hub and disc plate component, then
adjust the preload. 1. For RFW model, remove the hub cap and drive
(Refer to FRONT AXLE (42), WHEEL HUB, shaft end flange. For MFW model, remove the
STEERING KNUCKLE INSPECTION, freewheel hub component.
Preload Adjustment.) 2. Remove the spacer and set plate.
3. Remove the brake caliper component, and
cardiagn.com
suspend it by a rope.
4. Loosen the locknut to the extent that it can be
turned by hand using the SST.
49 S231 635
Preload
Frictional force plus
5.9—10.7 N {0.6—1.1 kgf, 1.4—2.4 lbf}
M–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT AXLE (44)
SST SST
55—67
{5.6—6.9,
41—49} 54—68 {5.5—7.0}
R
R SST
30—51 R
{3.0—5.2,
R 22—37} SST R
cardiagn.com
R
SST
SST
SST
R
SST
R R
19—25 {1.9—2.6, 14—18}
118—156 {12—16, 87—115}
40—44 {4.0—4.5, 29—32}
45—58 {4.5—6.0, 33—43}
(RFW MODEL)
(MFW MODEL)
CONTINUED
M–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT AXLE (44)
cardiagn.com
KNUCKLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Inner
Bearing Outer Race, Outer Bearing Outer Race
Removal Note
+ Installation Note Needle Bearing Removal Note
19 Nut Remove the needle bearing using the SST.
+ Section R, FRONT SUSPENSION, TORSION
BAR SPRING AND LOWER ARM (42) 49 S231 660
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Nut Installation Note
20 Shock absorber bolt
21 Upper arm ball joint
+ Section R, FRONT SUSPENSION, UPPER
ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Upper Arm
Ball Joint/Knuckle Removal Note
22 Steering knuckle component
+ Removal Note
23 Lower arm ball joint
24 Oil seal Needle Bearing Installation Note
+ Removal Note 1. Install the needle bearing using the SST and a
+ Installation Note press.
2. Apply grease to the needle bearing.
25 Spacer
26 Needle bearing
+ Removal Note 49 S033 108
+ Installation Note
27 Steering knuckle
49 S231 635
CONTINUED
M–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT AXLE (44)
49 S033 107
cardiagn.com
49 F027 005
49 F027 007
49 S033 106
CONTINUED
M–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR AXLE
cardiagn.com
SST 275—313 {28—32, 203—231}
*
R R
SST R
SST
16—21 N·m SST
{1.6—2.2 kgf·cm,
12—15 in·lbf} SST
SST
R
108—127
{11—13, 80—94}
SST
R
CONTINUED
*49 0259 770B
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
M–9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR AXLE
cardiagn.com
13 Bearing outer race
+ Removal Note
+ Installation Note
14 Back plate component
15 Axle shaft
16 Hub bolt
17 Baffle
18 Oil seal (axle casing side)
+ Removal Note
+ Installation Note
Oil Seal (Axle Casing Side) Removal Note
Bearing Locknut Removal Note Remove the oil seal from the axle casing using a
screwdriver.
Note
Be careful when removing or installing the
bearing locknuts for the left wheels because OIL SEAL
they are left threaded (tightened by turning
counterclockwise).
49 H025 001
AXLE CASING
CONTINUED
M–10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR AXLE
Caution
cardiagn.com
The torque wrench must be attached
PINION SHAFT
perpendicular to the SST.
A
1. Set the SST and then press the bearing inner race SHIM THRUST
in until 3 to 5 threads of the bearing locknut BLOCK
mounting screw of the axle shaft are visible above
the top of the bearing outer race.
49 S120 748
49 0603 635A
49 S120 645A
CONTINUED
M–11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DRIVE SHAFT
DRIVE SHAFT
DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
2. Install in the reverse order of removal.
cardiagn.com
1 Wheel hub, steering knuckle 3 Snap ring
+ FRONT AXLE (44), WHEEL HUB, 4 Clip
STEERING KNUCKLE + Installation Note
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
2 Drive shaft
+ Removal Note
+ Installation Note
CLIP
OPENING
28 mm {1.1 in}
CONTINUED
M–12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DRIVE SHAFT
R
RIGHT SIDE
R
R
cardiagn.com
R
LEFT SIDE
CONTINUED
M–13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DRIVE SHAFT
Boot Band Disassembly Note 3. Disassemble the balls, inner ring, cage from the
drive shaft as component.
Note 4. Turn the cage by approximately 30 degrees and
D The wheel side boot band does not need to be pull the cage and balls away from the inner ring.
removed unless replacing it.
30_
1. Pry up the locking clip using a screwdriver and
remove the band using pliers.
2. Slide the boot along the shaft to expose the joint.
Note
D The wheel side boot does not need to be
cardiagn.com
removed unless it is being replaced.
Outer Ring Disassembly Note
1. Wrap the shaft splines with tape.
Caution 2. Remove the boot.
D Mark with paint; do not use a punch.
MARKS
Note
D The wheel side and differential side boots are
different.
Caution
D Mark with paint; do not use a punch.
100.5 mm 99.2 mm
1. Mark the drive shaft and inner ring for proper {3.9 in}
{4.0 in}
assembly.
M–14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DRIVE SHAFT
Cage, Inner Ring, Balls, Snap Ring Assembly Note LEFT SIDE
1. Align the marks, and install the balls and cage to
the inner ring in the direction shown in the figure.
Caution
Install the cage with the offset facing the
snap ring groove. If incorrectly installed,
RIGHT SIDE
the drive shaft may become disengaged.
BALLS
CAGE
Standard length
Right side : 619.0—629.0 mm {24.4—24.7 in}
Left side : 551.0—561.0 mm {21.7—22.0 in}
cardiagn.com
Outer Ring Assembly Note
Note
Use the specified grease supplied in the boot
kit.
MARKS
Caution
Do not damage the boot.
For wheel side, apply grease only when
assembling the boot.
M–15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DRIVE SHAFT
cardiagn.com
37—57
{3.7—5.5, 27—39}
CONTINUED
M–16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DRIVE SHAFT
cardiagn.com
SST
R
1 Clip 4 Bearing
+ DRIVE SHAFT, DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/ + Disassembly Note
INSTALLATION, Clip Assembly Note + Assembly Note
2 Output shaft component 5 Output shaft
+ Disassembly Note 6 Bearing housing
+ Assembly Note
7 Oil seal
3 Oil seal + Assembly Note
+ Assembly Note
8 O-ring
CONTINUED
M–17
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DRIVE SHAFT
cardiagn.com
Bearing Assembly Note
Caution
Press the bearing center and shaft center
vertically.
CONTINUED
M–18
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
cardiagn.com
1.85 L {1.96 US qt, 1.63 lmp qt}
FILLER PLUG
WASHER
Tightening torque
40—53 N·m {4.0—5.5 kgf·m, 29—39 ft·lbf}
Tightening torque
40—53 N·m {4.0—5.5 kgf·m, 29—39 ft·lbf}
5. Add the specified oil from the filler plug hole until it
reaches the brim of the hole. CONTINUED
M–19
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
Caution
Clean away the old sealant before applying the new sealant.
Install the differential carrier within 10 minutes after applying sealant.
Allow the sealant to set at least 30 minutes after installation before filling the differential with the
specified oil.
1. Drain the differential oil. (Refer to REAR DIFFERENTIAL, REAR DIFFERENTIAL OIL REPLACEMENT.)
2. Remove the rear propeller shaft.
(Refer to section L, REAR PROPELLER SHAFT (44), REAR PROPELLER SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
cardiagn.com
50—58
{5.0—6.0, 37—43}
CONTINUED
M–20
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
SST
SST
SST
cardiagn.com
SST
SST
M–21
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
T57L–500–B
cardiagn.com
Oil Seal Disassembly Note
Side Bearing Cone Disassembly Note Pull out the oil seal using the SST.
Warning
When pulling the side bearing cone, do not
allow differential component to fall. It can
strike legs or feet and may cause serious
injury.
Caution 308–047
Mark the left bearing in order to install in T77F–1102–A
the same position.
CONTINUED
M–22
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
Note
Mark or otherwise distinguish between the front
and rear cones so that they are not mixed up at
the time of reassembly.
205–D064
D84L–1123–A
cardiagn.com
Front Bearing Cup, Rear Bearing Cup Disassembly Front Bearing Outer Race, Rear Bearing Outer
Note Race Disassembly Note
Note Note
Mark or otherwise distinguish between the front • Mark or otherwise distinguish between the front
and rear cups so that they are not mixed up at and rear outer races so that they are not mixed
the time of reassembly. up at the time of reassembly.
Remove the bearing races using the • Remove the bearing outer races by using the two
SSTs (308 047 T77F–1102A and 100 001 T50T–100–A). grooves on the carrier and tapping the outer races
alternately.
100–001
T50T–100–A
3308–047
T77F–1102–A Knock Pin Disassembly Note
Caution
• Insert the bar from the knock pin hole at the
opposite side from where the ring gear is
installed.
• Secure the gear case in a vise and remove the
knock pin by using a 4 mm {0.16 in} diameter bar.
Caution
Insert the bar from the knock pin hole at the
opposite side from where the ring gear is
installed.
M–23
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
SST SST
SST
130—150
{13.2—15.3,
R 96—110}
R SST
cardiagn.com
SST
R
R R
SST
R
R
SST
298—500
{30.3—50.9, 220—368}
M–24
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
Adjusting Shim Assembly Note 6. This measurement is the thickness needed for the
Pinion height Adjustment selective shim if there was no marking on the drive
1. Assemble the rear bearing cone over the SST and pinion. If the drive pinion is marked with a plus (+)
insert it into the rear bearing cup of the carrier. reading, the amount marked should be subtracted
2. Assemble the front bearing cone into the front from the feeler gauge measurement. If the drive
bearing cup and assemble the SSTs. pinion is marked with a minus (–) reading, the
amount marked should be added to the feeler
gauge measurement.
205–456
Rear Bearing Cone Assembly Note
Assemble the selected spacer on the drive pinion
and press the rear bearing inner race until it is
firmly seated on the shaft.
205–110, T76P–4020–A10
205–457
cardiagn.com
205–109, T76P–4020–A9
Caution
3. Roll the SST component back and forth a few Never loosen pinion nut to decrease drive
times to seat the bearings while tightening the SST pinion preload torque, and never exceed
by hand. specified preload torque. If preload torque
is exceeded, a new collapsible spacer must
Tightening torque be installed and the torque sequence
27 N·m {2.8 kgf·m, 20 ft·lbf} repeated.
4. Center the SST (205–456) into the side bearing 1. Install the drive pinion, collapsible spacer and
bore. Install the bearing caps and tighten the bolt. companion flange to the carrier, and tighten the
pinion nut until all end play is removed.
Tightening torque 2. Continue to tighten in small increments until the
75—95 N·m {7.6—9.7 kgf·m, 55—70 ft·lbf} specified preload can be obtained.
CONTINUED
M–25
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
Case Assembly Note Front Bearing Cup, Rear Bearing Cup Assembly
Assemble the side gears, thrust washer, thrust Note
block, pinion gears, pinion shaft and knock pin. 1. Install the oil baffle in the outer bearing cup bore of
After assembling the knock pin, make a crimp so the carrier.
that the pin will not come out of the gear case. 2. Install the outer bearing cup and inner bearing cup
using the SST.
205–024
T76P–4616–A
cardiagn.com
(1) Set a dial gauge to the pinion gear as shown in 2. Assemble the new oil seal using the SST.
the figure.
(2) Secure one of the side gears.
(3) Move the pinion gear and measure the
backlash at the end of the pinion gear.
Side Bearing Cone Assembly Note Side Bearing Cup, Adjusting Shim, Bearing Cap
Assembly Note
Caution Ring gear backlash adjustment
Bearings should be assembled to the 1. Install the gear case component on the carrier.
original positions. 2. Push the gear case component to the left side of
the carrier and measure the clearance between the
Press the side bearings into the gear case using side bearing and carrier. This measurement is the
the SST. left and right total shim thickness.
3. Divide the amount of shim in step 2 appropriately
between the right and left side, then install the
205–092
bearing cap.
T75L–1165–DA 4. Adjust the drive pinion, ring gear backlash and the
side bearing preload as follows.
(1) Mark the ring gear at four points at approx. 90°
intervals and mount a dial indicator to the
carrier so that the feeler comes in contact at a
90° angle with one of the ring gear teeth.
CONTINUED
M–26
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR DIFFERENTIAL
DIAL INDICATOR
WITH BRACKETRY
RING
GEAR
cardiagn.com
6. If backlash is not as specified, correct the backlash
by switching shims from one side of the differential
case to the other.
7. Using a torque wrench, inspect the total rotating
torque of the pinion and differential component by
rotating the pinion three complete revolutions, and
then reading the rotating torque. The readings
should not exceed 2.4 N·m {24.0 kgf·cm,
20.8 in·lbf}. If the backlash is within specification
but the rotating torque is to high, the preload may
be adjusted by removing an equal amount of shims
from both sides of the differential.
8. Inspect the drive pinion and ring gear tooth
contact.
(1) Coat both surfaces of 6—8 teeth of the ring
gear uniformly with a thin red lead coating.
(2) While moving the ring gear back and forth by
hand, rotate the drive pinion several times and
inspect the tooth contact.
(3) If the tooth contact is good, wipe off the red
lead coating.
(4) If it is not good, adjust the pinion height, then
adjust the backlash.
CONTINUED
M–27
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL FREEWHEEL (MFW) MECHANISM
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) MECHANISM
cardiagn.com
shown using an ohmmeter.
Continuity Switch
Yes Depressed (ON)
No Released (OFF)
CONTINUED
M–32
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) MECHANISM
1. Inspect for continuity at the switch using an RFW MAIN SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
ohmmeter. 1. Remove the meter hood.
Continuity Switch (Refer to Section S, DASHBOARD AND
CONSOLE, METER HOOD
Yes Depressed (ON) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
No Released (OFF) 2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
OFF ON
12 mm {0.472 in}
13 mm {0.512 in}
À
2. If not correct, replace the switch. 1 RFW main switch
cardiagn.com
RFW SWITCH INSPECTION RFW MAIN SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Jack up the vehicle and support it on safety stands. 1. Remove the RFW main switch.
2. Disconnect the RFW switch connector and remove 2. Inspect for continuity between the terminals as
the switch. shown using an ohmmeter.
: Continuity
Terminal
Switch
A B D F
OFF
ON
M–33
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) MECHANISM
cardiagn.com
1. Disconnect the vacuum hoses and the connector 5. Disconnect the vacuum pump tester.
from each solenoid valve. 6. Connect the vacuum pump tester to the actuator
2. Blow through each valve from port B. (lock side) as shown.
3. Inspect that air flows from the air filter. 7. Apply 26.66 kPa {200 mmHg, 7.87 inHg} vacuum,
and inspect that the rod moves toward the right
BLOW (passenger side).
B
A
AIR FILTER
B A
M–34
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) MECHANISM
cardiagn.com
4. If not correct, replace the component(s), wiring,
and/or RFW control module.
1 Connector
2 Nut
3 Bolt
4 RFW control module
CONTINUED
M–35
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) MECHANISM
cardiagn.com
B Ground Body – Below 0.5 V Harness to ground point
Solenoid OFF B+ Harness (Free solenoid—RFW
C Free solenoid Free solenoid CM)
Solenoid ON Below 0.5 V Free solenoid
D – – – – –
44 indicator light OFF B+ Harness (44 indicator
44 indicator 44 indicator
E light RFW CM)
light—RFW
light light 44 indicator light ON Below 0.5 V 44 indicator light
CONTINUED
M–36
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) MECHANISM
cardiagn.com
SST
49 0813 215A
CONTINUED
M–37
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) MECHANISM
cardiagn.com
SST
SST
SST
M–38
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) MECHANISM
Remote Free Wheel Hub Disassembly Note Oil Seal Disassembly Note
Remove the remote free wheel hub using the SST. Remove the oil seal using the SST.
cardiagn.com
2. Remove the ball bearing using a press.
49 W027 001
CONTINUED
M–39
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) MECHANISM
cardiagn.com
SST
SST R
SST
R
R
R SELECTIVE SST
SELECTIVE
SST R
SST
R SST
N·m {kgf·m , ft·lbf}
M–40
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) MECHANISM
49 U027 006
49 U027 006
49 U027 006
cardiagn.com
49 U027 006
49 U027 005
Maximum clearance
0.15 mm {0.0059 in}
CONTINUED
M–41
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) MECHANISM
Maximum clearance
0.15 mm {0.0059 in}
49 M005 796
cardiagn.com
CONTROL BOX REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Drain the front differential oil.
(Refer to FRONT DIFFERENTIAL,
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL OIL REPLACEMENT.)
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
23—26 {2.3—2.7, 17—19}
Á
À
16—22
{1.6—2.3, 12—16}
 N·m {kgf·m , ft·lbf}
1 Vacuum hose
2 RFW switch connector
3 Control box
CONTINUED
M–42
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) MECHANISM
cardiagn.com
R
SST
M–43
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW) MECHANISM
Standard clearance
0.1—0.40 mm {0.0040—0.0157 in}
Maximum clearance
0.50 mm {0.0197 in}
49 U027 007
cardiagn.com
2. Inspect the output shaft and gear sleeve of the
splines for damage and wear.
3. If not correct, replace the output shaft and gear
sleeve as necessary.
CONTINUED
M–44
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL OIL INSPECTION
(Refer to REAR DIFFERENTIAL, REAR
DIFFERENTIAL OIL INSPECTION.)
Specified oil
Type
Above –18 °C {0 °F}: API GL–5, SAE 90
Below –18 °C {0 °F}: API GL–5, SAE 80
Capacity
MFW: 1.2 L {1.3 US qt, 1.1 lmp qt}
RFW: 1.5 L {1.6 US qt, 1.3 lmp qt}
Specified oil
cardiagn.com
Type
Above –18 °C {0 °F}: API GL–5, SAE 90
Below –18 °C {0 °F}: API GL–5, SAE 80
Capacity
MFW: 1.2 L {1.3 US qt, 1.1 lmp qt}
RFW: 1.5 L {1.6 US qt, 1.3 lmp qt}
49 G030 795
M–45
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
cardiagn.com
37—53 {3.7—5.5, 27—39}
CONTINUED
M–46
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
RFW
28—30
{2.8—3.1, 21—22}
23—26
{2.3—2.7, 17—19}
cardiagn.com
94.2—115.7 62.8—93.1
{9.5—11.8, 68.8—85.3} {6.4—9.5, 46.3—68.7}
APPLY SCREW 37—53
LOCK AGENT {3.7—5.5, 27—39}
Front Differential, Joint Shaft Component Removal 3. Remove the front differential and joint shaft
Note component from the vehicle using the transmission
1. Set the transmission jack on the differential. jack.
2. Remove the bolts and nuts indicated by arrows.
CONTINUED
M–47
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
SST
À
SST
È
É
Å
Ä
à SST
SST
cardiagn.com
Ç
Æ
SST
Á SST
M–48
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
cardiagn.com
+ Disassembly Note
49 0839 425C
24 Pinion shaft
25 Pinion gear
26 Thrust washer
27 Side gear
28 Thrust washer
29 Side bearing inner race
+ Disassembly Note
30 Gear case Oil Seal Disassembly Note
Remove the oil seal using a screw driver.
Differential Component Disassembly Note
Install the differential component on the SSTs.
49 M005 561
CONTINUED
M–49
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
Note
Mark or otherwise distinguish between the front
and rear inner races so that they are not mixed
up at the time of reassembly.
cardiagn.com
Front Bearing Outer Race, Rear Bearing Outer 49 0839 425C
Race Disassembly Note
Note
Mark or otherwise distinguish between the front
and rear outer races so that they are not mixed
up at the time of reassembly.
Caution
Insert the bar from the knock pin hole at the
opposite side from where the ring gear is
installed.
M–50
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
Caution
Clean away the old sealant before applying the new sealant.
Install the differential carrier within 10 minutes after applying sealant.
Allow the sealant to set at least 30 minutes after installation before filling the differential with the
specified oll.
14—51
{3.8—5.3, 28—38}
R
SST
cardiagn.com
18—25 R R
{1.8—2.6, 14—18}
SST
SST R
69—83 SST R
{7.0—8.5,
51—61} SST
SST
SST
SST
R
CONTINUED
M–51
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
cardiagn.com
27 Baffle plate
28 Differential casing
29 Bolt
49 G030 338
Gear Case Assembly Note
Assemble the side gears, thrust washer, pinion
gears, pinion shaft and knock pin.
After assembling the knock pin, make a crimp so
that the pin will not come out of the gear case.
49 F027 005
49 F027 004
CONTINUED
M–52
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
Notes
Use the same spacer and nut.
Be careful to install collars A and B in the
correct position and facing in the correct
direction.
Note
cardiagn.com
49 0350 555 For example, the measured results obtained at
49 8531 565 Step 6 are 0.06 mm and 0.04 mm, and the
figure inscribed on the end of the drive pinion is
–2:
4. Place the SST on the surface plate and set the dial
indicator to zero. Rear Bearing Inner Race Assembly Note
Caution
Press in until the force required suddenly
increases.
Install the spacer selected for the pinion
height adjustment, confirm that the
installation direction is correct.
SPACER
5. Place the SST (49 0350 555) on top of the 49 F401 331
SST (49 8531 565), and then set the SST (49 0727 570) 49 G030 338
on top of the SST (49 0350 555).
6. Place the measuring probe of the dial indicator so
that it contacts the place where the side bearing is
installed in the carrier. Then measure left and right
side of the lower position.
CONTINUED
M–53
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
cardiagn.com
128—284 N·m {13—29 kgf·m, 95—209 ff·lbf}
Side Bearing Outer Race, Adjusting Screw, Bearing
Drive pinion preload Cap Assembly Note
0.9—13.4 N·m {9—14 kgf·cm, 7.9—12.1 in·lbf} Ring gear backlash adjustment
1. Install the differential gear component to the
carrier. After loosely tightening the bearing outer
49 S120 710 race and bearing cap mounting bolts, completely
tighten the adjustment screw by hand. Then, while
turning the ring gear, alternately tighten the left and
right adjustment screws using the SST.
49 0259 720
Oil Seal Assembly Note 2. Adjust the drive pinion, ring gear backlash and the
Apply differential oil to the oil seal lip and press the side bearing preload as follows.
oil seal in until it touches the end of the differential (1) Mark the ring gear at four points at approx. 90°
carrier using the SST. intervals and mount a dial indicator to the
carrier so that the feeler comes in contact at a
90° angle with one of the ring gear teeth.
(2) Turn both bearing adjusters equally until the
backlash becomes 0.09—0.11 mm
{0.0035—0.0043 in} using the SST.
49 0259 720
49 U027 003
CONTINUED
M–54
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT DIFFERENTIAL
(3) Inspect for the backlash at the three other Toe and flank contact
marked points and make sure that the Replace the spacer with a thinner one, and move the
minimum backlash is more than 0.05 mm drive pinion outward.
{0.002 in} and difference of the maximum and
minimum backlash value is less than 0.07 mm TOE CONTACT FLANK CONTACT
{0.0028 in}.
cardiagn.com
between both pilot sections on the bearing
caps (L) become as specified.
Standard distance
185.43—185.50 mm {7.300—7.303 in}
RED LEAD
CONTINUED
M–55
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING
REMOTE FREEWHEEL (RFW)
Foreword
Refer to section GI, HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL, TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE and thoroughly read
and understand the basic flow of troubleshooting in order to properly perform the basic procedures.
Precaution
This section only mentions unique symptoms of the trouble caused by RFW. Inspect and repair as necessary
for trouble caused by other sources.
Inspect the connector and terminal connections when inspecting the wiring harnesses. (The cause of the
malfunction may be a poor connection in the connectors, terminals, or wiring harnesses.)
Diagnostic Index
No TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 No RFW operation from free to lock Free solenoid valve malfunction
(RFW indicator light does not illuminate) RFW indicator light bulb malfunction
RFW actuator malfunction
RFW switch malfunction
Print plate in instrument cluster malfunction
cardiagn.com
METER 15 A fuse malfunction
ENGINE 15 A fuse malfunction
Transfer neutral switch malfunction
44 indicator switch malfunction
RFW control module malfunction
Lock solenoid valve malfunction
RFW control box malfunction
Air leakage from vacuum hose
One-way check valve malfunction
Related fuses and/or harness malfunction
2 No RFW operation from lock to free Lock solenoid valve malfunction
(RFW indicator light does not go off) RFW switch malfunction
RFW actuator malfunction
Print plate in instrument cluster malfunction
Engine 15 A fuse malfunction
RFW main switch malfunction
Transfer neutral switch malfunction
44 indicator switch malfunction
RFW control module malfunction
Free solenoid valve malfunction
RFW control box malfunction
Air leakage from vacuum hose
One-way check valve malfunction
Related fuses and/or harness malfunction
3 Noise Joint shaft bearing abrasion or damage
RFW hub abrasion
Joint shaft abrasion
4 Oil leakage RFW control box is poorly installed.
CONTINUED
M–56
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Troubleshooting item
R R R Pr M EN Tr 4 R R Lo Fr R O Jo R Jo Con Va R
No RFW operation from free to lock Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę
No RFW operation from lock to free Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę Ę
Noise Ę Ę Ę Ę
Oil leakage Ę Ę
cardiagn.com
Symptom Troubleshooting
1 NO RFW OPERATION FROM FREE TO LOCK (RFW INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE)
DESCRIPTION RFW does not change from free to lock.
[TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS]
Transfer neutral switch malfunction METER 15 A fuse and/of ENGINE 15 A fuse malfunction
4 4 indicator switch malfunction Print plate in instrument cluster malfunction
RFW control module malfunction RFW switch malfunction
Lock solenoid valve malfunction RFW actuator malfunction
Free solenoid valve malfunction Air leakage from vacuum hose
RFW indicator light bulb malfunction One-way check valve malfunction
RFW control box malfunction Related fuses and/or harnesses malfunction
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Disconnect RFW control module connector. Yes Go to Step 6.
Turn ignition
g (engine)
( g ) switch on.
Measure voltage between RFW control module No Turn ignition (engine) switch off.
connector terminal F and ground. Then go to next step.
Is the voltage greater than 10 V?
2 Is the METER 15 A fuse okay? Yes Go to next step.
No Replace 15 A METER fuse.
Then go to Step 31.
3 Inspect RFW indicator light bulb. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace RFW indicator light bulb.
Then go to Step 31.
4 Measure voltage between instrument cluster Yes Go to next step.
connector terminal 1J and ground. No Repair wiring harness between METER 15 A fuse
Is the voltage greater than 10 V? and instrument cluster.
Then go to Step 31.
5 Measure voltage between instrument cluster Yes Repair wiring harness between instrument cluster
connector terminal 2H and ground. and RFW control module.
Is the voltage greater than 10 V? Then go to Step 31.
No Replace print plate in instrument cluster.
Then go to Step 31.
6 Measure voltage between RFW control module Yes Go to Step 8.
connector terminal H and ground. No Turn ignition (engine) switch off.
Is the voltage greater than 10 V? Then go to next step.
CONTINUED
M–57
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
11 Disconnect lock solenoid valve connector. Yes Connect lock solenoid valve.
Measure voltage between lock solenoid valve Then go to next step.
connector terminal A and ground. No Repair wiring harness between ENG 15 A fuse and
Is the voltage greater than 10 V? RFW control module.
Then go to Step 31.
12 Measure voltage between lock solenoid valve Yes Go to next step.
connector terminal B and ground. No Inspect lock solenoid valve.
Is the voltage greater than 10 V? Then go to Step 31.
13 Measure voltage between RFW control module Yes Go to next step.
connector terminal A and ground. No Repair wiring harness between lock solenoid valve
Is the voltage greater than 10 V? and RFW control module.
Then go to Step 31.
14 Turn ignition (engine) switch off. Yes Go to next step.
Is there continuity between RFW control module No Repair wiring harness between RFW control
connector terminal B and ground? module and ground.
Then go to Step 31.
15 Shift select lever to N position. Yes Go to Step 19.
Is there continuity between RFW control module
connector terminal L and ground? No Go to next step.
16 Is there continuity between transfer neutral switch Yes Repair wiring harness between RFW control
connector terminal A and ground? module and transfer neutral switch.
Then go to Step 31.
No Go to next step.
17 Inspect transfer neutral switch. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace transfer neutral switch.
Then go to Step 31.
18 Is there continuity between transfer neutral switch Yes Go to next step.
connector terminal B and ground? No Repair wiring harness between transfer neutral
switch and ground.
Then go to Step 31.
19 Shift select lever to 44 indicator position. Yes Go to Step 23.
Is there continuity between RFW control module
connector terminal K and ground? No Go to next step.
20 Is there continuity between 44 indicator switch Yes Repair wiring harness between 44 indicator
connector terminal A and ground? switch and RFW control module.
Then go to Step 31.
No Go to next step.
CONTINUED
M–58
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
24 Is there continuity between RFW switch Yes Repair wiring harness between RFW control
connector terminal A and ground? module and RFW switch.
Then go to Step 31.
No Go to next step.
25 Inspect RFW switch. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace RFW switch.
Then go to Step 31.
cardiagn.com
26 Is there continuity between RFW switch Yes Go to next step.
connector terminal B and ground? No Repair wiring harness between RFW switch and
ground.
Then go to Step 31.
27 Inspect one-way check valve. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace one-way check valve.
Then go to Step 31.
28 Inspect RFW control box. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace RFW control box.
Then go to Step 31.
29 Inspect vacuum in vacuum hoses. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Repair vacuum in vacuum hoses.
Then go to Step 31.
30 Inspect RFW control module. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Repair or replace RFW control module.
Then go to next step.
31 Turn ignition (engine) switch on. Yes Troubleshooting completed.
Shift select lever from 2H to 4H position. Explain repairs to customer.
Does RFW operate from free to lock? No Inspect malfunction symptoms again, then repeat
from Step 1 if malfunction occurs again.
2 NO RFW OPERATION FROM LOCK TO FREE (RFW INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT GO OFF)
DESCRIPTION RFW does not change from lock to free.
[TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS]
RFW main switch malfunction ENGINE 15 A fuse malfunction
Transfer neutral switch malfunction RFW main switch malfunction
44 indicator switch malfunction RFW actuator malfunction
RFW control module malfunction RFW switch malfunction
Free solenoid valve malfunction Air leakage from vacuum reservoir or actuator system
Lock solenoid valve malfunction One-way check valve
RFW control box malfunction Print plate in instrument cluster malfunction
Related fuses and/or harnesses malfunction
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Disconnect RFW control module connector. Yes Go to next step.
Is there continuity between RFW control module
connector terminal F and ground? No Go to Step 3.
CONTINUED
M–59
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
connector terminal A and ground. No Repair wiring harness between ENG 15 A fuse and
Is the voltage greater than 10 V? RFW control module.
Then go to Step 32.
6 Measure voltage between free solenoid valve Yes Go to next step.
connector terminal B and ground. No Inspect free solenoid valve.
Is the voltage greater than 10 V? Then go to Step 32.
7 Measure voltage between RFW control module Yes Go to next step.
connector terminal C and ground. No Repair wiring harness between free solenoid valve
Is the voltage greater than 10 V? and RFW control module.
Then go to Step 32.
8 Disconnect lock solenoid valve connector. Yes Connect lock solenoid valve.
Measure voltage between lock solenoid valve Then go to next step.
connector terminal A and ground. No Repair wiring harness between ENG 15 A fuse and
Is the voltage greater than 10 V? RFW control module.
Then go to Step 32.
9 Measure voltage between lock solenoid valve Yes Go next step.
connector terminal B and ground. No Inspect lock solenoid valve.
Is the voltage greater than 10 V? Then go to Step 32.
10 Measure voltage between RFW control module Yes Go next step.
connector terminal A and ground. No Repair wiring harness between lock solenoid valve
Is the voltage greater than 10 V? and RFW control module.
Then go to Step 32.
11 Turn ignition (engine) switch off. Yes Go to next step.
Is there continuity between RFW control module No Repair wiring harness between RFW control module
connector terminal B and ground? and ground.
Then go to Step 32.
12 Shift select lever to N position. Yes Go to Step 16.
Is there continuity between RFW control module
connector terminal L and ground? No Go to next step.
13 Is there continuity between transfer neutral switch Yes Repair wiring harness between RFW control module
connector terminal A and ground? and transfer neutral switch.
Then go to Step 32.
No Go to next step.
14 Inspect transfer neutral switch. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace transfer neutral switch.
Then go to Step 32.
CONTINUED
M–60
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
17 Is there continuity between 44 indicator switch Yes Repair wiring harness between RFW control module
connector terminal A and ground? and 44 indicator switch.
Then go to Step 32.
No Go to next step.
18 Inspect 44 indicator switch. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace 44 indicator switch.
Then go to Step 32.
19 Is there continuity between 44 indicator switch Yes Go to next step.
connector terminal B and ground? No Repair wiring harness between 44 indicator switch
and ground.
cardiagn.com
Then go to Step 32.
20 Shift select lever to 4H position. Yes Go to Step 28.
Is there continuity between RFW control module
connector terminal J and ground? No Go to next step.
21 Is there continuity between RFW switch Yes Repair wiring harness between RFW switch.
connector terminal A and ground? Then go to Step 32.
No Go to next step.
22 Inspect RFW switch. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace RFW switch.
Then go to Step 32.
23 Is there continuity between RFW switch Yes Go to next step.
connector terminal B and ground? No Repair wiring harness between RFW switch and
ground.
Then go to Step 32.
24 Push RFW main switch on. Yes Go to Step 28.
Is there continuity between RFW main switch
connector terminal I and ground? No Go to next step.
25 Is there continuity between RFW main switch Yes Repair wiring harness between RFW main switch
connector terminal F and ground? and RFW control module.
Then go to Step 32.
No Go to next step.
26 Inspect RFW main switch. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace RFW main switch.
27 Is there continuity between RFW main switch Yes Go to next step.
connector terminal D and ground? No Repair wiring harness between RFW main switch
and ground.
Then go to Step 32.
28 Inspect one-way check valve. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace one-way check valve.
Then go to Step 32.
29 Inspect RFW actuator. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace RFW actuator.
Then go to Step 32.
30 Inspect vacuum in vacuum hoses. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Repair vacuum in vacuum hoses.
Then go to Step 32.
CONTINUED
M–61
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
3 NOISE
DESCRIPTION Noise is heard from front differential.
[TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS]
Joint shaft bearing abrasion or damage Joint shaft abrasion
RFW hub abrasion Conventional front differential parts malfunction
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Inspect joint shaft bearing. Yes Go to next step.
cardiagn.com
Is it okay? No Replace joint shaft bearing.
2 Inspect RFW hub. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace RFW hub.
3 Inspect joint shaft. Yes Go to next step.
Is it okay? No Replace joint shaft.
4 Malfunction is caused by other than RFW. Yes Go to next step.
Inspect conventional front differential parts.
parts
Are they okay? No Replace defective part(s).
4 OIL LEAKAGE
DESCRIPTION The oil leaks from front differential.
[TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS]
Poor installation of the RFW control box Malfunction of conventional front differential parts
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 Is RFW control box installed completely? Yes Go to next step.
No Install RFW control box securely.
Then go to Step 3.
2 Malfunction is caused by something other than Yes Go to next step.
RFW.
Inspect conventional front differential parts. No Replace defective part(s).
Are they okay?
3 Is there any oil leakage from front differential? Yes Inspect malfunction symptoms again, then repeat
from Step 1 if malfunction still occurs.
No Troubleshooting completed.
Explain repairs to customer.
CONTINUED
M–62
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
STEERING SYSTEM
GENERAL PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–1 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
MANUAL STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–1 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–12
STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–1/2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–12
STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN STEERING SHAFT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . N–12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–3/4 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
STEERING SHAFT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . N–4 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–13
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–5/6 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–14/15
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–7/9 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–15
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–9 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–16/18
POWER STEERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–10 POWER STEERING OIL PUMP (F2 CIS, F2 CARB,
AIR BLEEDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–10 G6) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . N–19/20
POWER STEERING FLUID INSPECTION . . . N–10/12 POWER STEERING OIL PUMP (WL, WL TURBO)
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N–21
cardiagn.com
Wheels and tires removal/installation STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN INSPECTION
The removal and installation procedures for the Steering Wheel Play Inspection
wheels and tires are not mentioned in this section. If the play exceeds specification, either the steering
When a wheel is removed, retighten it to the joints are worn or the backlash of the steering gear
specified torque. is excessive. With the wheels in the straight-ahead
(Refer to section TD,SUSPENSION, Wheels and Tires.) position, gently turn the steering wheel to the left
and right and verify that the play is within
Power steering components removal/installation specification.
If any power steering fluid line has been
disconnected anytime during the procedure, add Steering wheel play
ATF M–III or equivalent (e.g. Dexron II), bleed 0—30 mm {0—1.18 in}
the fluid lines, and inspect for leakage after the
procedure has been completed. Steering Wheel Looseness Inspection
Move the steering wheel as shown in the figure to
Connectors disconnection/connection inspect for column bearing wear, steering shaft
Disconnect the negative battery cable before doing joint play, steering wheel looseness, and column
any work that requires handling of connectors. looseness.
Reconnect the negative battery cable only after the
work is completed.
CONTINUED
N–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL STEERING
cardiagn.com
Steering wheel effort
4.5 N·m {460 kgf·cm, 399 in·lbf} max.
CONTINUED
N–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL STEERING
40—50
{4.0—5.0, 29—36}
AIR BAG MODEL
cardiagn.com
16—22
{1.6—2.3, 12—16}
16—22
{1.6—2.3, 12—16}
20—26
{2.0—2.7,
15—19}
18—24
{1.8—2.5, 14—18}
20—26
{2.0—2.7, 15—19}
CONTINUED
N–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL STEERING
Caution
Do not try to remove the steering wheel by
hitting the shaft with a hammer. The column
will collapse.
cardiagn.com
Steering Wheel Installation Note
1. For vehicles with air bags, adjust the clock spring.
(Refer to section T, CLOCK SPRING, CLOCK
SPRING ADJUSTMENT.)
Steering Lock Component Installation Note 2. Install the steering wheel with the vehicle in the
Install the new steering lock mounting bolts. straight-ahead position.
Tighten the bolts until the heads break off.
STEERING SHAFT INSPECTION
Inspect the following, and replace the column
component as necessary.
1. Needle and ball bearing damage.
2. Steering shaft length.
Length
816.9—819.9 mm {32.17—32.27 in}
Tightening torque
16—22 N·m {1.6—2.3 kgf·m, 12—16 ft·lbf}
CONTINUED
N–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL STEERING
37—54
{3.7—5.5, 27—39}
20—26
{2.0—2.7, 15—19}
45—58
{4.5—6.0, SST
33—43} 69—78
{7.0—8.0, 51—57}
45—58
cardiagn.com
R {4.5—6.0,
33—43} SST
79—157
R {8.0—16.0,
58—115}
45—58
R SST
{4.5—6.0, 33—43}
37—54
{3.7—5.5,
27—39}
R
45—58
{4.5—6.0, 33—43}
SST
SST
CONTINUED
N–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL STEERING
cardiagn.com
angle shown.
2. Remove the dust boot by tapping it with a hammer.
49 1243 785A
CONTINUED
N–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL STEERING
15—21
{1.5—2.2, 11—15}
15—24
{1.5—2.5, 11—18}
cardiagn.com
R
128—166
{13.0—17.0, 95—122}
SST R
R
R
197—235
{20.0—24.0, 145—173} N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
SST R
CONTINUED
N–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL STEERING
49 UB39 585A
49 U032 3A0
cardiagn.com
4. Tap the sector shaft lower end using a plastic
hammer to loosen the sector shaft.
5. Lift and remove the sector shaft with the locknut
and the side cover from the gear housing.
49 0180 510B
49 U032 201
49 U032 201
CONTINUED
N–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MANUAL STEERING
Tightening torque
128—166 N·m {13—17 kgf·m, 95—122 ft·lbf}
49 U032 201
49 U034 209
cardiagn.com
1. Set the adjusting screw and shim, in the “T” Otherwise, the backlash becomes
groove. excessively small and gears may be
2. Measure the clearance in the axial direction. damaged.
Backlash
0 mm
ADJUSTING
SHIM
Clearance
0—0.1 mm (0—0.004 in)
Adjusting shim thickness
1.97 mm {0.077 in} 2.00 mm {0.079 in}
2.03 mm {0.079 in} 2.06 mm {0.081 in}
2.09 mm {0.082 in}
Caution
Be careful not to damage the oil seal and
bearing.
N–9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER STEERING
cardiagn.com
10. Add fluid as necessary and repeat Steps 8 and 9. indicated in the figure.
R.H.D. L.H.D.
F2 CIS F2 CIS
F2 CARB F2 CARB
WL WL
WL TURBO WL TURBO
G6 G6
CONTINUED
N–10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER STEERING
Fluid Pressure Inspection 7. Close the gauge valve completely. Increase the
1. Assemble the SSTs as shown in the figure. engine speed to 1,000—1,500 rpm and measure
the fluid pressure generated by the oil pump. If the
49 1232 670A pressure is not within the specification, replace the
oil pump component.
GAUGE
CLOSE VALVE
COMPLETELY
2. Mark both hose connections to ensure that the
hose is reinstalled in its original position.
3. Disconnect the pressure hose from the oil pump.
Attach the SST (49 G032 304).
Tightening torque
cardiagn.com
G6:
32—47 N·m {3.2—4.8 kgf·m, 24—34 ft·lbf}
F2 CIS, F2 CARB, WL, WL Turbo: Caution
30—44 N·m {3.0—4.5 kgf·m, 22—32 ft·lbf} If the steering wheel is kept in the fully
turned position for more than 5 seconds,
4. Connect the SSTs (49 1232 670A and 49 H002 671) the fluid temperature will rise excessively
to the SST (49 G032 304). and adversely affect the oil pump.
G6
8. Open the gauge valve fully and increase the
engine speed to 1,000—1,500 rpm.
49 B032 304 9. Turn the steering wheel fully to left and right and
measure the fluid pressure generated at the gear
housing. If the pressure is not within the
specification, repair or replace the steering gear
component.
GAUGE
OPEN VALVE
COMPLETELY
49 H002 671
N–11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER STEERING
Note
To determine whether the steering effort is
satisfactory or not, perform the inspection on
another vehicle of the same model and under
the same conditions, and compare the results.
The steering wheel effort varies with conditions
as shown below.
1. Road conditions, such as dry or wet, and
asphalt or concrete.
2. Tire conditions, such as brand, wear, and
tire pressure.
cardiagn.com
STEERING SHAFT INSPECTION
(Refer to MANUAL STEERING, STEERING SHAFT
INSPECTION.)
N–12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER STEERING
32—47
{3.2—4.8, 24—34}
24—35
{2.4—3.6, 18—26}
37—54
{3.7—5.5, 27—39}
20—26
{2.0—2.7, 15—19}
SST
69—78
{7.0—8.0, 51—57}
cardiagn.com
SST
R 79—157
{7.0—16.0, 58—115}
R R
45—58
{4.5—6.0, 33—43} SST
37—54
{3.7—5.5, 27—39}
R
45—58
{4.5—6.0, 33—43}
SST
SST
N–13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER STEERING
57—64
{5.7—6.5, 42—47}
30—44
{3.0—4.5, 22—32}
cardiagn.com
R
R
R R
R
R
56—63
{5.7—6.5, 42—47} SST
R R
197—235
R SST {20.0—24.0,
145—173} N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
1 Nut 8 O-ring
2 Pitman arm 9 Y packing
+ MANUAL STEERING, STEERING GEAR AND 10 Back up ring
LINKAGE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY, Pitman
Arm Disassembly Note 11 Oil seal
N–14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER STEERING
Caution
Do not scratch the seal ring and O-ring on
the piston against the entrance to the
housing.
Insert the piston by slightly turning to the
left and right so as not to create flection at
the O-ring and seal ring.
cardiagn.com
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE INSPECTION
(Refer to MANUAL STEERING, STEERING GEAR
AND LINKAGE INSPECTION, Steering Gear Backlash
Adjustment.) CONTINUED
N–15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER STEERING
F2 CIS, F2 CARB
30—44
{3.0—4.5, 22—32}
cardiagn.com
30—39
{3.0—4.0, 22—28}
SST
50—59
{5.0—6.0, 37—43}
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
CONTINUED
N–16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER STEERING
G6
19—25
{1.9—2.6, 14—18}
32—46
{3.2—4.7, 24—33}
32—47
{3.2—4.8, 24—34}
cardiagn.com
50—59
{5.0—6.0, 37—43}
SST
CLAMP
POSITION
30 mm
{1.2 in}
49 G032 354
CONTINUED
N–17
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER STEERING
WL, WL TURBO
30—44
{3.0—4.5, 22—32}
19—25
{1.9—2.6, 14—18}
cardiagn.com
19—25
{1.9—2.6,
14—18}
R
N–18
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER STEERING
R
15—19
{1.5—2.0,
11—14}
7.9—11.7 N·m
{80—120 kgf·cm, R
70—104 in·lbf}
9.9—13.7 N·m G6
{100—140 kgf·cm,
87—121 in·lbf} 22—25
{2.2—2.6, 16—18}
R
cardiagn.com
R
F2 CIS
50—68
{5.0—7.0,
37—50}
R
R
F2 CARB
16—23
18—21 {1.6—2.4, 12—17}
22—25
{1.8—2.2, 14—16} {2.2—2.6, 16—18}
À
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
SST
CONTINUED
N–19
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER STEERING
Power Steering Oil Pump Disassembly Note 3. Install the vanes in the rotor with the rounded edges
outward.
Caution
To secure the oil pump in a vise, use the SST
as shown to prevent damage to the pump.
ROUND EDGE
49 F032 301
cardiagn.com
2. Position the side plate using the rear body.
2. Install the rotor with the mark facing the rear body.
MARK
CONTINUED
N–20
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER STEERING
7.9—11.7 N·m
{80—120 kgf·cm,
69.5—104.1 in·lbf}
22—25
{2.2—2.6, 16—18}
cardiagn.com
R
SST
R
R
50—68
{5.0—7.0, 37—50}
CONTINUED
N–21
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BRAKING SYSTEM
GENERAL PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P– 1 LOAD SENSING PROPORTIONING
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . P– 2 VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . P–11
AIR BLEEDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P– 2 FRONT BRAKE (DISC) INSPECTION . . . . . . . P–12
VACUUM LINE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P– 2 FRONT BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/
BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P– 2 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–13/14
BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . P– 3 DISC PAD (FRONT) REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . P–14
BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . P– 4 CALIPER (FRONT) DISASSEMBLY/
MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL/ ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–14
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P– 4/6 REAR BRAKE (DRUM) INSPECTION . . . . . . . P–15
FLUID LEVEL SENSOR INSPECTION . . . . . . P– 6 REAR BRAKE (DRUM) REMOVAL/
MASTER CYLINDER DISASSEMBLY/ INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–15
ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P– 7/8 BRAKE DRUM INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–16
POWER BRAKE UNIT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . P– 8 WHEEL CYLINDER DISASSEMBLY/
POWER BRAKE UNIT REMOVAL/ ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–16
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P– 9 PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–16
VACUUM SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . P– 9 PARKING BRAKE (STICK TYPE)
VACUUM SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–10 PARKING BRAKE (STICK TYPE)
VACUUM PUMP INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–10 ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–16
cardiagn.com
VACUUM PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . P–10 PARKING BRAKE LEVER (STICK TYPE)
LOAD SENSING PROPORTIONING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–17
VALVE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–11 PARKING BRAKE CABLE (STICK TYPE)
LOAD SENSING PROPORTIONING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–18/19
VALVE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P–11
Fluid specification
SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT–3 or DOT–4
CONTINUED
P–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
1. Remove the bleeder cap and attach a vinyl tube to BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION
the bleeder screw. Brake Pedal Height Inspection
cardiagn.com
2. Place the other end of the vinyl tube in a clear Verify that the distance from the center of the
fluid-filled container. upper surface of the pedal pad to the floor pannel
3. One person should depress the brake pedal a few is as specified.
times, and then hold it in the depressed position.
4. A second person should loosen the bleeder screw, Pedal height
drain out the fluid and retighten the screw using the L.H.D.: 214—219 mm {8.43—8.81 in}
SST. R.H.D.:219—224 mm {8.63—8.81 in}
Tightening torque
Front:
9—14 N·m {92—142 kgf·cm, 80—123 in·lbf}
Rear: PEDAL HEIGHT
5.9—8.8 N·m {60—90 kgf·cm, 53—78 in·lbf}
49 0259 770B
P–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
Specification
0.1—1.0 mm {0.004—0.039 in}
Tightening torque
14—17 N·m {140—180 kgf·cm, 122—156 in·lbf} 5. After adjustment, inspect the pedal height and the
brake light operation.
5. Connect the brake switch connector.
6. After adjustment, inspect the pedal play and the Pedal-to-floor Clearance Inspection
brake light operation. 1. Start the engine and verify that the distance from
the floor panel to the pedal pad center is as
specified when the pedal is depressed with a force
D of 589 N {60 kgf, 132 lbf}.
A
cardiagn.com
Clearance
105 mm {4.2 in} min.
C B
Tightening torque
24—34 N·m {2.4—3.5 kgf·m, 18—25 ft·lbf}
CONTINUED
P–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
SST *
12.9—21.5
A {130—220, 113—190} 9.81—15.6
{100—160, 87—138}
B
cardiagn.com
* 49 0259 770B
N·m {kgf·cm, in·lbf}
9.81—15.6
{100—160, 87—138}
SST *
12.9—21.5
{130—220, 113—190}
* 49 0259 770B N·m {kgf·cm, in·lbf}
49 B043 001
CONTINUED
P–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
(D1)
TOUCHING
49 B043 001
49 B043 001
cardiagn.com
disturbing the adjusting nut. Set the SST onto the
master cylinder as shown in the figure. (D2)
7. Push lightly on the end of the SST gauge rod to be
sure that it is contacting the bottom of the master
cylinder piston, but do not push so hard that the
piston moves. Note any clearance between the
SST body and the adjusting nut: clearance B, or
between the body and the master cylinder:
clearance C. Adjust the push rod as necessary as CLEARANCE (B)
outlined in “Adjustment” below. 49 B043 001
Adjustment
4. Subtract D1 from D2. Using the SST, turn the nut
Measurement Push rod to shorten the power brake unit push rod an
Clearance at B Too long amount equal to the difference.
Clearance at C Too short
49 B043 004
No clearance at B or C Okay
CLEARANCE (C)
49 B043 001
49 E043 003A
CLEARANCE (B)
CONTINUED
P–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
Clearance at C
1. Push lightly on the end of the SST gauge rod, and
measure the clearance between the adjusting nut
and the SST body.
CLEARANCE (C)
49 B043 001
cardiagn.com
49 B043 004
49 E043 003A
CONTINUED
P–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
Caution
If the master cylinder body is damaged, replace the unit as a component. When securing the master
cylinder in a vise, tighten only the flange of the master cylinder.
À R
cardiagn.com
R
1.0—1.5
{10—15, 8.7—13}
R
9 O-ring
CONTINUED
P–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
Stop Screw and O-ring Assembly Note (Inspection using the testers)
1. Install a new O-ring onto the stop screw. 1. Connect the SSTs, vacuum gauge, and pedal
2. Push the primary piston component in full. depression force gauge as shown in the figure.
3. Install and tighten the stop screw.
Note
Tightening torque Use commercially available gauges and pedal
2.0—2.4 N·m {20—25 kgf·cm, 18—21 in·lbf} depression force gauge.
Bleed the air from the SST at gauge A.
49 U043 004
49 U043 005
A PEDAL DE-
A PRESSION
FORCE
GAUGE
VACUUM GAUGE
49 U043 006
cardiagn.com
Power Brake Unit Function Inspection 2. After bleeding the air from the SST, conduct the
(Simple method) test as described in the following steps.
CONTINUED
P–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
24—34
{2.4—3.5, 18—25}
24—34
{2.4—3.5, 18—25}
P–9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
20—24
{2.0—2.5, 15—18} N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
R.H.D.
cardiagn.com
3. If the pressure is less than the specification,
inspect for the following.
20—24 (1) Malfunction of the vacuum pump
{2.0—2.5, 15—18} N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf} (2) Shortage of the lubrication oil pressure
Caution
Do not apply sealant to the tip of the
vacuum switch as a malfunction may occur.
2. Apply sealant to the area shown before installation
of the vacuum switch onto the power brake unit,
and then tighten it to the specified torque.
Tightening torque
20—24 N·m {2.0—2.5 kgf·m, 15—18 ft·lbf}
R
DO NOT APPLY
SEALANT ON
THIS AREA 19—25 {1.9—2.6, 14—18}
1 Vacuum hose
2 Bolt
3 Vacuum pump
4 O-ring
CONTINUED
P–10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
high.
Reference value
Note Dimension L
When applying the specified pressure, the brake 42: 147.5—154.5 mm {5.808—6.082 in}
pedal must not be “double pumped” or released. 44: 175.5—182.5 mm {6.910—7.185 in}
Approximately two seconds after setting the front
wheel cylinder fluid pressure, read the rear pres-
sure.
A PERSON IN
DRIVER’S SEAT
BOLT
Caution
Do not disassemble the LSPV.
Do not move the nut A.
CONTINUED
P–11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
3. After installation, adjust the main spring dimension. Disc Plate Thickness Inspection
(Refer to CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM, 1. Measure the thickness of the disc plate.
LOAD SENSING PROPORTIONING VALVE
ADJUSTMENT.) Caution
12.8—21.5 N·m When it is necessary to machine the disc
{130—220 kgf·cm, 113—190 in·lbf} plate, if the disc plate is removed from the
SST * SST * 12.8—21.5 N·m vehicle then machined, excessive runout
{130—220 kgf·cm,
113—190 in·lbf} may result. Machine the disc plate with it
A installed on the vehicle.
Standard
24 mm {0.94 in}
Minimum
22 mm {0.87 in}
Minimum thickness after machining by using a
brake lathe on-vehicle
19—25 {1.9—2.6, 14—18}
22.8 mm {0.90 in}
cardiagn.com
19—25
{1.9—2.6, 14—18}
* 49 0259 770B
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
1 Brake pipe
2 Nut
3 Bolt
4 Load sensing proportioning valve
Disc Plate Runout Inspection
FRONT BRAKE (DISC) INSPECTION 1. Verify that there is no wheel bearing looseness.
Disc Pad Thickness Inspection 2. Measure the runout at the outer edge of the
1. Jack up the front of the vehicle and support it on safe- contact surface of the disc pad.
ty stands.
2. Remove the wheel and tires. Runout
3. Look through the caliper inspection hole and 0.05 mm {0.002 in} max.
inspect the remaining thickness of the pads.
3. If the runout is not within the specification, repair or
Thickness replace the disc plate.
2.0 mm {0.08 in} min.
CONTINUED
P–12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
22—29
{2.2—3.0, 16—29}
R
29—34
{2.9—3.5, 21—25}
R
108—127
cardiagn.com
{10.4—14.0, 80—94}
SST
CONTINUED
P–13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
*
SST
9—14
{92—143, 80–123}
49 0221 600C
SST
cardiagn.com
29—34
{2.9—3.5, 21—25}
P–14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
Thickness
1.0 mm {0.04 in} min.
cardiagn.com
9.8—12.7
{100—130, 87—112}
* SST
12.8—21.5
{130—220, 113—190} APPLY TO SHADED EREA
CONTINUED
P–15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM, PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
B so that the stroke is within the above range.
3. After adjustment, tighten the locknut A.
4. Repair or replace the drum as necessary. Repair if
the problem is minor. Tightening torque
5. When repairing or replacing the drum, check the 6.9—9.8 N·m {70—100 kgf·cm, 43—86 in·lbf}
contact with the shoes.
6. Wipe the chalk off after inspection.
R
SST *
4. After adjustment, inspect the following points.
5.9—8.8 (1) Turn the ignition (engine) switch on, pull the
{ 60—90 , 53—78 } parking brake lever one notch, and verify that
the brake warning light illuminates.
R (2) Verify that the rear brakes do not drag when
the wheels are turned by hand.
1 Dust boot
2 Piston
3 Piston cap
4 Spring
5 Bleeder cap, screw
6 Cylinder body
CONTINUED
P–16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
6.9—9.8
{70—100, 43—86}
CONTINUED
P–17
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM
4x2
16—22
{1.6—2.3,
12—16}
6.9—9.8 N·m
cardiagn.com
{70—100 kgf·cm,
43—86 in·lbf}
4x4
16—22
{1.6—2.3, 12—16}
16—22
{1.6—2.3,
12—16} 16—22
{1.6—2.3, 12—16} N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
CONTINUED
P–18
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
1 Nut 7 Grommet
2 Bolt 8 Bolt
3 Spring 9 Spring (44)
4 Front brake cable 10 Clip
5 Bolt (44) 11 Rear cable (left)
6 Bracket (44) 12 Rear cable (right)
CONTINUED
P-19
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SUSPENSION
GENERAL PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R–1 TORSION BAR SPRING AND LOWER ARM
WHEEL ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R–1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (4 4) . . . . . . . . . R– 9/11
WHEEL ALIGNMENT PREINSPECTION . . . . . R–1 LOWER ARM INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R–11
FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R– 2/3 UPPER ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . R–12
FRONT SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R–3 UPPER ARM INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R–13
VEHICLE HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . R–3 STABILIZER AND TENSION ROD
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER REMOVAL/ REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (4 2) . . . . . . . . . R–13/14
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R–5 STABILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (4 4) . R–14
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER INSPECTION . . R–5 REAR SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R–15
TORSION BAR SPRING AND LOWER ARM REAR SHOCK ABSORBER AND LEAF
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION (4 2) . . . . . . . . . R– 6/8 SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . R–15
cardiagn.com
tightening torque, referring to section TD. bearing preload or replace bearing(s) as
necessary.
Suspension arms removal/installation (Refer to section M, FRONT AXLE (4 2), WHEEL
D Tighten any part of the suspension that uses HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE INSPECTION or
rubber bushings only after the vehicle has been FRONT AXLE (4 4), WHEEL HUB, STEERING
lowered and unloaded*. KNUCKLE INSPECTION.)
* Unloaded condition: Fuel tank is full. Engine 3. Inspect the wheel and tire runout at all wheels.
coolant and engine oil are at specified levels. (Refer to section TD, SUSPENSION, Wheels and Tires.)
Spare tire, jack, and tools are in designated 4. Inspect the ball joints and steering linkage for
position. excessive looseness.
5. Place the vehicle on level ground with no luggage
and passenger load.
6. The difference in height between the left and right
sides from the center of the wheel to the fender
brim must not exceed 10 mm {0.39 in}. If not
within the specification, adjust the vehicle height.
(Refer to FRONT SUSPENSION, VEHICLE
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT.)
CONTINUED
R–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WHEEL ALIGNMENT
cardiagn.com
1. Loosen the adjusting bolt locknut. 1. Loosen the tie-rod end locknuts.
2. Turn the adjusting bolt to provide the correct 2. Turn the tie rods by the same amount in the
turning angle. opposite direction.
3. After adjustment, tighten the locknut to the
specified torque. Note
D One turn of the tie rod (both sides) changes the
Tightening torque toe-in by about 30 mm {1.18 in}.
40—58 N·m {4.0—6.0 kgf·m, 29—43 ft·lbf} D The left and right tie rods are both right
4 2 threaded. To increase the toe-in, turn the right
tie rod toward the front of the vehicle and the
left tie rod equally toward the rear.
Tightening torque
69—78 N·m {7.0—8.0 kgf·m, 51—57 ft·lbf}
TIE ROD
ADJUSTING BOLT
4 4
R–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WHEEL ALIGNMENT, FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT
cardiagn.com
Left/right difference
10 mm {0.39 in} max.
Tightening torque
94—116 N·m {9.5—11.9 kgf·m, 69—86 ft·lbf} CONTINUED
R–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT SUSPENSION
4 4 ANCHOR BOLT
cardiagn.com
ANCHOR BOLT
CONTINUED
R–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT SUSPENSION
6—8 mm
{0.24—0.31 in}
cardiagn.com
55—80 {5.6—8.2, 41—59}
1 Nut 3 Bolt
+ Installation Note 4 Washer and nut
2 Retainer, bushing 5 Shock absorber
CONTINUED
R–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT SUSPENSION
APPLY THREAD
LOCKING COMPOUND
APPLY THREAD
LOCKING COMPOUND
cardiagn.com
118—156 {12.0—16.0, 87—115}
SST
R
CONTINUED
R–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT SUSPENSION
Lower Arm Ball Joint/Knuckle Arm Removal Note Clip Installation Note
Separate the ball joint from the knuckle arm using 1. Install the SST to the ball joint stud with the stud
the SST. stands straight up.
2. Install the clip in the dust boot groove.
KNUCKLE
49 T028 3A0
49 U034 208
cardiagn.com
MATCHING MARK
18—21 mm
{0.71—0.82 in}
49 UB39 615
CONTINUED
R–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT SUSPENSION
cardiagn.com
Anchor Bolt Installation Note
Install the anchor bolt, and tighten it until the marks
made during removal are aligned.
MATCHING MARK
Note
If the anchor bolt was not marked during
removal, install it as follows:
(1) Lower the front suspension until the upper
arm contacts the rebound stopper.
(2) Install the anchor arm so that the angle A is
34° "4.5°.
(3) Install the anchor bolt and tighten it 27.3
turns.
A
CONTINUED
R–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT SUSPENSION
cardiagn.com
{12.0—16.0, 87—115} LOCKING COMPOUND
SST R
R–9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT SUSPENSION
Torsion Bar Spring Removal Note Torsion Bar Spring Installation Note
Mark the torsion bar spring and anchor arm and 1. Before installation, inspect the identification mark
the torsion bar spring and torque plate for on the end of the torsion bar spring.
reference during installation.
L: Left bar, R: Right bar
cardiagn.com
2. Align the marks made during removal, and connect
the torsion bar spring to the torque plate.
49 U034 2A0
CONTINUED
R–10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT SUSPENSION
Note
If the anchor bolt was not marked during
removal, install it at follows:
(1) Lower the front suspension until the upper
cardiagn.com
arm contacts the rebound stopper.
(2) Install the anchor arm so that the angle A is
60°"4.5°.
(3) Install the anchor bolt and tighten it 26.9
turns.
CONTINUED
R–11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT SUSPENSION
R
SST
cardiagn.com
1 Clip 6 Upper arm component
2 Cotter pin and nut 7 Bolt and washer
3 Upper arm ball joint/Knuckle arm 8 Upper arm ball joint
+ Removal Note 9 Clip
4 Bolt and washer + Installation Note
5 Adjustment shim 10 Upper arm ball joint boot
+ Removal Note
Upper Arm Ball Joint/Knuckle Arm Removal Note Clip Installation Note
Separate the upper arm ball joint from the knuckle 1. Install the SST to the ball joint stud with the stud
arm using the SST. stands straight up.
2. Install the clip in the dust boot groove.
49 T028 3A0
49 U034 209
KNUCKLE
R–12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT SUSPENSION
cardiagn.com
22—26 {2.2—2.7, 16—19}
APPLY THREAD
LOCKING COMPOUND
R–13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT SUSPENSION
R–14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER AND LEAF SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Support the frame with safety stands and place a jack under the differential casing. Remove in the order
indicated in the table. While supporting the differential casing with a jack, raise or lower the jack as necessary.
2. Install in the reverse order of removal.
42
cardiagn.com
64—78
{6.5—8.0, 48—57}
59—78 {6.0—8.0, 44—57}
78—98 R
{8.0—10.0, 58—72}
20—26 {2.0—2.7, 15—19.5} 54—73 {5.5—7.5, 40—54}
R–15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR SUSPENSION
44
cardiagn.com
64—78
59—78 {6.0—8.0, 44—57}
{6.5—8.0, 48—57}
R
78—98 {8.0—10.0, 58—72}
R–16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR SUSPENSION
cardiagn.com
CONTINUED
R–17
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BODY
PAGE 1 OF 2
BONNET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S– 2 EXTERIOR ATTACHMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–21
BONNET REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . S– 2/3 RADIATOR GRILLE
BONNET ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S– 3 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–21
FRONT FENDER PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S– 4 COWL GRILLE
FRONT FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S– 4 WINDSHIELD GARNISH
DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S– 5 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–21/22
FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . S– 5 SIDE PROTECTOR REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–22
FRONT DOOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . S– 6 SIDE PROTECTOR INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . S–22/23
FRONT DOOR ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . S– 7 OVER FENDER
REAR DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . S– 7 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–23
REAR DOOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . S– 8/9 TAILGATE
REAR DOOR ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S– 9 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–23
DOOR LOCK STRIKER TAILGATE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–23
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S– 9 ROPE HOOK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . S–24
REGULATOR HANDLE REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . S– 9 MOLDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–24
REGULATOR HANDLE INSTALLATION . . . . . S– 9 WINDSHIELD UPPER MOLDING
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–10 REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–24
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH WINDSHIELD UPPER MOLDING
cardiagn.com
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–10 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–24
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH WINDSHIELD SIDE MOLDING REMOVAL . . . S–24
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–10/12 WINDSHIELD SIDE MOLDING
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–24
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–12 FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–24
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–12/13 REAR BELTLINE MOLDING
FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–25
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–13 ROOF MOLDING
FRONT POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–25
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–13 OUTSIDE MIRROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–25
REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR MANUAL OUTSIDE MIRROR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–13/14 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–25
REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR POWER OUTSIDE MIRROR
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–14 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–25
POWER WINDOW MOTOR INSPECTION . . . S–14 POWER OUTSIDE MIRROR INSPECTION . . S–25/26
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–15 POWER OUTSIDE MIRROR SWITCH
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–26
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–15 POWER OUTSIDE MIRROR SWITCH
DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–26
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–15 REARVIEW MIRROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–27
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH REARVIEW MIRROR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–15 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–27
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH INSPECTION . . . S–15 REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–27
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–15 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–27
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR INSPECTION . . . . . S–16 REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH
DOOR LOCK TIMER UNIT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–27
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–16 FILAMENT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–27/28
DOOR LOCK TIMER UNIT INSPECTION . . . . S–17 FILAMENT REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–28
FUEL-FILLER LID AND OPENER . . . . . . . . . . . . S–19 REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER RELAY
FUEL-FILLER LID REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–28
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–19 REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER RELAY
FUEL-FILLER LID ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . S–19 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–28
BUMPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–19 WINDOW GLASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–29
FRONT BUMPER WINDSHIELD REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–29/30
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–19 WINDSHIELD INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–30/31
FRONT BUMPER QUARTER WINDOW GLASS
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–19 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–32
REAR BUMPER REAR WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL . . . . . . . . S–33
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–20 REAR WINDOW GLASS INSTALLATION . . . . S–33
REAR BUMPER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . S–20/21 DASHBOARD AND CONSOLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–34
S–1 CONTINUED
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BONNET
PAGE 2 OF 2
BODY
DASHBOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . S–34 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . S–39
DASHBOARD DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . S–35 QUARTER UPPER TRIM
DASHBOARD MEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–39/40
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–36 QUARTER LOWER TRIM
COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–40
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–36 BACK UPPER TRIM
FRONT CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–40
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–36 BACK LOWER TRIM
FRONT CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–40
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–36 FRONT DOOR TRIM
REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–36 REAR DOOR TRIM
REAR CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–41
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–37 HEADLINER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–42
GLOVE COMPARTMENT HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . S–42
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–37 FLOOR COVERING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–42
METER HOOD FLOOR COVERING
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–37 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–42/43
TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–38 SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–44
A-PILLAR TRIM SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . S–44/45
cardiagn.com
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–38 SEAT BELT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–45/46
B-PILLAR TRIM BUCKLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . S–46
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–38 BUCKLE SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . S–47
B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–48
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–38 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . S–48
B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM FRONT SEAT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . S–49/50
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–38 CABLE ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–51
FRONT SIDE TRIM REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . S–51/52
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–39 REAR SEAT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . S–52/53
FRONT SCUFF PLATE SEAT WARMER SWITCH REMOVAL . . . . . . . S–54
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–39 SEAT WARMER SWITCH INSTALLATION . . . S–54
REAR SCUFF PLATE SEAT WARMER SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . S–54
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S–39 SEAT WARMER UNIT INSPECTION . . . . . . . . S–54
CONTINUED
S–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BONNET
Clearance
a: 2.7—5.3 mm {0.11—0.20 in}
b: –1.8—0.8 mm {–0.07—0.03 in} (sec. A—A)
c: –2.3—0.8 mm {–0.09—0.03 in} (sec. B—B)
d: –2.3—0.3 mm {–0.09—0.01 in} (sec. C—C)
e: 6.0—10.0 mm {0.24—0.39 in}
f: 7.0—13.0 mm {0.28—0.51 in}
2. Tighten the bonnet lock installation bolts.
50 {2.0} A A
30 {1.2}
cardiagn.com
B B
D E C C
D
E
a
e
b , c, d
f
Gap Adjustment
1. Loosen the bonnet installation bolts and reposition
the bonnet.
BOLT
S–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FRONT FENDER PANEL
cardiagn.com
A
6.87—9.80 N·m
{70—100 kgf·cm,
60.8—86.7 in·lbf}
1 Mud guard
2 Front fender panel
CONTINUED
S–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DOOR
DOOR Front Door Harness Removal Note
FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Disconnect the connectors indicated in the table,
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. if equipped.
2. Remove the door screen. Connector name
(Refer to FRONT DOOR Symbol
Driver's side Passenger's side
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
A Door lock-link switch Door lock actuator
3. To remove the front door hinge, remove the front
fender panel. Power window main Power window
B switch subswitch
(Refer to FRONT FENDER PANEL, FRONT
FENDER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) Power outside
4. To remove the checker, remove the speaker.
C
mirror
←
(Refer to section T, AUDIO, SPEAKER Front power window
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) D
regulator ←
5. Remove in the order indicated in the table. E Speaker ←
6. Install in the reverse order of removal.
7. Adjust the front door. 2. Disengage the clips.
(Refer to FRONT DOOR ADJUSTMENT.)
cardiagn.com
3. Remove the rubber boot and pull out the door
harness.
S-5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DOOR
B
A
D
E
cardiagn.com
6.87–9.80 H
{70–100, 60.8–86.7} 4.3–6.1
C {43–63,
38–54}
C
6.87–9.80 {70–100, 60.8–86.7}
F A
8.9–12.7 J
{90–130, 79–112}
G
I 4.3–6.1
F
{43–63, 2.0–2.9 {20–30, 18–26}
38–54}
6.87–9.80
G {70–100, 60.8–86.7}
J
CONTINUED
S–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DOOR
Clearance
a: 4.0—6.0 mm {0.16—0.23 in}
b: –1.5—1.0 mm {–0.059—0.039 in}
c: –2.0—0.5 mm {–0.078—0.019 in}
d: 4.5—8.5 mm {0.18—0.33 in}
e: 1.2 mm {0.047 in}
f: 3.5—6.5 mm {0.14—0.25 in}
g: 2.7 mm {0.11 in}
h: 5.5 mm {0.22 in}
D
D
C 8.9—12.7 N·m
C
E E {90—130 kgf·cm,
A A 79—112 in·lbf}
cardiagn.com
B B d N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
F
F e
1 Connector
a (+) a (+)
2 Checker pin
b c
3 Rear door hinge
(–) (–) SEC. C—C
SEC. B—B 4 Rear door
SEC. A—A
(+) f 5 Checker
f
b
g
(–) h
S–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DOOR
E
6.87—9.80
{70—100, 60.8—86.7} WITHOUT POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
6.87—9.80
{70—100,
60.8—86.7}
B
2.5—3.5
{25—36, 22—31}
B 4.3—6.1
{43—63, 38—54}
D
A
C
D
6.87—9.80
{70—100, 60.8—86.7} C
CONTINUED
S–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DOOR
SCREW 18–26
{1.8–2.7,
14–19}
REAR DOOR
cardiagn.com
a: 3.5—6.5 mm {0.14—0.25 in}
b: –1.5—1.0 mm {–0.059—0.039 in}
c: 5.5 mm {0.22 in}
DD
A A
E E
B B
RAG
CLIP
C
C 2. Remove the regulator handle.
a a
(+) (+)
REGULATOR HANDLE INSTALLATION
b b
1. Install the clip in the regulator handle.
(–) (–) c 2. Set the door glass at the fully raised position and
push the regulator handle on as shown.
SEC. A–A SEC. B–B SEC. C–C
(+) a (+) a
b b
(–) (–)
CONTINUED
S–9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
Off
Auto open
Manual open
( ): R.H.D.
Passenger’s side
: Continuity
Switch Terminal
position F D H (A) I (B)
Power-cut switch
: Continuity
POWER
WINDOW Switch Terminal
MAIN SWITCH position D A (H) B (I) H (A) I (B)
ON
OFF
( ): R.H.D.
SCREW
S–10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
Rear left
: Continuity
F
POWER-CUT SWITCH Switch Terminal
D position
MANUAL A H K I
OPEN
MANUAL OPEN Close
CLOSE
CLOSE
AUTO AUTO Off
CIRCUIT OPEN
O en
Open
cardiagn.com
I F D B Off
( ) : R.H.D.
O en
Open
5. If not as specified, replace the power window main
( ): R.H.D.
switch.
Power-cut switch
Double Cab
: Continuity
1. Remove the switch panel.
(Refer to POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH Terminal
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) Switch L J D
2. Inspect for continuity between the power window position B
H (D (B (L E C K I
main switch terminals using an ohmmeter. (J)
) ) )
3. When inspecting the driver’s side, connect the ON
battery positive voltage to terminal A (L.H.D.) or F
(R.H.D.) and connect the ground to terminal H. OFF
4. When inspecting the passenger’s side and rear, ( ): R.H.D.
turn the power-cut switch to ON.
L.H.D.
Power window switch
Driver’s side
: Continuity
Switch Terminal
position A (F) H L (D) J (B)
Manual close A
H
Off
Auto open
Manual open
( ): R.H.D.
Passenger’s side D B K I E C
: Continuity PAS-
SENGER’S RIGH
Switch Terminal T
position A (F) H D (L) B (J)
J
Close
Off
Open
O en
( ): R.H.D. CONTINUED
S–11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
R.H.D. Rear
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the hook by inserting a tape-wrapped,
flathead screwdriver between the switch and the
rear door trim.
F A
H
HOOK
J E C K I
PAS-
SENGER’S
POWER WINDOW
K I E C A SUBSWITCH
D B
L J H F D B 3. Disconnect the connector, and remove the power
window subswitch.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
cardiagn.com
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH INSPECTION
1. Remove the power window subswitch. (Refer to
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
5. If not as specified, replace the power window main REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
switch. 2. Inspect for continuity between the power window
subswitch terminals using an ohmmeter.
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION Passenger’s side
Passenger’s side : Continuity
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. Terminal
Switch position
2. Disengage the clip using a tape-wrapped flathead A B D E F
screwdriver.
3. Pull the power window subswitch forward, and Off
disengage the hook.
Close
Open
O en
BODY
CLIP
POWER
WINDOW
BODY SUBSWITCH E A
CLOSE F D B
OPEN
HOOK
Rear
: Continuity
Terminal
Switch position
A B D E F
Close
Off
4. Disconnect the power window subswitch
connector. Open
5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
CONTINUED
S–12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
F B
D
F E D B A
CLOSE
OPEN
E A
cardiagn.com
3. Remove the front glass guide and the rear glass {30—50 kgf·cm,
guide. 27—43 in·lbf}
(Refer to DOOR, FRONT DOOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
4. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
5. Install in the reverse order of removal. 1 Bolt
2 Power window motor
+ Disassembly Note
+ Assembly Note
B 3 Frame
A
8.9—12.7 Power Window Motor Disassembly Note
{90—130, 79—112} D
D Make marks on the gear and base of the frame
C
before disassembling the power window motor.
A
B
BASE
MARK
D
C
6.87—9.80
{70—100, 60.8—86.7}
GEAR
S–13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
MARK
A
BASE GEAR
D
C 6.87—9.80 N·m Power Window Motor Assembly Note
{70—100 kgf·cm, D Align the marks of the gear and base of the frame
60.8—86.7 in·lbf} to install the power window motor.
cardiagn.com
1. Remove the power window motor.
(Refer to FRONT POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
(Refer to REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
1 Rear power window regulator connector DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
2 Bolt 2. Apply battery positive voltage to the power window
3 Rear power window regulator motor terminals and inspect the operation of the
power window motor.
REAR POWER WINDOW REGULATOR B+: Battery positive voltage
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY Connection
Motor operation
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table. B+ GND
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
A B Up
3.1—4.8 N·m
{31—49 kgf·cm, 27—42 in·lbf} B A Down
UP DOWN
A B
1 Bolt
2 Power window motor
+ Disassembly Note
+ Assembly Note
3 Frame
CONTINUED
S–14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the passenger-side door lock.
(Refer to DOOR, FRONT DOOR
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
3. Remove the screws.
4. Remove the front door lock actuator from the
front door lock.
CONTINUED
S-15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
Rear
Note
• The rear door lock actuator is mounted to the
rear door lock.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the rear door lock.
(Refer to DOOR, REAR DOOR
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
3. Remove the screws.
4. Disconnect the rod. 5. If not as specified, replace the door lock actuator.
5. Remove the rear door lock actuator from the rear
door lock.
DOOR LOCK TIMER UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the flasher unit.
(Refer to section T, EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM,
FLASHER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
cardiagn.com
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
CONTINUED
S-16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
Voltage (V)
Terminal Signal Connection Test condition Inspection area
/Continuity
cardiagn.com
B Power supply D/L 30 A fuse Constant B+ D/L 30 A fuse
Door lock-link switch is at lock: inspect
No
Door lock-link for continuity to terminal H Door lock-link
C Unlock input
switch Door lock-link switch is at unlock: inspect switch
Yes
for continuity to terminal H
Door lock-link switch is at lock: inspect
Yes
Door lock-link for continuity to terminal H Door lock-link
D Lock input
switch Door lock-link switch is at unlock: inspect switch
No
for continuity to terminal H
Door lock Door lock actuators are locked 0 → B+ → 0 Door lock
E Lock output
actuator Other 0 actuator
Door lock Door lock actuators are unlocked 0 → B+ → 0 Door lock
F Unlock output
actuator Other 0 actuator
G - Not used - - -
Terminal A of
Constant: inspect for continuity to
H GND door lock timer Yes -
terminal A
unit
CONTINUED
S-17
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FUEL-FILLER LID AND OPENER, BUMPER
1 Fuel-filler lid
cardiagn.com
1. Measure the gap and height between the fuel-filler 6.87—9.80 N·m
{70—100 kgf·cm,
lid and the body. 60.8—86.7 in·lbf}
Clearance
a: 3.5—5.5 mm {0.14—0.21 in}
63—93 {6.4—9.5, 47—68}
b: –0.5—2.0 mm {–0.01—0.07 in}
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
A
1 Front bumper
a
2 Front bumper stay
CONTINUED
S–19
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BUMPER
6.87—9.80 N·m
{70—100 kgf·cm,
60.8—86.7 in·lbf}
32—46
{3.2—4.7,
24—33}
A
B A
6.87—9.80 N·m
BOLT REAR BUMPER {70—100 kgf·cm,
cardiagn.com
79—116 60.8—86.7 in·lbf} A
{8.0—11.9, B
58.0—86.0}
0.30—0.78 N·m
{3.0—8.0 kgf·cm, B
2.7—6.9 in·lbf}
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
2. Install in the reverse order of removal.
1 Side bumper step
Without Step + Removal Note
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2 Center bumper step
2. Disconnect the rear fog light connector.
+ Removal Note
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. 3 Rear bumper fascia
4 Rear bumper stay
5 Rear bracket
6 Set plate
A A A A
A A
79—116
{8.0—11.9,
58.0—86.0} 16—22 CLIP A
{1.6—2.3,
12—16} Center Bumper Step Removal Note
1. Remove the screws.
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
2. Disengage clips A using pliers.
3. Disengage clips B, then remove the center bumper
1 Rear bumper stay step. 12345678
3 Rear bumper fascia CONTINUED
S–20
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BUMPER, EXTERIOR ATTACHMENT
SCREW SCREW
B B B B EXTERIOR ATTACHMENT
A A A RADIATOR GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Pull the radiator grille toward you, then disengage
clips A to remove the radiator grille.
A A A A A A A A
A A A
CLIP B CLIP A
CLIP
RADIATOR GRILLE
cardiagn.com
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm and blade.
(Refer to section T, WIPER AND WASHER,
WIPER ARM AND BLADE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the weatherstrip.
3. Remove the screws, then remove the cowl grille.
SCREW
COWL GRILLE
WEATHERSTRIP
CONTINUED
S–21
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR ATTACHMENT
CENTER SIDE
PROTECTOR
(REGULAR CAB)
FRONT SIDE PROTECTOR
b d d d
c a ca
e
SCREW
a a c c a
c
DOUBLE-SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE
WINDSHIELD CENTER SIDE
GARNISH REAR SIDE PROTECTOR
PROTECTOR
COWL GRILLE (STRETCH CAB)
d d d
b
a c c a
A e e e
A c a a c a
c c c
HOOK
cardiagn.com
1. Install in the reverse order of removal. 4. Peel off the backing paper from the double-sided
adhesive tape and attach the side protector onto
SIDE PROTECTOR REMOVAL the body as shown.
Warning Clearance
D Using a razor knife with bare hands can a : 4.8—5.8 mm {0.19—0.22 in}
cause injury. Always wear gloves when b : 5.0—6.0 mm {0.20—0.23 in}
using a razor knife. c : 13.0—14.0 mm {0.51—0.55 in}
d : 16.5—17.0 mm {0.65—0.66 in}
1. Pry the side protector end 20—30 mm {0.8—1.1 e : 12.3—13.3 mm {0.49—0.52 in}
in} using a flathead screwdriver or a razor knife. f : 6.0—8.0 mm {0.24—0.31 in}
2. Pull the side protector, then remove it.
Regular Cab
Note
D The side protector is installed with CENTER SIDE PROTECTOR
double-sided adhesive tape. If the side
REAR SIDE f
protector is difficult to remove, soften the FRONT SIDE PROTECTOR
PROTECTOR
double-sided adhesive tape using a hot air a
blower. A
A
b
SIDE PROTECTOR INSTALLATION c
1. Remove the adhesive remaining on the side
protector (if it will be reused) and the body using a
SEC. A—A
razor knife.
2. Remove any grease or dirt from the adhesion
surface of the side protector (if it will be reused)
and the body. Stretch Cab
3. Attach double-sided adhesive tape to the side
protector as shown (if it will be reused). CENTER SIDE PROTECTOR
REAR SIDE f
Clearance FRONT SIDE PROTECTOR
PROTECTOR
a : 0—3.0 mm {0—0.11 in} a
b : 37.5 mm {1.48 in} A
c : 10.0 mm {0.39 in} A b d
d : 2.0—5.0 mm {0.08—0.19 in}
e : 25.0 mm {0.98 in}
SEC. A—A
CONTINUED
S–22
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR ATTACHMENT
Double Cab
NUT
A e
A b
cardiagn.com
3. Disengage clips A of the over fender using a
fastener remover, then remove the over fender. LATCH
FRONT
CLIP
A A A
A
A
6. Remove the handle.
A 7. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
TAILGATE ADJUSTMENT
OVER FENDER 1. Loosen the bolts.
FASTENER 2. Move the striker forward and rearward until the
tailgate will lock properly.
REAR
SCREW 3. After the correct adjustment is made, tighten the
A
A A bolts securely.
CLIP
A
A
BOLT
A
A
OVER FENDER STRIKER
SCREW
FASTENER
TAILGATE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. Remove the cover.
2. Remove the nuts attaching the tailgate lock.
3. Disconnect the rods from the tailgate lock.
4. Remove the tailgate lock.
CONTINUED
S–23
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR ATTACHMENT, MOLDING
cardiagn.com
BOLT
FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Lower the front door glass fully.
2. Remove the manual outside mirror or the power
outside mirror.
2. Install in the reverse order of removal. (Refer to OUTSIDE MIRROR, MANUAL
OUTSIDE MIRROR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(Refer to OUTSIDE MIRROR, POWER OUTSIDE MIRROR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Pull the rear end of the front beltline molding to
disengage the hook.
FRONT BELTLINE MOLDING
HOOK
BELTLINE
MOLDING
CLIP
A A A
CONTINUED
S–24
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
MOLDING, OUTSIDE MIRROR
SCREW
HOOK
cardiagn.com
A 5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
ROOF MOLDING
ROOF MOLDING
POWER OUTSIDE MIRROR
CLIP CONNECTOR
BODY
8. Install in the reverse order of removal.
A
POWER OUTSIDE MIRROR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Install in the reverse order of removal. 2. Remove the inner garnish.
3. Remove the front door trim. (Refer to TRIM,
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Partially peel off the door screen.
5. Disconnect the power outside mirror connector.
6. Apply battery positive voltage to the power outside
mirror and inspect the operation of the power
outside mirror.
CONTINUED
S–25
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
OUTSIDE MIRROR
C A D
Right
Up
cardiagn.com
Right
POWER OUTSIDE
MIRROR SWITCH
POWER
OUTSIDE
MIRROR
SWITCH
CONNECTOR
3. If not as specified, replace the power outside mirror
switch.
S–26
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REARVIEW MIRROR, REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER
REAR WINDOW
DEFROSTER
SWITCH METER HOOD
2.0—3.9
cardiagn.com
{20—40, 18—34}
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
D A
: C A
: D B
C B
FILAMENT INSPECTION
1. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
2. Turn the rear window defroster switch on.
Caution
D Directly touching the rear window defroster
filament with the lead of the circuit tester
will damage it. Wrap aluminum foil around
the end of the lead and test the filament by
touching it with the foil.
CONTINUED
S–27
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER
Caution
LEAD OF THE CIRCUIT TESTER D Do not use the rear window defroster until
the paint is completely dry. It may cause
PUSH
other malfunctions if it is used before the
paint is dry.
cardiagn.com
REAR
(1) (2) Approx. 12 V Approx. 0 V WINDOW
DEFROSTER
RELAY
REAR WINDOW
DEFROSTER RELAY CONNECTOR
(2) (1)
NEGATIVE POSITIVE 4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
SIDE SIDE
REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER RELAY INSPECTION
1. Remove the rear window defroster relay.
(Refer to REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER
RELAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. If the voltage is not as specified or it changes 2. Inspect for continuity between the rear window
rapidly, the filament is faulty. Repair the filament. defroster relay terminals using an ohmmeter.
: Continuity B+: Battery positive voltage
FILAMENT REPAIR Terminal
1. Use white gasoline to clean around the damaged Step
A B C D
section of the filament.
2. Attach tape above and below the damaged section 1
of the filament. 2 B) GND
BROKEN FILAMENT TAPE
D A
C A
D B
SECTION TO BE REPAIRED
C B
3. Using a small brush or marking pen, repair the 3. If not as specified, replace the rear window
filament with silver paint or equivalent. defroster relay.
4. After approximately 2—3 minutes, carefully
remove the tape without disturbing the repaired
area.
CONTINUED
S–28
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WINDOW GLASS
Warning SEALANT
D Using a razor knife with bare hands can WINDSHIELD
cause injury. Always wear gloves when
using a razor knife. DAM
Note HEADLINER
D The windshield upper molding and windshield PROTECTIVE TAPE
side molding are replacement parts.
3. Wind each end of the wire around a bar.
3. Cut the lip of the windshield upper molding using a
razor knife. Note
D Use the entire length of piano wire to prevent it
cardiagn.com
from breaking when cutting through the
WINDSHIELD
R UPPER MOLDING
sealant.
PROTECTIVE
TAPE
4. Working with another person, saw through the
sealant around the edge of the glass, being careful
not to damage the body.
LIP
Warning
D Using a piano wire with bare hands can
cause injury. Always wear gloves when 49 0305 870A
using a piano wire.
SPACER R
S–29
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WINDOW GLASS
cardiagn.com
6.0 {0.24}
glass from being pushed out by air
pressure if a door is closed, open all of the
DAM
windows and leave them open until the
sealant has hardened.
CERAMIC
1. Cut away the old sealant using a razor knife so that SPACER 14.5 {0.57}
PARTING
1—2 mm {0.04—0.07 in} thickness of sealant 14.5 {0.57} LINE
mm {in}
remains around the circumference of the frame. If
all the sealant has come off in any one place, apply
some primer after degreasing, and allow it 30 9. Install spacers into the hole of the body.
minutes to dry. Then put on new sealant to create 10. Temporarily install the glass onto the body and
a 2 mm {0.08 in} layer. adjust the glass to body clearance.
2. Clean and degrease an approximately 50 mm 11. Make a mark on the glass directly above the
{1.97 in} wide strip around the circumference of V-notch of spacers.
the glass and the bonding area on the body. 12. Verify that the gap along the upper edge is
3. Align the center mark on the windshield upper 7.5 mm {0.30 in}.
molding with the glass mark. BODY MARKING
7.5 {0.30}
CENTER
4. Install the windshield upper molding from the
center toward both sides.
WINDSHIELD UPPER MOLDING
MARK
SPACER
GLASS MARK
mm {in}
CONTINUED
S–30
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WINDOW GLASS
BODY
BODY PRIMER
PRIMER
13.0 {0.51}
DAM
19.0 {0.75}
UPPER SEALANT ADJUST SEALANT
SIDE IN THIS AREA
14.5 {0.57}
SIDE
GLASS
PRIMER BODY
PRIMER WINDSHIELD
BODY
PRIMER 19.0
{0.75}
16.0 {0.63} BODY
LOWER DAM
WINDSHIELD
SIDE MOLDING
cardiagn.com
ADJUST SEALANT
WINDSHIELD IN THIS AREA
UPPER MOLDING BODY PRIMER mm {in}
15. Once the primer is dry, apply a 11.0 mm {0.43 in} Hardening time of sealant
high, 5.0 mm {0.20 in} wide bead of sealant along Time required
the dam around the entire circumference to fill the Surface
Temperature until car can be
gap between the dam and the edge of the hardening time
put into service
windshield.
5 °C {41 °F} Approx. 1.5 h Approx. 12 h
20 °C {68 °F} Approx. 1 h Approx. 4 h
5.0
{0.20} 35 °C {95 °F} Approx. 10 min Approx. 2 h
mm {in}
S–31
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WINDOW GLASS
cardiagn.com
1 Hinge cover 4 Quarter window glass
2 Quarter window hinge 5 Quarter window glass weatherstrip
3 Quarter window lock
CONTINUED
S–32
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WINDOW GLASS
SOAPY WATER
cardiagn.com
4. After the top of the rear window weatherstrip is
removed, push the rear window glass outside and
remove it with the rear window weatherstrip
attached.
5. Remove the rear window weatherstrip from the
rear window glass.
49 0259 866A
REAR WINDOW GLASS INSTALLATION
1. Clean and degrease the body and the rear window
glass.
2. Install the rear window weatherstrip to the rear 7. Install the rear window defroster connector if
window glass. equipped.
REAR WINDOW WEATHERSTRIP 8. Install the headliner.
(Refer to HEADLINER, HEADLINER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
49 0259 866A
200 {7.87}
mm {in}
S–33
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DASHBOARD AND CONSOLE
cardiagn.com
13. Remove the fuse block.
14. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
15. Install in the reverse order of removal.
16. Adjust the wires for both the blower unit and the heater unit.
(Refer to section U, CONTROL SYSTEM, CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT ADJUSTMENT.)
7.9—11.7
{80—120, 70—104}
1 Bolt 2 Dashboard
CONTINUED
S–34
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DASHBOARD AND CONSOLE
DASHBOARD DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
cardiagn.com
1 Defroster nozzle 4 Duct
2 Side demister nozzle 5 Dashboard crash pad
3 Center duct
CONTINUED
S–35
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DASHBOARD AND CONSOLE
DASHBOARD MEMBER
16—22
{1.6—2.3, 12—16}
16—22
BOLT
{1.6—2.3,
16—22 12—16}
{1.6—2.3,
12—16}
16—22
{1.6—2.3, 12—16}
cardiagn.com
1. Remove the screws, then remove the column
cover.
COLUMN
COVER
1 Screw
2 Front console
3 Boot
4 Set plate
Caution
In order to prevent noise caused by
interference with the dashboard, install the
screws to the rear of the front console
before installing the front of the front
console.
FRONT CONSOLE
SCREW
SCREW
S–36
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
DASHBOARD AND CONSOLE
A B
A
A B A
A A
CLIP
B PIN
A
cardiagn.com
1 Screw
2 Console lid outer
3 Console lid inner
4 Rear console
5 Console lid lock
6 Console lid hinge
7 Console lid bracket
PIN
A
CLIP
GLOVE COMPARTMENT
A
S–37
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TRIM
CLIP PIN
PIN A
A
B
cardiagn.com
A
A B-PILLAR
HOOK LOWER TRIM
A B
HOOK
A
A A A
A B
PIN
CLIP C CLIP
A
B-PILLAR
B A A A
B-PILLAR TRIM B UPPER TRIM
HOOK A FASTENER
B A B
S–38
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TRIM
NUT A B
CLIP PIN
cardiagn.com
1. Remove the screws. bolt.
2. Pull the front scuff plate upward, then disengage 4. Remove the fasteners.
pin A. 5. Pull the C-pillar trim toward you, then disengage
clips A and pin B.
6. Remove the seat belt from C-pillar trim.
A A
B CLIP
SCREW
A A
PIN
A
B
PIN
C-PILLAR TRIM
A
FRONT SCUFF PLATE
FASTENER
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 7. Pull the C-pillar trim upward, then remove it from
Double Cab the body.
1. Remove the screw. 8. Install in the reverse order of removal.
2. Pull the rear scuff plate upward, then disengage
clips A and pin B. QUARTER UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Stretch Cab
1. Remove the back upper trim.
2. Remove the upper anchor of the seat belt.
3. Remove the quarter window lock.
(Refer to WINDOW GLASS, QUARTER
WINDOW GLASS REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the hook.
5. Remove the fasteners.
6. Pull the quarter upper trim toward you, then
disengage clips A and pins B.
CONTINUED
S–39
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TRIM
A A
A
B
A BACK UPPER TRIM
A CLIP
HOOK
A A B A
A B
B A
A
PIN A
A A
A A B A A
A
A
PIN A
FASTENER A
CLIP B
A
QUARTER UPPER TRIM
A
cardiagn.com
A
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
B
QUARTER LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Stretch Cab 2. Install in the reverse order of removal.
1. Remove the quarter upper trim.
(Refer to QUARTER UPPER TRIM BACK LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) 1. Remove the fasteners, then remove the back lower
2. Remove the back lower trim. trim.
3. Remove the fasteners.
4. Pull the quarter lower trim toward you, then
disengage clips A and pins B.
QUARTER LOWER TRIM
FASTENER
B
B A
A
A
A
CLIP
PIN A
FASTENER
S–40
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TRIM
FRONT DOOR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 7. Extract the inner handle from the rear door trim.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable if equipped 8. Pull the rear door trim upward, then disengage
with a power window system. hooks B.
2. Remove the regulator handle if equipped. 9. Install in the reverse order of removal.
3. Remove the inner garnish.
4. Remove the power window switch if equipped.
5. Remove the screws and the fastener.
6. Pull the front door trim toward you, then disengage
clips A.
7. Pull the front door trim upward, then disengage
hook B.
FASTENER FRONT DOOR TRIM
B
A
A
CLIP
A A
A A
cardiagn.com
A A B
A
SCREW A HOOK
A
A
CLIP
SCREW A A
A
A B
A A
A
A HOOK
A
A B
A
ASHTRAY A A HOOK
A
A
A
S–41
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
HEADLINER, FLOOR COVERING
cardiagn.com
8. Remove the front side trims.
9. Remove the air outlet ducts.
HEADLINER
(Refer to section U, BASIC SYSTEM, AIR
OUTLET DUCT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
10. Remove the footrest.
11. Remove the fasteners, then remove the floor
covering.
FASTENER ASSIST HANDLE
FASTENER
ADAPTER
SUNVISOR
FLOOR COVERING
Double cab
HEADLINER 1. Remove the dashboard member.
(Refer to DASHBOARD AND CONSOLE,
DASHBOARD MEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the B-pillar lower trims.
11. Install in the reverse order of removal. (Refer to TRIM, B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the C-pillar trims.
(Refer to TRIM,C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
CONTINUED
S–42
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
FLOOR COVERING
cardiagn.com
FLOOR COVERING
Type 2
FLOOR COVERING
FASTENER
S–43
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SEAT BELT
Regular Cab
Driver’s side and passenger’s side
1. Remove the B-pillar trim if equipped with a B-pillar
trim. (Refer to TRIM, B-PILLAR TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Regular Cab.)
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
cardiagn.com
39—78
{3.9—8.0, 29—57}
39—78
{3.9—8.0, 29—57}
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
1 Anchor cover
2 Seat belt
Rear
39—78
{3.9—8.0, 29—57} 1. Remove the quarter lower trim.
(Refer to TRIM, QUARTER LOWER TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
1 Anchor cover
2 Retractor cover (if equipped)
3 Seat belt
39—78
{3.9—8.0, 29—57}
1 Seat belt
CONTINUED
S–44
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SEAT BELT
Rear
1. Remove the C-pillar trim. (Refer to TRIM,
C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
39—78 2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
{3.9—8.0, 29—57} 3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
39—78
{3.9—8.0, 29—57}
39—78 39—78
{3.9—8.0, 29—57} {3.9—8.0, 29—57}
cardiagn.com
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
1 Anchor cover
2 Seat belt
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
Double Cab
Front
1. Remove the B-pillar lower trim. 1 Anchor cover
(Refer to TRIM, B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM 2 Seat belt
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Double Cab.)
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table. SEAT BELT INSPECTION
3. Install in the reverse order of removal. Belt
1. Inspect the webbing for scars, tears, and wear.
2. Inspect the fitting for deformation or damage.
39—78
{3.9—8.0, 29—57}
3. If a problem is found, replace the seat belt.
ELR
1. Verify that the belt can be pulled out smoothly, and
that it moves smoothly when worn.
2. Verify that the retractor locks when the belt is
quickly pulled.
39—78
{3.9—8.0, 29—57} 3. Remove the retractor.
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
4. Make sure that the seat belt does not lock when
the retractor is tilted slowly up to 15° from the
1 Anchor cover mounted position. Make sure that the seat belt
2 Seat belt locks when the retractor is tilted 40° or more.
CONTINUED
S–45
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SEAT BELT
RETRACTOR 39—78
{3.9—8.0, 29—57}
cardiagn.com
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
39—78
{3.9—8.0, 29—57}
Double Cab
1 Buckle
Rear
1. Remove the seat cushion. (Refer to SEAT, REAR
Except driver’s side and passenger’s side SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Double Cab.)
Except Europe and UK 2. Remove as indicated in the table.
1. Remove as indicated in the table. 3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
2. Install in the reverse order of removal.
39—78
{3.9—8.0, 29—57}
39—78
{3.9—8.0, 29—57}
1 Rear buckle
1 Buckle
Bucket Seat
Front
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the side cover. (Refer to SEAT, FRONT
SEAT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY, Bucket Seat.)
3. Remove as indicated in the table.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. CONTINUED
S–46
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SEAT BELT
BUCKLE SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Disconnect the buckle switch connector.
3. Inspect for continuity between the buckle switch
terminals using an ohmmeter.
cardiagn.com
4. If not as specified, replace the buckle.
CONTINUED
S-47
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SEAT
35—63
{3.5—6.5, 26—47}
35—63
{3.5—6.5, 26—47}
cardiagn.com
35—63
{3.5—6.5, 26—47}
LEFT RIGHT
SIDE SIDE DOOR TUNNEL
SIDE SIDE
S–48
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SEAT
cardiagn.com
A
32—46
{3.2—4.7, 24—33}
CONTINUED
S–49
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SEAT
Bucket Seat
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
3. When removing the cable (passenger’s seat), adjust the cable. (Refer to CABLE ADJUSTMENT.)
PASSENGER’S SEAT
cardiagn.com
37—53 B
{3.7—5.5, 27—39}
C
B
39—78
{3.9—8.0, 29—57}
S–50
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SEAT
CABLE ADJUSTMENT
Verify the slide adjuster slides and locks smoothly
when the slide adjuster lever is operated.
SEAT BACK
LEVER
BOLT
16—22
{1.6—2.3, 12—16}
SLIDE
LOCK SCREW
2.0—2.9 N·m
LEVER
cardiagn.com
{20—30 kgf·cm,
18—26 in·lbf}
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
Hinge
1. Remove the back lower trim. (Refer to TRIM,
REAR SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION BACK LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Stretch Cab 2. Remove the fasteners, and then turn over the floor
Seat back covering.
1. Remove the back upper trim. 3. Remove the bolts, and then remove the hinge.
2. Remove the bolts. BOLT
3. Lift the seat back up in the direction of the arrow, 16—22
{1.6—2.3, 12—16}
then unhook it from the body.
HOOK
HOOK
HINGE
BOLT
6.87—9.80
{70—100, 60.8—86.7} N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
Seat cushion
1. Lift up the rear seat cushion.
2. Remove the screws.
3. Remove the bolts, and then remove the seat
cushion.
CONTINUED
S–51
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SEAT
35—63
{3.5—6.5,
26—47} 16—22
PULL {1.6—2.3,
12—16}
16—22
{1.6—2.3,
12—16}
cardiagn.com
16—22
{1.6—2.3, 12—16} 35—63
{3.5—6.5,
26—47}
1 Seat cushion
2 Seat back
+ Installation note
3 Hinge
4 Striker
CONTINUED
S–52
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SEAT
Double Cab
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
cardiagn.com
1 Headrest 6 Side cover
2 Pole guide 7 Stopper
3 Seat back trim 8 Seat back frame
4 Seat back pad 9 Seat cushion trim
5 Rear back catch 10 Seat cushion pad
CONTINUED
S–53
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SEAT
SEAT WARMER
CONNECTOR SWITCH
cardiagn.com
1. Connect the seat warmer switch connector.
2. Insert the seat warmer switch in the hole to install
it.
3. Connect the negative battery cable. THERMOMETER
S–54
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
PARKING LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 6 DOOR SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–17
FRONT TURN LIGHT PANEL LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 6 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–17
FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB PANEL LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 6 INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–18
FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT WIPER AND WASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 6 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 7 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT BULB INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
REAR FOG LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 7 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
REAR FOG LIGHT BULB ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 7 WINDSHIELD WIPER LINK
LICENSE PLATE LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–20
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 8 WINDSHIELD WASHER TANK
COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–20
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 8 WINDSHIELD WASHER MOTOR
COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–20
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 8 WINDSHIELD WASHER MOTOR
LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–20
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 8 WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE
LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 8/9 REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–20
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 9 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–20
HAZARD WARNING WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE
SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T– 9 ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–21
REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL . . . . . T–10 WINDSHIELD WASHER PIPE
REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–21
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–10 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
REAR FOG LIGHT SWITCH SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . T–21
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–10 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER
HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–21
REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–10 WARNING AND INDICATOR SYSTEM . . . . . . . . T–22
HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–10 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–22
HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–10 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–22
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION . . . . . T–22/24
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–11 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . T–24
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION . . . . T–11
CONTINUED
T–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–26
AUDIO UNIT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–26
SPEAKER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . T–26/27
SPEAKER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–27
ROOF ANTENNA REMOVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–27
ROOF ANTENNA INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . T–27
ROOF ANTENNA INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . T–27/28
ANTENNA FEEDER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . T–28
ANTENNA FEEDER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . T–28
CONDENSER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . T–28
CONTINUED
T–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER SYSTEM
2A 2B 2B 2A
cardiagn.com
123456567
START
START
LOCK LOCK
ON ON ACC 1C 1A
ACC
1C 1D 1A 1B
1D 1B
F2 CARB
4. If not as specified, replace the ignition switch.
KEY REMINDER
SWITCH
1 Nut
2 Bolt
3 Main fuse
IGNITION
SWITCH SCREW
CONNECTOR
IGNITION
SWITCH
T–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
POWER SYSTEM
B A
CIGARETTE LIGHTER INSPECTION
Verify that the cigarette lighter plug will move
normally within 10—20 seconds, after pressing
the plug into the socket. If the plug does not move,
cardiagn.com
B replace the cigarette lighter.
T–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
HEADLIGHT AIMING
1. Adjust the tire air pressure to the specification.
2. Position the unloaded vehicle on a level surface.
3. Seat one person in the driver’s seat.
cardiagn.com
4. Start the engine and charge the battery fully.
5. Position the vehicle straight ahead and
perpendicularly to a wall.
6. Set the headlights 7.6 m {25 ft} from the wall.
7. While adjusting one headlight, disconnect the
connector of the other.
1 Front combination light connector
Caution
2 Front combination light
Always tighten the adjusting screws last.
+ Removal Note
When loosening the adjusting screws, loosen
3 Spring the screws first and then tighten them.
If the adjusting screws are tightened first,
Front Combination Light Removal Note then loosened, they will continue to loosen
Removal with pliers when the vehicle is in motion and may
cause the headlights to become misaligned.
Caution
When pressing the hook of the adjusting 8. Adjust the headlights by turning the adjusting
screws and the screw with the pliers, do not screws as shown in the figure. Loosen the screws
damage the front combination light first, then tighten them.
mounting.
IN-
1. Press the hook of the adjusting screws and the OUT-
WARD WARD
screw with the pliers.
2. Pull the front combination light out of the adjusting
screws and the screw.
ADJUSTING
SCREW UP
HOOK
DOWN
SCREW
HEADLIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
Caution
A halogen bulb generates extremely high
FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT MOUNTING heat when it is used. If the surface of the
bulb is soiled, excessive heat will build up
and the light’s life will be shortened. When
replacing the bulb, hold the metal flange,
not the glass.
CONTINUED
T–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
1 Screw
2 Front turn light
3 Front turn light connector
1 Headlight bulb connector
2 Cover FRONT TURN LIGHT BULB
+ Installation Note REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
3 Headlight bulb 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
cardiagn.com
Cover Installation Note 3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Align the TOP mark with top side.
TOP MARK
1 Socket
PARKING LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 2 Front turn light bulb
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table. FRONT SIDE TURN LIGHT
3. Install in the reverse order of removal. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
FRONT
1 Socket
REAR
2 Parking light bulb
CONTINUED
T–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
4 Rear fog light
REAR COMBINATION LIGHT BULB
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION WITH REAR BUMPER
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the rear combination light.
3. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
HOOK
1 Screw
2 Lens
3 Rear fog light bulb
CONTINUED
T–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
1 Screw 1 Screw
2 License plate light 2 Windshield wiper and washer switch
3 License plate light bulb 3 Light switch
cardiagn.com
4 Socket 4 Body
5 License plate light connector
LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the column cover.
2. For vehicles without air bag system, remove the 3. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
horn cap. For vehicles with air bag system, remove 4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
the driver-side air bag module.
(Refer to AIR BAG SYSTEM, DRIVER-SIDE
AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the steering wheel.
(Refer to section N, MANUAL STEERING, STEERING
WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. For vehicles with air bag system, remove the clock
spring. (Refer to AIR BAG SYSTEM, CLOCK
SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the column cover.
6. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
1 Light switch connector
2 Screw
3 Light switch
Note
When the flash-to-pass switch is on, the
contact of the low-high switch is at neutral.
1 Screw
2 Combination switch 2. Inspect for continuity between the light switch
3 Combination switch connector terminals using an ohmmeter.
CONTINUED
T–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
OFF HEAD-
cardiagn.com
OFF HEAD- LIGHT
TNS LIGHT TNS
FLASH 1 Hazard warning switch
-TO HIGH LOW
-PASS
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Remove the meter hood.
(Refer to section S, DASHBOARD AND CONSOLE,
H L P METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Inspect for continuity between the hazard warning
(L) (H) (B)
switch terminals using an ohmmeter.
: Continuity : Bulb
Switch Terminal
* * * E C A
(O) (M) (K) (*) (*) (*) position F D B A C I K H J
P N L * H F D * Off
(*) (J) (*) (B)
On
( ): LIGHT SWITCH RIGHT SIDE LEVER
3. If not as specified, replace the light switch.
H K F D
Turn Switch
1. Remove the light switch.
(Refer to LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Inspect for continuity between the light switch
terminals using an ohmmeter.
: Continuity
Terminal
Switch position
C (M) A (K) E (O)
Right
Off J A C I B
Left
( ): Light switch right side lever
(M)
C K I C A
* J H F D B
*
* (M) * E C A
(O) (K) (*) (*) (*)
P
(*) N * H
L (J) F D *
(*) (B)
3. If not as specified, replace the hazard warning
A E switch.
(K) (O)
( ): LIGHT SWITCH RIGHT SIDE LEVER
CONTINUED
T–9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
HOOK HOOK
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
REAR FOG
LIGHT SWITCH HEADLIGHT
LEVELING SWITCH
cardiagn.com
1. Connect the rear fog light switch connector. 1. Connect the headlight leveling switch connector.
2. Insert the rear fog light switch in the hole to install 2. Insert the headlight leveling switch in the hole to
it. install it.
3. Connect the negative battery cable. 3. Connect the negative battery cable.
A D C A
D B
T–10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
DRIVER-SIDE
N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
FRONT SIDE TRIM
cardiagn.com
3 Gasket
A B
T–11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
C B
Voltage (V)
Terminal Signal Connection Test condition Inspection area
/Continuity
Alternates
Hazard warning switch on
B+ and 0
Hazard
Ignition switch at
Flasher unit Hazard warning B+ warning switch
A ON position
out ut
output switch Hazard warning Turn signal
cardiagn.com
switch off Ignition switch at light
LOCK or ACC 0
position
Hazard warning switch on B+ HAZARD 10 A
Ignition switch at fuse
B+
Hazard warning ON position METER 15 A
B Power supply
su ly Hazard warning
switch Ignition switch at fuse
switch off Hazard
LOCK or ACC 0
position warning switch
HEADLIGHT LEVELING
ACTUATOR CONNECTOR
T–12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
Note
Because the headlight leveling actuator connector is waterproof, it is impossible to measure the voltage at
the headlight leveling actuator terminals. When inspecting, measure the voltage at the terminal of the part
which is connected to the headlight leveling actuator.
(1) To measure the voltage at the terminal A of the headlight leveling actuator, remove the column cover and
measure the voltage at the terminal N of the light switch connector.
(Refer to LIGHT SWITCH INSPECTION.)
(2) To measure the voltage at the terminal B of the headlight leveling actuator, remove the headlight leveling
switch with the connector connected and measure the voltage at the terminal C of the headlight leveling
switch connector. (Refer to HEADLIGHT LEVELING SWITCH INSPECTION.)
(3) Disconnect the headlight leveling actuator connector before inspecting for continuity at terminal C.
2. If not as specified, inspect the parts listed under “Inspection area” and the related wiring harnesses.
3. If the parts and wiring harnesses are okay but the system still does not work properly, replace the headlight
leveling actuator.
cardiagn.com
A B C
Voltage ( V )
Terminal Signal Connection Test condition Inspection area
/Continuity
Headlight
Headlight illuminated B+
leveling
g Combination
A Combination switch
actuator switch
power supply Headlight unilluminated 0
Headlight leveling
6.2
switch at 0
Headlight leveling
Headlight 4.2
g
Headlight g
Headlight switch at 1
B leveling switch Headlight leveling switch
leveling switch switch on Headlight leveling
position 2.1
switch at 2
Headlight leveling
0
switch at 3
Headlight
leveling Constant : inspect for continuity
C GND Yes GND
actuator to ground
ground
CONTINUED
T–13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
COVER
BRACKET
D B Constant
D B
B C A
F D B
F E D
CONTINUED
T–14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
EXTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
E C A
F D B
F E D
cardiagn.com
terminal.
6. Verify that there is no continuity between terminals
B and F, and between terminals A and E.
B C A
E C A
F D B
F E D
T–15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
Note
The spacer acts as a ground. If the spacer is
not installed in the position shown in the figure,
the interior light may not illuminate.
REGULAR CAB
cardiagn.com
1. Tighten the screw fully. (More than 4 mm {0.2 in}
of thread should be exposed.)
2. Install the interior light.
SCREW
4.0 mm
{0.2 in}
1 Lens
+ Removal Note SPACER
INTERIOR LIGHT
2 Interior light bulb
3 Screw
4 Spacer
INTERIOR LIGHT INSPECTION
1. Remove the interior light.
5 Interior light (Refer to INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
+ Installation Note 2. Inspect for continuity between the interior light
6 Interior light connector terminals using an ohmmeter.
: Bulb
Lens Removal Note Terminal
All vehicles except regular cab Step
A B Body GND
1. Insert a tape-wrapped flathead screwdriver into the
lens. ON
2. Twist the screwdriver to remove the lens. DOOR
OFF
B
A B
OFF ON
DOOR
A
Regular cab
Push the areas indicated by the arrows to pull out
3. If not as specified, replace the interior light.
the lens.
CONTINUED
T–16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
1 Screw
2 Door switch
3 Door switch connector
cardiagn.com
DOOR SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Remove the door switch.
2. Inspect for continuity between the door switch
terminals using an ohmmeter.
: Continuity
Terminal
Switch condition
A Body GND
Pressed
Released
A A
BODY GND
HOOK
CONTINUED
T–17
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
INTERIOR LIGHTING SYSTEM
G A
H F D B
Voltage (V)/
Terminal Signal Connection Test condition Inspection area
Continuity
Panel light
Each Inspect using an oscilloscope
A control — Each illumination
cardiagn.com
illumination + A terminal inspection
output
B — Not used — — —
Headlight switch at TNS or
Power B+ Light switch
D g switch
Light headlight position
supply TAIL 10 A fuse
Headlight switch at OFF position 0
F — Not used — — —
Panel light
control Constant: Inspect for continuity to
G GND Yes GND
switch ground
ground
H — Not used — — —
A Terminal Inspection
1. Measure the wave pattern of the A terminal on the
panel light control switch using an oscilloscope. V
PANEL LIGHT
CONTROL SWITCH OSCILLOSCOPE 5. Verify that the pattern on the screen matches the
pattern shown in the figure as the panel light
control switch is gradually turned to the darkest
2. Set the headlight switch to either the TNS or position.
headlight position.
3. Set the panel light control switch to the brightest V
position.
4. Verify that the pattern of the screen is as shown in B+
the figure.
0
1—3.2 ms
5—15.4 ms
CONTINUED
T–18
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WIPER AND WASHER
cardiagn.com
2 Nut
WINDSHIELD
WIPER LINK 3 Windshield wiper arm
BOLT
4.0—6.8 {40—70, 35—60} N·m {kgf·cm, in·lbf} + Installation Note
4 Windshield wiper blade
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
5 Rubber brush
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR INSPECTION
Windshield Wiper Arm Installation Note
1. Disconnect the windshield wiper motor connector.
Clean the windshield wiper arm connector shafts
2. Connect battery positive voltage and inspect the
with a wire brush before installing the windshield
operation of the windshield wiper motor as
wiper arms.
indicated below.
Terminal Operation
A High WINDSHIELD WIPER
ARM CONNECTOR SHAFT
C Low
T–19
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WIPER AND WASHER
cardiagn.com
3. Verify that the windshield washer motor operates.
1 Bolt
M
2 Windshield wiper link
A
WINDSHIELD WASHER TANK
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION B
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. A
2. Disconnect the connector.
3. Disconnect the windshield washer pipe from the 4. If the motor does not operate, replace the
windshield washer motor. windshield washer motor.
4. Pull the windshield washer tank up and slide it off
the bracket. WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the windshield washer pipe from the
windshield washer nozzle.
CONNECTOR 2. Remove the windshield washer nozzle using a 10
WINDSHIELD mm {0.4 in} deep socket wrench from underneath
WASHER TANK
the bonnet.
WINDSHIELD
WASHER PIPE DEEP SOCKET WRENCH WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLE
BRACKET
CONTINUED
T–20
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WIPER AND WASHER
cardiagn.com
: Continuity
Terminal
WINDSHIELD One-
MOLDING GLASS END LINE
Switch position G(E M(C N(D C(M
touch L(F)
END LINE ) ) ) )
Off 123
mm {in} OFF
On
Wiper
WINDSHIELD WASHER PIPE INT
switch
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION LO
1. Disconnect the windshield washer pipe from the
HI
windshield washer nozzle and the windshield
washer motor. Washer
On
2. Remove the clips. switch
3. Remove the windshield washer pipe. ( ): Wiper and washer switch left side lever
(D)
N
ONE-TOUCH WIPER
OFF SWITCH
HI HI OFF
LO INT
LO INT
CLIP WINDSHIELD INT
WASHER PIPE RELAY
H L M G C
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. (J) (F) (C) (E) (M)
WASHER
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH SWITCH
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the column cover. 0 G * *
3. Disconnect the connector. (*) M (*) (E) C (A)
4. Remove the screws. N L * H * *
* (*) (*) (J) (*) (F) (D) *
5. Remove the windshield wiper and washer switch.
( ): WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH LEFT SIDE LEVER
T–21
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WARNING AND INDICATOR SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
1 Screw 3. Verify that fluctuation of the speedometer needle is
2 Instrument cluster connector within the allowable range.
3 Instrument cluster
Needle fluctuation allowable range
Within 0.5 km/h
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
4. If the speedometer needle does not move or if the
indication is outside of the allowable range, inspect
Caution
the vehicle speedometer sensor and related wiring
If the print plate on the back of the
harness.
instrument cluster is damaged, the system
5. If the vehicle speedometer sensor and related
will not operate properly and it may become
wiring harness are normal, replace the instrument
the cause of trouble or malfunction.
cluster.
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
Tachometer
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
Using the SSTs (NGS kit) or a dwell tacho tester
Caution
If the engine speed exceeds the allowable
range, the engine could be damaged.
Therefore, when inspecting the tachometer,
do not allow the engine speed to exceed the
allowable range indication on the
tachometer.
1 Screw
Using the SSTs (NGS kit)
(1) Connect the SSTs (NGS kit) to the data link
2 Bulb connector and battery.
3 Alarm
4 Front lens
5 Instrument cluster DIAGNOSTIC PROGRAM CARD
NGS KIT
CONTINUED
T–22
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WARNING AND INDICATOR SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
1000 926—1060 and R2 is less than 6 Ω.
2000 1954—2120 13. If not as specified, replace the instrument cluster.
3000 2980—3180
Water Temperature Gauge
4000 4008—4240 1. Disconnect the water temperature sender unit
connector.
3. If the tachometer needle does not move or if the 2. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
indication is outside of the allowable range, inspect 3. Verify that the needle is below C.
the PCM and related wiring harness. 4. Ground terminal A of the water temperature sender
4. If the PCM and related wiring harness are normal, unit’s vehicle side connector.
replace the instrument cluster.
Fuel Gauge
1. Disconnect the fuel gauge sender unit connector.
2. Connect the red lead of SST (Fuel And
Thermometer checker) to terminal B of the fuel
gauge sender unit connector and black lead to A
ground.
3. Set the resistance of SST (Fuel And Thermometer
checker) to 180 Ω.
49 N088 0A0
49 0839 285
5. Verify that the needle is above H.
6. If the needle does not move or moves irregularly,
* remove the instrument cluster.
(Refer to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
C B 7. Measure the resistance between the water
temperature gauge terminals using an ohmmeter.
: Resistance
Terminal
4. Turn the ignition switch to ON position. Step
5. Verify that the needle is below E. TEMP + TEMP – V+ COM
6. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. 1 R1
7. Set the resistance of SST (Fuel And Thermometer 2 R2
checker) to 10 Ω.
8. Turn the ignition switch to ON position. R1, R2: 140—200 Ω
9. Verify that the needle is above F.
10. If the needle does not move or moves irregularly,
remove the instrument cluster.
(Refer to INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
11. Measure the resistance between the fuel gauge CONTINUED
terminals using an ohmmeter.
T–23
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WARNING AND INDICATOR SYSTEM
Note
The needle of speedometer or tachometer may
cardiagn.com
continue to rotate clockwise until it rests on the 4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
mask plate. If a customer complains of this
concern, repair the needle position according FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT INSPECTION
to the following steps. 1. For G6, F2 CIS, or F2 Carb engine vehicles, remove
the fuel pump unit. (Refer to section F2, FUEL
1. Verify the concern. SYSTEM, FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
For WL or WL Turbo
TACHOMETER SPEEDOMETER engine vehicles, remove the fuel gauge sender unit.
(Refer to section F2, FUEL SYSTEM, FUEL TANK
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Using an ohmmeter, measure and verify that the
resistance between terminals B and C (WL, WL
Turbo) or A and B (G6, F2 CIS, F2 Carb) of the fuel
gauge sender unit is as shown in the following
chart while slowly moving the unit arm from empty
to full.
Measuring point Resistance (Ω)
2. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position. Full 18.4—26.4
3. Remove the ROOM fuse, then wait for 10 minutes 1/2 81.5—93.5
or more until the power supply in the instrument
cluster is spent. Empty 136—154
4. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
5. Verify that the needle returns to zero. WL, WL TURBO * DOUBLE CAB
2WD, STRETCH
87.0 {3.43} *
TACHOMETER SPEEDOMETER 65.5 {2.58} CAB 2WD
FULL
169.7 {6.681} *
158.1 {6.224}
1/2
*
253.7 {9.988} B C
EMPTY
mm {in}
T–24
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WARNING AND INDICATOR SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
WATER TEMPERATURE SENDER UNIT REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 5. If not as specified, replace the water temperature
2. Disconnect the connector. sender unit.
3. Remove the water temperature sender unit.
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION
CONNECTOR 1. Verify that the oil pressure warning light illuminates
when the ignition switch is turned to ON position.
WATER
2. Verify that the oil pressure warning light goes off
TEMPERATURE when the engine is started.
SENDER UNIT 3. If the oil pressure warning light does not illuminate
or remains illuminated, inspect the oil pressure
warning light bulb and related wiring harness.
4. If the oil pressure warning light bulb and related
wiring harness are normal, inspect the oil pressure.
(Refer to section D, LUBRICATION SYSTEM, OIL
WATER TEMPERATURE SENDER UNIT PRESSURE INSPECTION.)
INSTALLATION 5. If the oil pressure is normal, replace the oil
1. Apply sealant from the third thread to the top pressure switch.
thread.
HORN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Disconnect the horn connector.
3. Remove the bolt.
4. Remove the horn.
BOLT
THIRD THREAD
6—8
{0.24—0.31} mm { in }
HORN
2. Install the water temperature sender unit.
Tightening torque
11.8—17.6 N·m HORN
{120—180 kgf·cm, 105—156 in·lbf} CONNECTOR
3. Connect the water temperature sender unit 5. Install in the reverse order of removal.
connector.
4. Connect the negative battery cable. HORN RELAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the driver-side front side trim.
(Refer to section S, TRIM, FRONT SIDE TRIM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
CONTINUED
T–25
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
WARNING AND INDICATOR SYSTEM, AUDIO
49 D066 801A
1 Nut
2 Horn relay connector
3 Horn relay
cardiagn.com
1. Remove the horn relay. 4. Disconnect the connectors and antenna jack.
(Refer to HORN RELAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Inspect for continuity between the horn relay AUDIO UNIT INSTALLATION
terminals using an ohmmeter.
: Continuity B+: Battery positive voltage Caution
Terminal If the harness or the antenna feeder is
Step caught between the unit and dashboard, it
A B C D
may become the cause of trouble or
1 malfunctions. Make certain that the wiring
2 B+ GND harness and antenna feeder are not caught
between the unit and dashboard.
Caution
3. If not as specified, replace the horn relay. When removing or installing a speaker,
touching the radio cone paper could cause
CLOCK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION poor sound quality. When removing or
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. installing a speaker, hold the speaker’s
2. Remove the meter hood. bracket and handle with care.
(Refer to section S, DASHBOARD AND CONSOLE,
METER HOOD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) 3. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
3. Remove the screws and remove the clock. 4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
SCREW CLOCK SCREW
T–26
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
AUDIO
1 Screw SCREW
2 Speaker
+ Installation Note
3 Connector
: Resistance
Terminal
Test condition
A B
Constant R
cardiagn.com
R: 4 Ω
ROOF ANTENNA
B
A
4. Remove the screws and pull out the roof antenna. 123456567
CONTINUED
T–27
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
AUDIO
1 Screw
2 Clip
3 Nut
cardiagn.com
4 Condenser
1 Clip
2 Antenna feeder
B
D C
A
123456567
T–28
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
cardiagn.com
BLOWER UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . U–10 BLOWER MOTOR
COOLING UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . U–10/11 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–24
COOLING UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . U–12 BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . U–24
EVAPORATOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–13 RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . U–24
HEATER UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . U–13 RESISTOR INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–25
HEATER UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . U–14 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL . . . . . . U–25
HEATER CORE INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–15 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION . . U–25
A/C COMPRESSOR CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–15 DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–25/26
CONDENSER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . U–16 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT WIRE
CONDENSER INSPECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–16 ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–26/27
RECEIVER/DRIER CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION . . . . U–27
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–16/17 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–28
REFRIGERANT LINES FOREWORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–28
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–17/18 TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–28
CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . U–19 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . U–28/39
CONTINUED
U–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SERVICE WARNINGS, SERVICE CAUTIONS
cardiagn.com
When carrying out any operation that can FD46XG (G6, WL, WL turbo) or ZXL
cause refrigerant leakage, extinguish or 100PG (F2, F2 Cab) COMPRESSOR
OIL
remove the above-mentioned heat sources and
maintain adequate ventilation.
D Handling liquid refrigerant is dangerous. A
drop of it on the skin can result in localized
frostbite. When handling the refrigerant, wear
gloves and safety goggles. If refrigerant MINERAL OIL
splashes into the eyes, immediately wash them
with clean water and consult a doctor.
U–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE PROCEDURES
cardiagn.com
49 C061 007 of the air conditioner.
CHARGING
CAP VALVE OF
HIGH-PRESSURE 8. Start the vacuum pump and let it operate for
CHARGING VALVE OF SIDE 15 minutes.
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE
CHARGING
Charging Recycled R-134a Refrigerant
Connect an R-134a recovery/recycling/recharging
device to the vehicle and follow the device
manufacturer’s instructions.
Charging New R-134a Refrigerant 9. Verify that high- and low-pressure side readings of
the SST (49 C061 001) are at –101 kPa
Caution {–760 mmHg, –29.9 inHg}. Close each valve of
Do not exceed the specification when the SST (49 C061 001).
charging the system with refrigerant. Doing
so will decrease the efficiency of the air
conditioner or damage the refrigeration 49 C061 001
cycle parts.
U–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE PROCEDURES
Warning Warning
If the refrigerant system is charged with a If charging the system with refrigerant
large amount of refrigerant when checking using service cans, running the engine with
for gas leakage, and if any leakage should the high-pressure side valve open is
occur, the refrigerant will be released into dangerous. Pressure within the service
the atmosphere. In order to prevent the cans will increase and the cans could
accidental release of refrigerant which can explode, scattering metal fragments and
destroy the ozone layer in the stratosphere, liquid refrigerant that can seriously injure
follow the proper procedures and charge you. Therefore, do not open the
with only a small amount of refrigerant high-pressure side valve while the engine is
when checking for gas leakage. running.
If charging the system with refrigerant
using service cans, running the engine with 17. Open the high-pressure side valve of the
the high-pressure side valve open is SST (49 C061 001) and charge with refrigerant until the
dangerous. Pressure within the service weight of refrigerant tank has decreased 300 g
cans will increase and the cans could {10.6 oz} from the amount in step 13.
explode, scattering metal fragments and
liquid refrigerant that can seriously injure 49 C061 001
you. Therefore, do not open the
high-pressure side valve while the engine is OPEN
running.
cardiagn.com
14. Open the high-pressure side valve of the
SST (49 C061 001).
49 C061 001
OPEN
49 C061 001
49 C061 001
Warning
If charging the system with refrigerant
using service cans, running the engine with
the high-pressure side valve open is
dangerous. Pressure within the service
cans will increase and the cans could
explode, scattering metal fragments and
liquid refrigerant that can seriously injure
you. Therefore, do not open the
16. Inspect for leakage from the cooler pipe/hose high-pressure side valve while the engine is
connections using the SST (Gas leak tester). If running.
there is no leakage, go to step 17. If a leakage is
found at a loose joint, tighten the joint and inspect 19. Start the engine and actuate the A/C compressor.
for leakage again. If there is still leakage at the 20. Open the low-pressure side valve of the
same joint, discharge the refrigerant and then SST (49 C061 001) and charge with refrigerant until the
repair the joint. Repeat the charging procedure refrigerant tank is empty.
from step 7. If there is no leakage after tightening
the joint, go to step 17. CONTINUED
U–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE PROCEDURES
49 C061 004
REFRIGERANT
TANK
VACUUM PUMP
21. Close the low-pressure side valve of the 6. Open only the center valve of the SST (49 C061
SST (49 C061 001) and the valve of the refrigerant tank. (49 C061 001).
22. Stop the engine and A/C compressor.
23. Inspect for leakage using the SST (Gas leak Caution
tester). If there is no leakage, go to step 24. If Close the SST (49 C061 001) valve
leakage is found at a loose joint, tighten the joint immediately after stopping the vacuum
and inspect for leakage again. If there is still a leak pump. If the valve is left open, the vacuum
at the same joint, discharge the refrigerant and pump oil will flow back into the refrigeration
cardiagn.com
then repair the joint. Repeat the charging cycle and cause a decrease in the efficiency
procedure from step 7. If there is no leakage after of the air conditioner.
tightening the joint, go to step 24.
24. Disconnect the SSTs (49 C061 006A, 7. Start the vacuum pump and let it run for 1 minute.
49 C061 007) from the charging valves.
25. Install the caps to the charging valves. 49 C061 001
CLOSE
49 C061 006A
49 0061 007
CAP
CAP
Caution
Do not exceed the specification when
charging the system with refrigerant. Doing
so will decrease the efficiency of the air
conditioner or damage the refrigeration
cycle parts.
U–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE PROCEDURES
OPEN
CAP
Caution
13. Refer to refrigerant charge check and The FD46XG (G6, WL, WL turbo) or ZXL
refill with refrigerant. 100PG (F2, F2 Cab) compressor oil will
separate from refrigerant at high
L.H.D. temperatures of 50 °C {122 °F} or more. If
this happens, the sight glass will change to
cardiagn.com
a milky-white color, and there is a
possibility that you might mistakenly
believe the refrigerant amount to be
insufficient and recharge with additional
refrigerant.
SIGHT GLASS If the system is overcharged with
refrigerant, the sight glass will become
clear and give a false indication. You will
mistakenly believe that the refrigerant
amount is correct.
Therefore, when checking the refrigerant
R.H.D. (WL, G6, F2 Cab)
amount, verify the refrigerant pressure and
cooler pipe temperature in addition to the
sight glass condition.
R.H.D.
(WL turbo)
SIGHT GLASS
U–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE PROCEDURES
Condition of Mpa
Amount Other conditions {kgf/cm2, psi}
sight glass HIGH-PRESSURE SIDE
2.0
High-pressure side cooler {21, 299}
pipe is warm;
low-pressure side cooler 1.5
{15, 213}
pipe is cool.
Insufficient
High- and low-pressure 1.0
{10, 142}
side readings are lower
Bubbles than normal.
Air cooling ability is low. 0.2
LOW-PRESSURE SIDE
{2.0, 28}
High-pressure side cooler
pipe is hot; low-pressure
side cooler pipe is cold. 0.1
High- and low-pressure {1.0, 14}
side readings are normal.
Clear
* If sight glass is
Correct
milky-white, pour water
into condenser for
approximately 20 PRESSURE READING OF MANIFOLD GAUGE
20 25 30 35 40 °C
seconds to cool it off, {68} {77} {86} {95} {104} {°F}
cardiagn.com
Milky white then the sight glass will
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
clear.
High-pressure side cooler
pipe is hot; low-pressure 9. If not as specified, troubleshoot the refrigerant
side cooler pipe is cold. system. (Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING.)
Over High- and low-pressure
side reading are higher PERFORMANCE TEST
Clear than normal.
Air cooling ability is low. Note
After servicing the refrigerant system, the test
6. If not as specified, troubleshoot the refrigerant is performed.
system. (Refer to TROUBLESHOOTING.)
1. Install the SSTs (manifold gauge set).
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK (Refer to MANIFOLD GAUGE SET INSTALLATION.)
1. Install the SSTs (Manifold gauge set). 2. Open the bonnet.
(Refer to MANIFOLD GAUGE SET INSTALLATION.) 3. Close all the doors and windows.
2. Open the bonnet. 4. Warm up the engine and run it at a constant
3. Close all the doors and windows. 1,500 rpm.
4. Warm up the engine and run it at a constant 5. Set the fan switch at 4th.
1,500 rpm. 6. Set the temperature control dial to MAX COLD.
5. Set the fan switch at 4th. 7. Record center ventilator right side temperature.
6. Set the temperature control dial to MAX COLD. 8. Determine and record ambient temperature.
7. Measure the ambient temperature and the high- 9. Verify that the temperature reading is in the shaded
and low-pressure side reading of the zone.
SST (49 C061 001). °C {°F}
8. Verify that the intersection of the pressure reading 6 {43}
of the SST (49 C061 001) and ambient 5 {41}
temperature is in the shaded zone. 4 {39}
3 {37}
2 {36}
1 {34}
0 {32}
20 25 30 35 40 °C
{68} {77} {86} {95} {104} {°F}
CENTER VENTILATOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
TEMPERATURE
U–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BASIC SYSTEM
BASIC SYSTEM
STRUCTURAL VIEW
L.H.D. (G6) BLOWER UNIT
COOLING UNIT
HEATER UNIT
COOLER
PIPE
(LOW) HEATER
COOLER HOSE
PIPE
A/C
(HIGH)
COMPRESSOR
cardiagn.com
(LOW)
CONDENSER COOLING UNIT
HEATER UNIT
RECEIVER/DRIER
COOLER
PIPE
(LOW) HEATER
HOSE
COOLER A/C
PIPE COMPRESSOR
(HIGH)
COOLER
HOSE
(HIGH)
CONDENSER
RECEIVER/DRIER
L.H.D. (F2, F2 Cab)
BLOWER UNIT
COOLING UNIT
HEATER UNIT
COOLER
PIPE
(LOW)
HEATER
COOLER HOSE
PIPE A/C
(HIGH) COMPRESSOR
COOLER
HOSE
(HIGH)
CONDENSER
RECEIVER/DRIER
CONTINUED
U–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BASIC SYSTEM
R.H.D. (G6)
HEATER UNIT
COOLER
PIPE
(HIGH)
CONDENSER
cardiagn.com
RECEIVER/DRIER COOLER
HOSE (HIGH)
HEATER UNIT
HEATER
COOLING UNIT
HOSE
A/C
COMPRESSOR BLOWER UNIT
COOLER
HOSE (LOW)
CONDENSER
COOLER
PIPE
(HIGH)
CONDENSER
RECEIVER/DRIER CONTINUED
U–9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BASIC SYSTEM
B
C
A
A
cardiagn.com
B
C
1 Blower motor
2 Resistor
3 Blower harness
4 Polyurethane protector
5 Inlet duct case (front)
6 Inlet duct case (rear)
7 Blower case (upper)
1 Connector 8 Blower case (lower)
2 Blower unit 9 Air intake door
10 Air intake link
BLOWER UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table. 11 Air intake crank
2. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
L.H.D.
COOLING UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Discharge the refrigerant from the system.
(Refer to REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE
PROCEDURES, RECOVERY.)
(Refer to REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE
PROCEDURES, CHARGING.)
3. Remove the glove compartment.
4. Disconnect the air intake wire from the cooling unit.
(Refer to CONTROL SYSTEM, CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT WIRE ADJUSTMENT.)
Caution
If moisture or foreign material enters the
refrigeration cycle, cooling ability will be
lowered and abnormal noise will occur.
B Always immediately plug all open fittings
C after removing any refrigeration cycle parts
A to keep moisture or foreign material out of
A the cycle.
B CONTINUED
C
U–10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BASIC SYSTEM
5. Remove in the order indicated in the table. Do not 1 Cooler hose (low)
allow compressor oil to spill. + REFRIGERANT LINES
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Refrigerant Lines
7. Carry out the refrigerant system performance test. Removal Note
(Refer to REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE + REFRIGERANT LINES
PROCEDURES, PERFORMANCE TEST.) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Refrigerant Lines
L.H.D. Installation Note
2 Cooler pipe (high)
+ REFRIGERANT LINES
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Refrigerant Lines
Removal Note
R
+ REFRIGERANT LINES
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Refrigerant Lines
15—21 N·m
Installation Note
{1.5—2.2 kgf·m, 3 Connector
130.2—190.9 in·lbf} R 6.9—9.8 N·m
{0.7—1.0 kgf·m, 4 Cooling unit
60.8—86.7 in·lbf} + Removal Note
+ Installation Note
R.H.D.
20—29 N·m
R Cooling Unit Removal Note (R.H.D. only)
cardiagn.com
{2.0—3.0 kgf·m,
15—21 ft·lbf} Turn the cooling unit 90 degrees to the right, and
remove the cooling unit.
9.81—19.61 N·m
{100—200 kgf·cm,
86.8—173.5 in·lbf}
Supplement amount
40 ml {40 cc, 1.4 fl oz}
CONTINUED
U–11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BASIC SYSTEM
Caution
If moisture or foreign material enters the
refrigeration cycle, cooling ability will be
lowered and abnormal noise will occur.
Always immediately plug all open fittings
after removing any refrigeration cycle parts
to keep moisture or foreign material out of
the cycle.
cardiagn.com
+ Assembly Note
7 High pressure pipe
HEAT-SENSING TUBE
EVAPORATOR
40 mm
{1.6 in}
CONTINUED
U–12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BASIC SYSTEM
EVAPORATOR INSPECTION
1. Remove the cooling unit.
(Refer to COOLING UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the evaporator from the cooling unit.
3. Inspect for cracks, damage, and oil leakage. If any
problems are found, replace the evaporator.
4. Inspect for bent fins. If they are bent, use a
flat-head screwdriver to straighten them.
cardiagn.com
*
1 Heater hose
2 Heater unit CONTINUED
U–13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BASIC SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
*
* *
*
*
CONTINUED
U–14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BASIC SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
5. Loosen the A/C compressor bolts, then slide the
A/C compressor. (WL turbo only) N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}
F2, F2 Cab R
Caution
If moisture or foreign material enters the
refrigeration cycle, cooling ability will be 30—39
{3.0—4.0,
lowered and abnormal noise will occur. 22—28}
Always immediately plug all open fittings after
removing any refrigeration cycle parts to keep
moisture or foreign material out of the cycle.
CONTINUED
U–15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BASIC SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
after removing any refrigeration cycle parts SERVICE PROCEDURES, CHARGING.)
to keep moisture or foreign material out of 3. Remove the radiator grille.
the cycle.
Caution
6. Remove in the order indicated in the table. Do not If moisture or foreign material enters the
allow compressor oil to spill. refrigeration cycle, cooling ability will be
7. Install in the reverse order of removal. lowered and abnormal noise will occur.
8. Carry out the refrigerant system performance test. Always immediately plug all open fittings
(Refer to REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE after removing any refrigeration cycle parts
PROCEDURES, PERFORMANCE TEST.) to keep moisture or foreign material out of
the cycle.
C D
C A R
D R
1 Cooler pipe R
+ REFRIGERANT LINES
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Refrigerant Lines
Installation Note
2 Bonnet lock stay
3 Condenser
+ Installation Note
CONTINUED
U–16
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BASIC SYSTEM
1 Connector Caution
If moisture or foreign material enters the
2 Cooler pipe
refrigeration cycle, cooling ability will be
+ REFRIGERANT LINES lowered and abnormal noise will occur.
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Refrigerant Lines
Always immediately plug all open fittings
Installation Note after removing any refrigeration cycle parts
3 Condenser to keep moisture or foreign material out of
+ CONDENSER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, the cycle.
Condenser Installation Note
4 Receiver/drier 3. Remove the radiator grille.
+ Installation Note 4. Remove the front bumper.
(Refer to section S, BUMPER, FRONT BUMPER
Receiver/drier Installation Note REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
When installing a new receiver/drier, add FD46XG 5. Remove the radiator. (WL turbo only)
(G6, WL, WL turbo) or ZXL 100PG (F2, F2 Cab) 6. Remove in the order indicated in the table. Do not
compressor oil into the refrigeration cycle. allow compressor oil to spill.
7. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Supplemental amount 8. Carry out the refrigerant system performance test.
35 ml {35 cc, 1.2 fl oz} (Refer to REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE
PROCEDURES, PERFORMANCE TEST.)
REFRIGERANT LINES REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
cardiagn.com
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Discharge the refrigerant from the system.
(Refer to REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE
PROCEDURES, RECOVERY.) (Refer to
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE
PROCEDURES, CHARGING.)
L.H.D.
R R
B
R
B A
C R
E
D
F
R B
R
R A
D C A
C
F B
D
A
R R B
R
A
E
C E
CONTINUED
U–17
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
BASIC SYSTEM
R.H.D.
R
R R
E D
B
R
B
C C
A
R
A
D
cardiagn.com
R A
D
C
U–18
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTROL SYSTEM
STRUCTURAL VIEW
L.H.D.
CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT
cardiagn.com
THERMOSWITCH
RESISTOR
BLOWER MOTOR
R.H.D.
MAGNETIC CLUTCH
THERMOSWITCH
RESISTOR
BLOWER MOTOR
CONTINUED
* F2 Cab only
U–19
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
49 H061 005
1 Bolt
+ Removal/Installation Note
2 Pressure plate
+ Installation Note Pressure Plate Installation Note
When installing the pressure plate, carry out
3 Shim
magnetic clutch clearance adjustment.
4 Snap ring
5 A/C compressor pulley MAGNETIC CLUTCH CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT
G6, WL, WL turbo Only
6 Stator
1. Set the A/C compressor on a level block.
+ Removal Note
2. Turn on the magnetic clutch by connecting the
+ Installation Note
battery positive voltage to the magnetic clutch
connector terminal and the ground to the A/C
Bolt Removal/Installation Note compressor body.
When removing or installing the bolt, hold the
3. Fix a dial gauge on a magnetic base and set the
pressure plate in place as shown in the table. measuring probe onto point A on the pressure
A/C COMPRESSOR plate surface.
BOLT
CONTINUED
U–20
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
4. Turn off the magnetic clutch by disconnecting the 3. If not within the specification, remove the pressure
ground from the A/C compressor body, then plate and adjust the clearance by changing the
measure the dial gauge readings. shim (0.1 mm {0.004 in}, 0.3 mm {0.012 in}, 0.5
5. Measure the clearance for point B and C on the mm {0.020 in}) or the number of shims.
pressure plate surface by repeating the above
steps 2 through 4. MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the magnetic clutch connector.
Clearance 2. Connect battery positive voltage to terminal A of
0.35—0.75 mm {0.014—0.029 in} magnetic clutch and ground to the A/C compressor
MEASURING POINT body.
A B
cardiagn.com
6. If the clearance is not as specified, adjust it by
changing the shim.
A
Note
The seven shim sizes from 0.7 mm {0.028 in}
to 1.3 mm {0.051 in} differ in 0.1 mm {0.004 in}
increments.
A
1 Connector
2 A/C relay No.1
Clearance
0.3—0.6 mm {0.01—0.02 in} CONTINUED
U–21
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
1 C D
2 B+ GND
cardiagn.com
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE
PROCEDURES, CHARGING.)
3. Remove the radiator grille.
3. If not as specified, replace the A/C relay No.1.
Caution
A/C RELAY NO.2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
If moisture or foreign material enters the
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
refrigeration cycle, cooling ability will be
2. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
lowered and abnormal noise will occur.
3. Install in the reverse order of removal.
Always immediately plug all open fittings
after removing any refrigeration cycle parts
to keep moisture or foreign material out of
the cycle.
À
5.9—7.8 N·m
{60—80 kgf·cm,
1 Connector 53—69 in·lbf}
2 A/C relay No.2
123456567
U–22
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
3. Remove the thermoswitch.
(Refer to BASIC SYSTEM, COOLING UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
4. Connect the negative battery cable.
5. Connect the thermoswitch connector to the wiring
harness connector.
B A 6. Turn the ignition switch to ON position.
B A
7. Turn the A/C switch on.
8. Turn the fan switch on.
9. Immerse the sensor part of thermoswitch in a
container of ice water.
10. Connect the positive (+) and negative (–) probes of
the voltmeter to terminal A and terminal B of the
5. If not as specified, replace the refrigerant pressure thermoswitch respectively.
switch. 11. Inspect the voltage as shown below.
THERMOSWITCH INSPECTION WITH HEATER CORE
To Determine if the Switch is Functioning : Continuity
1. Remove the glove compartment.
Terminal
2. Start the engine. Water temperature
temperat re
3. Turn the fan switch on. A C
4. Turn the A/C switch on. 3°C {37°F} or more
5. Connect the positive (+) and negative (–) probes of
1°C {34°F} or less
the voltmeter to terminal A and terminal B of the
thermoswitch respectively. (The wiring harness
WITHOUT HEATER CORE
connector must be connected to the thermoswitch
: Continuity
connector.)
6. Inspect the voltage as shown below. Temperature Terminal
control dial Water temperature
temperat re
position A B
WITH HEATER CORE
: Continuity 0—3°C {32—37°F}
MAX COLD
Terminal 3°C {37°F} or more
Magnetic clutch
cl tch
A C 7—11°C {45—52°F}
1/2 123456567
On 11°C {52°F} or more
Off 14—18°C {57—64°F}
MAX WARM
18°C {64°F} or more
WITHOUT HEATER CORE
: Continuity
Terminal
Magnetic clutch
cl tch
A B
123456567
On
Off
CONTINUED
123456567
U–23
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
WITHOUT
HEATER CORE
A B
cardiagn.com
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the glove compartment.
3. Remove as indicated in the table.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
1 Connector
2 Blower motor
1 Connector
2 Resistor
CONTINUED
U–24
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
R3 R2 R1 1C 1A
3. Adjust the wire of the climate control unit.
1D 1B
(Refer to CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT WIRE ADJUSTMENT.)
4. Install the glove compartment.
5. Connect the negative battery cable.
2A
cardiagn.com
1D 1C 1A 1B 2A
Climate Control Unit Removal/Installation Note
With heater core
Set the temperature control dial at MAX COLD, the
4. If not as specified, replace the resistor. airflow mode control dial at DEF.
49 D066 801A
CONTINUED
U–25
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
SET HOLE
R.H.D.
AIR INTAKE WIRE
cardiagn.com
1 Dial SET HOLE
2 Knob
+ Removal Note
3 A/C switch
4 Panel
5 Fan switch 3. Connect the air intake wire to the air intake link.
4. Clamp the air intake wire to wire clamp.
6 Climate control unit harness
5. Verify that the air intake lever moves its full stroke.
7 Illumination bulb
8 A/C amplifer Air Mix Wire (With heater core only)
9 Air mix wire
1. Set the temperature control dial at MAX COLD.
2. Set the air mix link to MAX COLD in the direction of
10 Airflow mode wire the arrow and insert a screwdriver into the set hole.
11 Air intake wire
11 Cap
13 Body SET HOLE
KNOB 3. Connect the air mix wire to the air mix link.
4. Clamp the air mix wire to wire clamp.
5. Verify that the temperature control dial moves its
full stroke.
CONTINUED
U–26
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
full stroke. 4 3 2 1 123456567
E C A
F D B
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION 0
A/C Switch
1. Remove the climate control unit.
(Refer to CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL.)
2. Inspect for continuity between the A/C switch
terminals using an ohmmeter. 3. If not as specified, replace the fan switch.
: Continuity
Switch Terminal
position A B
OFF
ON
A C B
C B A
U–27
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
TROUBLESHOOTING
FOREWORD
Refer to section GI. Thoroughly read and understand the basic flow of troubleshooting in order to properly
perform the procedures.
When performing an asterisked (*) troubleshooting inspection, shake the wiring harness and connectors while
doing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions. If
there is a problem, check to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are connected correctly and
undamaged.
The areas for inspection (steps) are given according to various circuit malfunctions. Use the chart below to
verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
No. Malfunction symptom
1 Insufficient blown air volume and/or no blown air depending on airflow mode.
2 No blown air in any airflow mode.
Blown air volume does not change at any fan speed.
3 Airflow mode does not change.
4 Improper air circulation and/or no air circulation.
cardiagn.com
5 No temperature control.(For climate control unit without variable thermistor only)
6 Air from vent not cold enough.
7 No cool air.
8 Noise while operating A/C system.
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
1 Insufficient blown air volume and/or no blown air depending on airflow mode.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
1 Malfunction in VENT mode system
Steps 1—4
2 Malfunction in HEAT mode system
Step 5
3 Malfunction in DEFROSTER mode system
Steps 6—8
STEP INSPECTION ACTION
1 When airflow mode control dial is operated, is Yes Go to next step.
appropriate resistance felt and can it be moved
throughout its full range? No Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting index No. 3.
CONTINUED
U–28
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
Turn fan switch on.
on
Is noise coming from blower unit? No Go to Step 4.
CONTINUED
U–29
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from
Step 1 if malfunction recurs.
CONTINUED
U–30
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
Are above items okay?
3 Is air mix wire securely installed in the correct Yes Go to next step.
position in relation to heater unit’s air mix link? No Adjust air mix wire or install securely in correct
position, then go to Step 7.
4 Inspect climate control unit. Yes Go to next step.
Is bevel g
gear set properlyy engaged?
g g
Is air mix wire properly installed in correct No Properly engage bevel gear set or install air mix
position in relation to bevel gear? wire in correct position, repair or replace wire
Is wire clamp free of deformation? clamp, then go to Step 7.
Are above items okay?
5 Is there any foreign material or obstruction in Yes Remove obstruction, then go to Step 7.
heater unit’s air mix door? No Go to next step.
6 Is heater unit’s air mix door securely and properly Yes Inspect door for cracks or damage, then go to
installed? next step.
No Install door securely in proper position, then go to
next step.
7 Does unit operate in every temperature setting? Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain repairs to
customer.
No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from
Step 1 if malfunction recurs.
CONTINUED
U–31
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
Is it okay?
2 Carry out refrigerant system performance test. Yes Operation is normal. (Recheck malfunction
+ REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE symptoms.)
PROCEDURES PERFORMANCE TEST
PROCEDURES,
Is operation normal? No Go to next step.
cardiagn.com
is necessary.)
No Go to next step.
5 Inspect condenser. Yes Add or subtract refrigerant to make specified
+ BASIC SYSTEM, CONDENSER INSPECTION amount, then go to Step 21. (Excessive amount
Is it okay? of refrigerant.)
No Replace condenser, or repair and clean
condenser fins, then go to Step 21.
6 Are refrigerant’s high-pressure and low-pressure Yes Go to next step.
values both low? No Go to Step 14.
7 Immediately after A/C compressor operates, does Yes Go to next step.
refrigerant’s
g high-pressure
g value momentarily y rise
to correct value, then fall and stay below it? (Is No Go to Step 10.
there negative pressure on low-pressure side?)
8 Turn A/C switch off and let air conditioner stop for Yes Go to next step.
10 minutes.
min tes
Start engine. No Start vacuum pump for 30 minutes and replace
Turn both A/C switch and fan switch on. receiver/drier, then go to Step 21. (Since
Does malfunction occur after A/C compressor receiver/drier has become saturated with water,
turns on? replacement is necessary.)
9 Is expansion valve heat-sensing tube within Yes Replace expansion valve, then go to Step 21.
cooling unit securely installed in proper position? (Since valve closes too much, replacement is
necessary.)
No Install heat-sensing tube securely in proper
position, then go to Step 21.
10 Inspect refrigerant lines. Yes Go to next step.
Is piping free of damage and cracks?
Are piping connections free of oil grime?
(Visual inspection)
Are piping connections free of gas leakage?
Are piping installation points on condenser free
g leakage?
of gas g
Are piping installation points on receiver/drier No If piping or an A/C component is damaged or
free of gas leakage? cracked, replace it. Then go to Step 21. If there is
Are piping installation points on A/C no damage, go to Step 13.
compressor free of gas leakage?
Are piping installation points on cooling unit
free of gas leakage?
*Perform gas leak inspection using gas leak
tester.
Are above items okay?
CONTINUED
U–32
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
Replace O-ring on piping, add or subtract
refrigerant to make specified amount, then
go to Step 21.
13 Are piping connections loose? Yes Tighten connections to specified torque. If the A/C
compressor is making noise, add 10 ml {10 cc,
0.34 fl oz} of compressor oil and verify that
malfunction does not occur.
Tighten connections to specified torque, add or
subtract refrigerant to make specified amount,
then go to Step 21.
No If the A/C compressor is making noise, add 10 ml
{10 cc, 0.34 fl oz} of compressor oil and verify
that malfunction does not occur.
Replace O-ring on piping, add or subtract
refrigerant to make specified amount, then
go to Step 21.
14 Does refrigerant’s high-pressure value hardly Yes Go to next step. (Pressure hardly increases.)
increase? No Go to Step 17.
15 When engine is racing, does high-pressure value Yes Return to Step 3.
increase? No Go to next step.
16 After compressor oil is replenished each 10 ml Yes Troubleshooting completed. (Explain to customer
{10 cc, 0.34 fl oz}, does high-pressure value that cause was insufficient compressor oil.)
increase? No Replace A/C compressor, then go to Step 21.
(Cause is defective A/C compressor.)
17 Is only refrigerant low-pressure value high? Yes Go to Step 20.
No Go to next step.
18 Are heater unit’s air mix rod, air mix link, air mix Yes Go to next step.
cranks and air mix shaft securely and properly No Repair or install air mix rod, air mix link, air mix
installed? cranks and air mix shaft securely in proper
position, then go to Step 21.
CONTINUED
U–33
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
oz}.
Is there 105 ml {105 cc, 3.55 fl oz} of
compressor oil in A/C compressor?
20 Is expansion valve heat-sensing tube within Yes Replace expansion valve, then go to next step.
cooling unit securely installed in proper position? (Since valve opens too much, replacement is
necessary.)
No Install heat-sensing tube securely in proper
position, then go to next step.
21 Does cool air blow out? (Are results of refrigerant Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain repairs to
system performance test okay?) customer.
No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from
Step 1 if malfunction recurs.
7 No cool air.
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
1 A/C compressor system malfunction
Step 2
2 Incorrect amount of refrigerant
Step 3
3 A/C switch indicator light malfunction
Steps 4—6
4 A/C relay system malfunction
(WL, WL turbo, F2 Cab) Steps 7, 11—13
(G6, F2) Steps 7, 11, 12
5 Refrigerant pressure switch malfunction
Step 8
6 PCM A/C cut-off control system
(WL, WL turbo) Steps 9, 26
(G6, F2) Step 9
7 PCM (IG1 signal) system malfunction
Steps 10, 25
8 Magnetic clutch system malfunction
Step 14
9 PCM (A/C signal) system malfunction
(WL, WL turbo) Steps 15, 20
(G6, F2) Steps 15, 19, 20
(F2 Cab) Step 15
10 Thermoswitch, A/C switch malfunction
(WL, WL turbo, G6, F2) Steps 21—24
(F2 Cab) Steps 16—18
CONTINUED
U–34
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
Remove A/C switch from climate control unit and
connect A/C switch connector.
Test voltage at A/C switch terminal C (IG2 signal).
Is voltage approximately 12 V?
*6 Inspect A/C switch. Yes Inspect wiring harness between A/C switch and
+ CONTROL SYSTEM, CLIMATE CONTROL resistor, then go to Step 27.
UNIT INSPECTION
Is it okay? No Replace A/C switch, then go to Step 27.
7 Are A/C relay power supply fuses okay? Yes Go to next step.
No Check for a short to ground on blown fuse’s
circuit.
Repair or replace as necessary.
Install appropriate amperage fuse.
*8 Remove radiator grille. Disconnect refrigerant Yes Inspect refrigerant pressure switch, then
pressure switch connector. When refrigerant go to Step 27.
pressure switch connector terminals A and B (on No WL for ISRAEL: Undo short, reconnect
wiring harness side) are shorted, does cool air refrigerant pressure switch connector, then go to
blow out? Step 10.
Other models: Undo short, reconnect refrigerant
pressure switch connector, then go to next step.
*9 Check the DTC for the PCM ON-BOARD Yes Go to appropriate inspection procedure. (The
DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM. engine coolant temperature sensor (DTC 09) or
Are the following DTCs displayed? throttle position sensor (DTC 0120), which sends
DTC 09 (WL or WL turbo) the PCM’s A/C cut off control input signal, may be
DTC 0120 (F2 or G6) the cause of the trouble.)
+ Section F2, ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM, DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE
INSPECTION
No Go to next step.
CONTINUED
U–35
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
Other models: Repair wiring harness between
refrigerant pressure switch and magnetic clutch,
then go to Step 27.
*15 Turn A/C switch off. Remove glove compartment. Yes F2 Cab: Go to next step.
Turn ignition switch to ON position. Test voltage Other models: Go to Step 21.
at the following thermoswitch connector terminal
(A/C signal):
Terminal B (with variable thermistor in climate No F2 Cab: Repair wiring harness between A/C relay
control unit) and thermoswitch, then go to Step 27.
Terminal A (without variable thermistor in G6 or F2: Go to Step 19.
climate control unit) Other models: Go to Step 20.
Is voltage approximately 12 V?
*16 Turn ignition switch to LOCK position. Yes Undo short, then go to next step.
Disconnect thermoswitch connector.
Start engine.
Turn both A/C switch and fan switch on.
When following thermoswitch connector terminals
shorted does cool
(on wiring harness side) are shorted,
air blow out? No Undo short, then go to Step 18.
Terminal A—C (with variable thermistor in
climate control unit)
Terminal B—C (without variable thermistor in
climate control unit)
*17 Turn ignition switch to ON position. Yes Inspect thermoswitch, then go to Step 27.
Test voltage at the following thermoswitch
connector terminals (IG2 signal):
Terminal B (with variable thermistor in climate
control unit) No Repair wiring harness between fuse block and
Terminal A (without variable thermistor in thermoswitch, then go to Step 27.
climate control unit)
Is voltage approximately 12 V?
*18 Turn ignition switch to ON position. Yes Inspect wiring harness between thermoswitch
Turn A/C switch on. and A/C switch, then go to Step 27.
Turn fan switch off.
Test voltage at A/C switch connector terminal A
(A/C signal). No Inspect A/C switch, then go to Step 27.
Is voltage approximately 12 V?
*19 Disconnect refrigerant pressure switch connector. Yes Repair wiring harness between thermoswitch and
Test voltage at refrigerant pressure switch refrigerant pressure switch, then go to Step 27.
connector ((on wiringg harness side)) terminal A
(A/C control signal). No Go to next step.
Is voltage approximately 12 V?
CONTINUED
U–36
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
(
connector terminals (IG2 g )
signal):
Terminal A (without variable thermistor in No Repair wiring harness between fuse block and
climate control unit) thermoswitch, then go to Step 27.
Terminal B (with variable thermistor in climate
control unit)
Is voltage approximately 12 V?
*23 Turn ignition switch to ON position. Yes Go to next step.
Turn A/C switch on.
Turn fan switch off.
Test voltage at A/C switch connector terminal A No Inspect A/C switch, then go to Step 27.
(A/C signal).
Is voltage approximately 12 V?
*24 Test voltage at thermoswitch connector terminal Yes Go to next step.
C (A/C signal). No Repair wiring harness between thermoswitch and
Is voltage approximately 12 V? A/C switch, go to Step 27.
*25 Test voltage at the following PCM connector Yes WL or WL turbo: Go to next step.
terminals (A/C signal): Other models: Recheck malfunction symptoms.
Terminal L (WL or WL turbo)
Terminal J (G6 or F2) No Repair wiring harness between A/C relay and
Is voltage approximately 12 V? PCM, then go to Step 27.
*26 Inspect the following input signal components: Yes Recheck malfunction symptoms.
Engine coolant temperature sensor and PCM
wiring harness (A/C cut-off control). No Replace input signal components, then go to next
Are they okay? step.
27 Does cool air blow out? (Is refrigerant system Yes Troubleshooting completed. Explain repairs to
performance test result correct?) customer.
No Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from
Step 1 if malfunction recurs.
CONTINUED
U–37
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TROUBLESHOOTING
cardiagn.com
+ CONTROL SYSTEM, MAGNETIC CLUTCH
CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT
No Go to next step.
4 Is noise heard continuously for more than 3 Yes Go to next step.
seconds after A/C compressor comes on? No Condition is normal. (Noise normally occurs for
2—3 seconds immediately after A/C compressor
turns on.)
5 Inspect idle speed. Yes Go to next step.
+ Section F2, ENGINE TUNE-UP, IDLE SPEED
ADJUSTMENT
Is it okay?
6 Drain compressor oil. Yes Go to next step.
Is it contaminated with metal particles? No Replace A/C compressor, then go to Step 13.
7 Is compressor oil whitish and mixed with water? Yes Replace entire A/C system (excluding heater),
then go to Step 13.
No Go to next step.
8 Is compressor oil darker than normal and Yes Replace A/C compressor and receiver/drier, then
contaminated with aluminum chips? go to Step 13. (Since A/C compressor may be
worn and receiver/drier may be clogged,
replacement of receiver/drier is necessary.)
No Condition is normal. Recheck malfunction
symptoms.
9 Inspect drive belt. Yes Go to next step.
+ Section B2, DRIVE BELT, DRIVE BELT
INSPECTION
Is it okay?
10 Is drive belt worn? Does it have foreign material Yes Remove obstruction, remove oil, or replace drive
imbedded in it, or have oil on it? belt, then go to Step 13.
No Go to next step.
CONTINUED
U–38
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
CONTROL SYSTEM
CONTINUED
cardiagn.com
U–39
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.MAIN.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
TECHNICAL DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD– 1 PROPELLER SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD–11
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD– 1/3 FRONT AND REAR AXLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD–11
LUBRICATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD– 4 STEERING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD–12
COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD– 4 BRAKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD–12
FUEL AND EMISSION CONTROL SUSPENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD–13/14
SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD– 5/6 BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . TD–14/15
ENGINE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . TD– 6/10 HEATER AND AIR
CLUTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD–10 CONDITIONER SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD–15
MANUAL TRANSMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TD–10/11
TECHNICAL DATA
ENGINE
Engine
Item
G6
New 10.0—12.0 {0.40—0.47}
Generator
cardiagn.com
Used 12.0—14.0 {0.48—0.55}
Drive belt deflection
[[Applied pressure New 6.6—7.2 {0.26—0.28}
P/S
98 N {10 kgf, 22 lbf}] Used 7.2—8.0 {0.29—0.31}
(
(mm {i
{in})
})
New 8.5—10.0 {0.34—0.39}
A/C
Used 10.0—11.5 {0.40—0.45}
New 491—588 {50—60, 110—132}
Generator
Used 393—490 {40—50, 88—110}
Drive belt tension New 412—470 {42—48, 93—105}
P/S
(N {kgf, lbf}) Used 354—402 {36—41, 80—90}
New 557—641 {56.7—65.4, 125—143}
A/C
Used 471—556 {48.0—56.7, 106—124}
Standard 1255 {12.8, 182} [270]
Compression (kPa {kgf/cm2, psi} [rpm])
Minimum 882.6 {9.0, 128} [270]
Pushing distance of the front oil seal
0—0.7 {0—0.027}
(from the edge of the chain cover) (mm {in})
Pushing distance of the rear oil seal
0—0.5 {0—0.019}
(from the edge of the rear cover) (mm {in})
CONTINUED
TD–1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine
Item
WL, WL Turbo
New 7.0—9.0 {0.28—0.35}
Generator Used 8.0—10.0 {0.32—0.39}
Limit 16.0 {0.63}
Drive belt deflection New 5.0—6.2 {0.20—0.24}
[A li d pressure 98
[Applied A/C (meas
(measuring
ring
Used 6.0—6.5 {0.24—0.25}
kgf 22 lbf}]
N {10 kgf, point
oint a)
((mm {{in})
}) Limit 11.3 {0.44}
New 9.5—11.8 {0.38—0.46}
A/C (meas
(measuring
ring
Used 11.0—12.5 {0.44—0.49}
point
oint b)
Limit 18.0 {0.71}
New 442—637 {45—65, 99—143}
Generator Used 383—539 {39—55, 86—121}
Drive belt tension Limit 177 {18, 40}
(N {kgf, lbf}) New 403—519 {41—53, 91—116}
A/C Used 354—431 {36—44, 80—96}
cardiagn.com
Limit 181 {18.5, 41}
CONTINUED
TD–2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine
Item
F2 CARB F2 CIS
New 7.0—8.0 {0.28—0.31}
Generator
Used 8.0—9.0 {0.32—0.35}
Drive belt deflection
[[Applied pressure New 5.0—6.0 {0.20—0.23}
P/S
98 N {10 kgf, 22 lbf}] Used 5.5—6.5 {0.22—0.25}
(
(mm {i
{in})
})
New 10.0—12.0 {0.40—0.47}
A/C
Used 12.0—14.0 {0.48—0.55}
New 510—588 {52—60, 115—132}
Generator
Used 432—509 {44—52, 97—114}
Drive belt tension New 393—490 {40—50, 88—110}
P/S
(N {kgf, lbf}) Used 344—441 {35—45, 77—99}
New 373—490 {38—50, 84—110}
A/C
Used 275—372 {28—38, 62—83}
Standard 1196 {12.2, 173} [300] 1226 {12.5, 178} [300]
Compression (kPa {kgf/cm2, psi} [rpm])
Minimum 837 {8.54, 121} [300] 858 {8.75, 124} [300]
cardiagn.com
Timingg belt deflection New 8.0—9.0 {0.32—0.35}
[Applied pressure 98 N {10 kgf, 22 lbf}] (mm {in}) Used 9.0—10.0 {0.36—0.39}
Pushing distance of the front oil seal
0 {0}
(from the edge of the chain cover) (mm {in})
Pushing distance of the rear oil seal
0—0.5 {0—0.019}
(from the edge of the rear cover) (mm {in})
CONTINUED
TD–3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Engine
Item
F2 G6 WL WL Turbo
295—392 305—402 452—529 402—480
{3.0—4.0, {3.1—4.1, {4.6—5.4, {4.1—4.9,
Oil pressure (kPa {kgf/cm2, psi} [rpm])
43—56} 45—58} 66—76} 59—69}
[3000] [3000] [3000] [3000]
Oil replacement 3.9 {4.1, 3.4} 4.5 {4.8, 4.0} 5.6 {5.9, 4.9}
Oil capacit
capacity
Oil and oil filter replacement 4.2 {4.4, 3.7} 4.7 {5.0, 4.4} 6.3 {6.7, 5.5}
(L {US qt,
qt lmp
lm qt})
Total (dry engine) 4.6 {4.9, 4.0} 5.5 {5.8, 4.8} 6.7 {7.1, 5.9}
Engine oil API service SG API service CD
Above 30_C {86_F} SAE 40 —
0°C—40_C {32_F—104°F} SAE 30 —
–10°C—20_C {14_F—68°F} SAE 20W-20 —
Above –25_C {–13_F} SAE 10W-30*, 10W-40, 10W-50 —
Viscosity Above –10_C {14_F} SAE 20W-40, 20W-50 —
Below –20_C {–4_F} SAE 5W-20 —
cardiagn.com
Below 0_C {32_F} SAE 5W-30* —
–15°C—40_C {5_F—104°F} — — SAE 10W-30
Below 10_C {50_F} — — SAE 5W-30
D European specification vehicles use only those oils marked with an asterisk
COOLING SYSTEM
Engine
Item
F2 G6 WL WL Turbo
With heater 7.5 {7.9, 6.6} 9.4 {9.9, 8.3}
Coolant capacity
ca acity (L {US qt,
qt lmp
lm qt})
Without heater 6.9 {7.3, 6.1} 8.8 {9.3, 7.7}
Sub:
83.5—86.5
83.5—89.5 {183—187}
Opening temperature (_C {_F}) 80—84 {176—183}
{183—193} Main:
86.5—89.5
Thermostat {188—193}
Full-open temperature (_C {_F}) 100 {212} 95 {203}
Sub: 1.5
8.5 {0.33} {0.06} min.
Full-open lift (mm {in}) 8.5 {0.33} min.
min. Main: 8.0
{0.31} min.
74—102
Cap valve opening pressure
Radiator cap {0.75—1.05, 94—122 {0.95—1.25, 13.5—17.7}
(kPa {kgf/cm2, psi})
10.7—14.9}
CONTINUED
TD–4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
cardiagn.com
12—16
(Ω) [20°C {68°F}]
Fuel pressure (at vacuum ON)
210—250 {2.1—2.6, 30—36}
(kPa {kgf/cm2, psi})
Pressure regulator
Fuel pressure (at vacuum OFF*4)
270—310 {2.7—3.2, 39—45}
(kPa {kgf/cm2, psi})
*1: Excludes temporary idle speed drop just after the loads (A/C, P/S) are turned on.
*2: A/C switch and fan switch are turned on.
*3: Steering wheel is fully turned.
*4: Hot condition at start.
DIESEL vehicles
Engine
Item
WL Turbo WL
760—800 (780"20)*1
Idle speed (rpm) 700—740 (720"20)
700—740 (720"20)*2
Injection timing ATDC 10°
107—115 {1.09—1.18,
Boost relief pressure (kPa {kgf/cm2, psi}) —
15.5—16.8}
805—855 (830"25)
When A/C is operated 825—875 (850"25)
Idle-up
Idle u sspeed
eed 825—875 (850"25)*3
(rpm) When P/S is operated — —
When engine is cold 1200—1500 (1350"150)
Injection pump Cam lift (mm {in}) 2.48 {0.098}
Injection starting pressure New: 11.4—12.2 {116—124, 1650—1760}
(MPa {kgf/cm2, psi}) Inspection: More than 10.0 {102, 1450}
Injection nozzle
No leakage when pressure of 8.8 MPa {90 kgf/cm2, 1280 psi})
Nozzle leakage
is applied.
Diesel smoke (%) Within the regulation
*1: General (L.H.D.)
*2: Europe and UK
*3: Europe
CONTINUED
TD–5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
CARB vehicles
Engine
Item
F2 CARB
Idle speed (rpm) 800—850 (800 +50
–0 )
HC concentration (ppm) —
Discharge pressure (kPa {kgf/cm2, psi}) 20—25 {0.2—0.25, 2.8—3.6}
Fuel pump
um
Discharge amount cc {cu in} min. 1150 {70.2}
H 8—9 {0.315—0.354}
Float level (mm {in})
Carburetor L 44—45 {1.732—1.772}
Primary throttle opening angle (°) 48—52 {50"2}
cardiagn.com
*1: GULF
*2: General
TD–6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine
Item
G6
Ignition
g Resistance Primary coil (Ω) 0.81—0.99
coil [20C {68F}] Secondary coil (kΩ) 10—16
ZFR5F–11*3, *5, ZFR6F–11*4, *5,
NGK
BKR5E*3, BKR6E*4
Type
Ty e
KJ16CR11*3, *5, KJ20CR11*4, *5
DENSO
K16PR–U*3, K20PR–U*4
Spark
S 1.0—1.1 {0.040—0.043}*5,
plug Plug gap (mm {in})
0.7—0.8 {0.028—0.031}
NGK
Resistance (kΩ) 3 0—7 5
3.0—7.5
DENSO
Tightening torque (N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}) 15—22 {1.5—2.3, 11—16}
No.1 lead 2.9—7.7
High
High- No.2 lead 4.3—10.8
Resistance
tension No.3 lead 5.4—13.5
(kΩ ) [20 C
C {68 F}]
F}]
l d
lead No.4 lead 6.6—16.2
cardiagn.com
Center lead 4.5—11.2
Commutator Standard (mm {in}) 29.4 {1.16}
diameter Minimum (mm {in}) 28.8 {1.14}
Standard (mm {in}) 12.3 {0.48}
Brush length
Minimum (mm {in}) 7.0 {0.28}
Starter Standard (N {kgf, lbf}) 180—243 {18.3—24.8, 40.3—54.5}
Brush sspring
ring force
Minimum (N {kgf, lbf}) 57.7 {5.88, 12.9}
Pinion gap (mm {in}) 3.0 {1.118}
Voltage (V) 11.5
No load test
Current (A) Below 100
*3: Standard plug
*4: Cold type plug
*5: Europe CONTINUED
TD–7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine
Item
F2 CARB F2 CIS
Electrolyte gravity 1.27—1.29
Back-up current *1 (mA) Max. 20
Test load chart 34B19R 110 —
Battery ty
type
e
(A) 55D23R 180
Battery
Slow charge
g Battery
y type
y 34B19R (27) 3.0—4.0 —
(A) (5-hour rate) 55D23R (48) 4.5—5.5
Quick charge
g Battery
y type
y 34B19R (27) 20 —
(A/30 min.) (5-hour rate) 55D23R (48) 30
Rotor resistance (Between slip rings) (Ω) 3.7—4.4
Standard (mm {in}) 18.5 {0.73}
Brush length
Minimum (mm {in}) 5.0 {0.20}
Standard (N {kgf, lbf}) 4.8—6.0 {0.48—0.62, 1.06—1.36}
Brush sspring
ring force
Minimum (N {kgf, lbf}) 2.2 {0.22, 0.48}
B B+
cardiagn.com
Ignition switch
Generator Terminal L Approx. 1
ON
Standard voltage
g S B+
(V) B 14.1—14.7
Idle
Terminal L 13.0—14.0
[20C
[20 C {68F}]
{68 F}]
S 14.1—14.7
Ignition
g Resistance Primary coil (Ω) 1.035—1.265 0.81—0.99
coil [20C {68F}] Secondary coil (kΩ) 10—16
0—2/1200, 9—13/2200,
Centrifugal spark advance °/rpm —
19—23/6000
Distributor
0—2/20 {150, 5.9},
Vacuum spark advance °/kPa {mmHg, inHg} —
11—15/53.3 {400, 15.7}
BKR5E*5
BPR5ES–11*3
NGK BKR6E*3
BPR6ES–11*4
BKR7E*4
Type
Ty e
K16PR–U*5
W16EXR–U11*3
DENSO K20PR–U*3
Spark W20EXR–U11*4
K22PR–U*4
plug
lug
Plug gap (mm {in}) 0.7—0.8 {0.028—0.031} 1.0—1.1 {0.040—0.043}
NGK
Resistance (kΩ) 30 75
3.0—7.5
DENSO
Tightening torque (N·m {kgf·m, ft·lbf}) 15—22 {1.5—2.3, 11—16}
No.1 lead 2.75—7.07
High
High- No.2 lead 4.19—10.43
Resistance
tension No.3 lead 4.38—10.88
(kΩ ) [20 C
C {68 F}]
F}]
l d
lead No.4 lead 5.73—14.08
Center lead 2.00—5.33 3.9—9.9
*1: Back-up current is the constant flow of current present (for the audio unit, clock, PCM, etc.) when the ignition
switch is at OFF position and the ignition key is removed.
*2: Must not be 0 A.
*3: Standard plug
*4: Cold type plug
*5: Hot type plug
CONTINUED
TD–8
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine
Item
F2 CARB F2 CIS
Commutator Standard (mm {in}) 32.0 {1.26}
diameter Minimum (mm {in}) 31.4 {1.24}
Standard (mm {in}) 17.0 {0.67}
Brush length
Minimum (mm {in}) 11.5 {0.46}
Starter Standard (N {kgf, lbf}) 19.2 {1.95, 4.25}
Brush sspring
ring force
Minimum (N {kgf, lbf}) 8.83 {0.90, 1.98}
Pinion gap (mm {in}) 0.5—2.0 {0.020—0.078}
Voltage (V) 11.5
No load test
Current (A) Below 60
Engine
Item
WL, WL Turbo
Electrolyte gravity 1.27—1.29
Back-up current *1 (mA) 20 max.
cardiagn.com
75D26L 195
Test load chart
Battery type 75D26R 195
(A)
95D31R 250
Battery 75D26L (52) 5.5—6.5
Slow charge Battery type
75D26R (52) 5.5—6.5
(A) (5-hour rate)
95D31R (64) 6.5—8.0
75D26L (52) 35
Quick charge Battery type
75D26R (52) 35
(A/30 min.)
min ) (5-hour rate)
95D31R (64) 40
Rotor resistance (Between slip rings) (Ω) 2.50
Standard (mm {in}) 17.9 {0.70}
Brush length
Minimum (mm {in}) 5.0 {0.20}
Standard (N {kgf, lbf}) 2.65 {0.27, 0.59}
Brush sspring
ring force
Minimum (N {kgf, lbf}) 1.18 {0.12, 0.26}
B B+
Engine
g switch A B+
Terminal
ON S 0
G
Generator I 2.0—4.0
Standard voltage
g
(V) B 14.05—14.85
Idle A 14.05—14.85
Terminal
[20C {68F}] S 7.025—7.425
I 13.00—14.85
Terminal B
1000 Approx. 0—58
Generated current*2 Engine
g speed current
(Reference) (A) (rpm) Terminal B
2000 Approx. 0—74
current
*1: Back-up current is the constant flow of current present (for the audio unit, clock, PCM, etc.) when the engine
switch is at OFF position and the engine key is removed.
*2: Must not be 0 A.
CONTINUED
TD–9
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine
Item
WL, WL Turbo
Commutator Standard (mm {in}) 29.5 {1.16}
diameter Minimum (mm {in}) 27.3 {1.07}
Standard (mm {in}) 17.7 {0.70}
Brush length
Minimum (mm {in}) 8.7 {0.34}
Starter Standard (N {kgf, lbf}) 27.0—33.0 {2.75—3.37, 6.05—7.41}
Brush sspring
ring force
Minimum (N {kgf, lbf}) —
Pinion gap (mm {in}) 3.0 {0.12}
Voltage (V) 11
No load test
Current (A) Below 130
CLUTCH
Item Specification
Clutch pedal
Height (mm {in}) 241.6—246.6 {9.52—9.70}
cardiagn.com
Pedal free play (mm {in}) 3.0—8.0 {0.12—0.31}
Clutch disc
Runout limit (mm {in}) 0.7 {0.027} max.
Clutch fluid
Type SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
MANUAL TRANSMISSION
M15M-D
Item Specification
Type API service GL-4 or GL-5
All-season SAE 75W-90
Transmission oil Viscosity Above
SAE 80W-90
10 C {50 F}
Capacity (L {US qt, lmp qt}) 2.0 {2.1, 1.8}
M15MX-D
Item Specification
Type API service GL-4 or GL-5
All-season SAE 75W-90
Transmission oil Viscosity Above
SAE 80W-90
10 C {50 F}
Capacity (L {US qt, lmp qt}) 2.5 {2.6, 2.2}
Type API service GL-4 or GL-5
All-season SAE 75W-90
Transfer oil Viscosity Above
SAE 80W-90
10 C {50 F}
Capacity (L {US qt, lmp qt}) 2.0 {2.1, 1.8}
R15M-D
Item Specification
Type API service GL-4 or GL-5
All-season SAE 75W-90
Transmission oil Viscosity Above
SAE 80W-90
10 C {50 F}
Capacity (L {US qt, lmp qt}) 2.8 {3.0, 2.5}
CONTINUED
TD–10
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
R15MX-D
Item Specification
Type API service GL-4 or GL-5
All-season SAE 75W-90
Transmission oil Viscosity Above
SAE 80W-90
10 C {50 F}
Capacity (L {US qt, lmp qt}) 3.2 {3.4, 2.8}
Type API service GL-4 or GL-5
All-season SAE 75W-90
Transfer oil Viscosity Above
SAE 80W-90
10 C {50 F}
Capacity (L {US qt, lmp qt}) 2.0 {2.1, 1.8}
PROPELLER SHAFT
Front propeller shaft Rear propeller shaft
Item Propeller shaft (42)
(44) (44)
Runout limit (mm {in}) 0.4 {0.016} 0.4 {0.016} 0.4 {0.016}
cardiagn.com
Starting torque of universal 0.3—1.1 0.3—0.7 0.3—1.1
(N·m {kgf·cm, in·lbf}) {3.0—12.0, 2.7—10.4} {3.0—8.0, 2.7—6.9} {3.0—12.0, 2.7—10.4}
CONTINUED
TD–11
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
STEERING SYSTEM
Engine speed sensing
Item Manual steering
power steering
Play (mm {in}) 0—30 {0—1.18}
Steering wheel
Effort (N·m {kgf·cm, in·lbf}) 45 {460, 399} max. 7.8 {80, 69} max.
Backlash (mm {in}) 0 {0}
1.0—1.3 0.7—1.2
Worm shaft preload (N·m {kgf·cm, in·lbf})
Steering gear {10—14, 8.7—12.1} {6.5—12.5, 5.7—10.8}
Gear housing pressure 8.9—9.3
—
(MPa {kgf/cm2, psi}) {90—95, 1280—1350}
ATF M-III or equivalent
Grade API service GL-4, SAE 90
Oil (e.g. DexronRII)
Capacity (L {US qt, lmp qt}) 0.34 {0.36, 0.30} 1.1 {1.2, 1.0}
Power steering Oil pump fluid pressure 8.9—9.3
—
oil pump (MPa {kgf/cm2, psi}) {90—95, 1280—1350}
BRAKING SYSTEM
42
cardiagn.com
Item 44
F2, G6 WL, WL Turbo
Brake pedal
L.H.D.: 214—219 {8.43—8.81}
Brake pedal height (mm {in})
R.H.D.: 219—224 {8.63—8.81}
Brake pedal play (mm {in}) 3—8 {0.12—0.31}
Brake pedal-to-floor clearance (mm {in}) 105 {4.2} min.
Power brake unit
Power brake unit
Fluid pressure when at 0 kPa {0 mmHg, 790 {8, 114} min.
pedal depressed at 0 in Hg}
196 N {20 kgf ,44 lbf}) Power brake unit at
(kPa {kgf/cm2, psi}) 66.7 kPa {500 8,240 {84, 1,200} min.
mmHg, 19.7 in Hg}
Vacuum pump
Vacuum specification [In 20 seconds]
[When engine speed 1,500 rpm] 73.3 {550, 21.7}
(kPa {mmHg, in Hg})
Maximum vacuum
[When engine speed 3,000 rpm] 93.3 {700, 27.6}
(kPa {mmHg, in Hg})
Braking force control device
Type LSPV
Rear fluid pressure when front pressure is
4,900 kPa {50 kgf/cm2, 711 psi} 2,550 {26, 370}
(kPa {kgf/cm2, psi})
Front disc brake
Disc pad thickness limit (mm {in}) 2.0 {0.08}
Thickness limit (mm {in}) 22 {0.87}
Disc plate
late
Runout limit (mm {in}) 0.05 {0.002}
Rear drum brake
Brake lining thickness limit (mm {in}) 1.0 {0.04}
Drum maximum diameter (mm {in}) 271.5 {10.68} 296.5 {11.67}
Parking brake
Parking brake lever stroke
[When pulled at 98 N {10 kgf, 22 lbf}] 1—7
(notches)
Brake fluid
Type SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
CONTINUED
TD–12
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
SUSPENSION
Suspension
Item 4 2 4 4
(mm {in}) 3"3 {0.12"0.12}
Total toe-in
(Degree) 0_16’ "16’ 0_14’ "14’
Inner +2_ 33_30’ +2_
Front wheel 35_00’ –3_ –3_
Maximum
alignment
li steering angle
[unloaded*1] Outer 33_00’ +2_ 30_00’ +2_
–3_ –3_
Camber angle 0_56’"30’ 1_ 06’"30’
Caster angle*2 1_37’"45’ 2_02’"45’
Exposed thread of shock absorber piston (mm {in}) 6—8 {0.24—0.31}
Lower arm ball joint rotation torque 14—44 {0.7—4.5, 1.6—9.9}
(Pull scale reading) (N {kgf, lbf})
Upper arm ball joint rotation torque 3.4—32.5 {0.4—3.2, 0.9—7.0}
(Pull scale reading) (N {kgf, lbf})
Exposed thread of stabilizer control link bolt (mm {in}) 18—21 {0.71—0.82}
*1: Fuel tank is full. Engine coolant and engine oil are at specified levels. Spare tire, jack, and tools are in
cardiagn.com
designated positions.
Adjust to the median when carrying out wheel alignment.
*2: Difference between left and right must not exceed 45’.
TD–13
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
General
Item 42 44
Front 185R14C
185R14C- 195R14C
195R14C- 205R16C 235/75R15 P235/75R1 P235/75R1
205R16C-
Size
Rear 8PR 8PR 8PR 105S 5 105S 5 106S
Unloade
d
(Up to 180
full {1.8, 26}
Front passenger 180 180 {1.8, 26}
) {1.8, 26}
Loaded
(Full 200 200
Tire loaded) {2.0, 28} {2.0, 28}
Air pressure
ressure
(kPa {kgf/cm2, psi}) Unloade
d
(Up to
full 180 {1.8, 26}
Rear passenger
)
Loaded
(Full 450 {4.5, 63} 250 240 260
cardiagn.com
loaded) {2.5, 35} {2.4, 34} {2.6, 36}
CONTINUED
TD–14
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
TECHNICAL DATA
cardiagn.com
Refrigerant Regular amount (g {oz}) 550 {19.4}
Sealed volume
Lubricating oil 180 {180, 6.08}
(ml {cc, fl oz})
A/C compressor
com ressor
Magnetic clutch clearance
0.35—0.75 {0.014—0.029} 0.3—0.6 {0.012—0.023}
(mm {in})
CONTINUED
TD–15
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK TO MAIN INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS.............................................. ST-1 FRONT AND REAR AXLES ......................... ST-3/5
ENGINE ........................................................ ST-1 STEERING SYSTEM ...................................ST-6
LUBRICATION SYSTEM ............................... ST-1 BRAKING SYSTEM ......................................ST-7
COOLING SYSTEM ...................................... ST-2 SUSPENSION ..............................................ST-7
FUELAND EMISSION BODY ...........................................................ST-7
CONTROL SYSTEMS ................................. ST-2 BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM .....................ST-8
CLUTCH ....................................................... ST-2 HEATER AND AIR
PROPELLER SHAFT .................................... ST-3 CONDITIONER SYSTEMS ......................ST-8
SPECIAL TOOLS
CONTINUED
ENGINE
49 S013 1A1 49 9200 020A 49 S011 103
cardiagn.com
49 8010301 49 S010 001 49 S011 102A
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
490187280 49 G014 001
Oil filter wrench
Oil pressure
gauge —
CONTINUED
ST-1
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SPECIAL TOOLS
COOLING SYSTEM
49 9200
145
Radiator cap — —
tester adapter
set
1
49 B019 9A0 499140074 49 T088 0A3*
2
49 T088 0A5*
cardiagn.com
System selector Cam lift
measuring device NGS set
SST No. for Program card varies with • 49 T088 037B (English & Danish)
language • 49 T088 038B (English & Norwegian)
Program card • 49 T088 030E (English & French) • 49 T088 039B (English & Czech)
• 49 T088 031 E (English & German) • 49 T088 041 B (English & Greek)
• 49 T088 032E (English & Dutch) • 49 T088 042B (English & Hungarian)
• 49 T088 033E (English & Swedish) 49 T088 043B (English & Polish)
• 49 T088 034C (English & Spanish) • 49 T088 044B (English & Spanish)
• 49 T088 035C (English & Portuguese) • 49 T088 045B (English & Portuguese)
• 49 T088 036C (English & Italian)
*1: Except Europe
*2: Europe only
CLUTCH
49 0259 770B 49 E011 1A0 49 SE01 310A
Clutch disc
Flare nut wrench Ring gear centering tool
brake set
49 1285 071
Needle bearing
puller — —
CONTINUED
ST-2
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SPECIAL TOOLS
PROPELLER SHAFT
49 0259 440 49 S 120 440
cardiagn.com
Bearing Body Oil seal installer
remover
CONTINUED
ST-3
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SPECIAL TOOLS
cardiagn.com
49 H027 002 49 G030 795 49 G030 338
CONTINUED
ST-4
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SPECIAL TOOLS
Body Collar A
(Part of L.S.D. replacer
49 M005 795) set
cardiagn.com
49 U027 009 49 UB71525 49 U027 010
Attachment B Bolt
(Part of (Part of —
49 U027 0A0) 49 U027 0A0)
CONTINUED
ST-5
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SPECIAL TOOLS
STEERING SYSTEM
49 T028 3A0 49 T028 303 49 T028 304
cardiagn.com
attachment
CONTINUED
ST-6
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SPECIAL TOOLS
BRAKING SYSTEM
49 U043 0A0 49 U043 004 49 U043 005
cardiagn.com
49 B043 004
Socket wrench — —
SUSPENSION
49 T028 3A0 49 0180 510B 49 U034 208
BODY
49 0305 870A 49 0259 866A
CONTINUED
ST-7
RANG.DRFT.REPAIR MANUAL PAGES. FROM. MANUAL
BACK.TO.CHAPTER.INDEX TO. MODEL .INDEX
SPECIAL TOOLS
BODY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
49 H066 002 49 D066 002 49 0839 285
SST No. for Program card varies with • 49 T088 037B (English & Danish)
Program card language • 49 T088 038B (English & Norwegian)
• 49 T088 030E (English & French) • 49 T088 039B (English & Czech)
• 49 T088 031E (English & German) • 49 T088 041 B (English & Greek)
cardiagn.com
• 49 T088 032E (English & Dutch) • 49 T088 042B (English & Hungarian)
• 49 T088 033E (English & Swedish) • 49 T088 043B (English & Polish)
• 49 T088 034C (English & Spanish) • 49 T088 044B (English & Spanish)
• 49 T088 035C (English & Portuguese) • 49 T088 045B (English & Portuguese)
• 49 T088 036C (English & Italian)
ST-8